diff options
438 files changed, 1931 insertions, 1848 deletions
diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.html.en b/docs/manual/bind.html.en index 79b27fada3..43224bd104 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/bind.html.en @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ <p>When httpd starts, it binds to some port and address on the local machine and waits for incoming requests. By default, it listens to all addresses on the machine. However, it may need to - be told to listen on specific ports, or only on selected - addresses, or a combination of both. This is often combined with the - <a href="vhosts.html">Virtual Host</a> feature, which determines how - <code>httpd</code> responds to different IP addresses, hostnames and + be told to listen on specific ports, or only on selected + addresses, or a combination of both. This is often combined with the + <a href="vhosts.html">Virtual Host</a> feature, which determines how + <code>httpd</code> responds to different IP addresses, hostnames and ports.</p> <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ incoming requests only on the specified port(s) or address-and-port combinations. If only a port number is specified in the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> - directive, the server listens to the given port on all interfaces. + directive, the server listens to the given port on all interfaces. If an IP address is given as well as a port, the server will listen on the given port and interface. Multiple <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives may be used to specify a number of addresses and ports to listen on. The @@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ Listen [2001:db8::a00:20ff:fea7:ccea]:80 </code></p></div> - <div class="warning"><p>Overlapping <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives will result in a + <div class="warning"><p>Overlapping <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives will result in a fatal error which will prevent the server from starting up.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> (48)Address already in use: make_sock: could not bind to address [::]:80 </code></p></div> @@ -100,31 +100,31 @@ <p>A growing number of platforms implement IPv6, and <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#apr" title="see glossary">APR</a> supports IPv6 on most of these platforms, - allowing httpd to allocate IPv6 sockets, and to handle requests sent + allowing httpd to allocate IPv6 sockets, and to handle requests sent over IPv6.</p> <p>One complicating factor for httpd administrators is whether or - not an IPv6 socket can handle both IPv4 connections and IPv6 - connections. Handling IPv4 connections with an IPv6 socket uses - IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, which are allowed by default on most - platforms, but are disallowed by default on FreeBSD, NetBSD, and + not an IPv6 socket can handle both IPv4 connections and IPv6 + connections. Handling IPv4 connections with an IPv6 socket uses + IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, which are allowed by default on most + platforms, but are disallowed by default on FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD, in order to match the system-wide policy on those - platforms. On systems where it is disallowed by default, a + platforms. On systems where it is disallowed by default, a special <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> parameter can change this behavior for httpd.</p> - <p>On the other hand, on some platforms, such as Linux and Tru64, the - <strong>only</strong> way to handle both IPv6 and IPv4 is to use - mapped addresses. If you want <code>httpd</code> to handle IPv4 and IPv6 connections - with a minimum of sockets, which requires using IPv4-mapped IPv6 + <p>On the other hand, on some platforms, such as Linux and Tru64, the + <strong>only</strong> way to handle both IPv6 and IPv4 is to use + mapped addresses. If you want <code>httpd</code> to handle IPv4 and IPv6 connections + with a minimum of sockets, which requires using IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, specify the <code>--enable-v4-mapped</code> <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> option.</p> - <p><code>--enable-v4-mapped</code> is the default on all platforms except - FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD, so this is probably how your httpd was + <p><code>--enable-v4-mapped</code> is the default on all platforms except + FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD, so this is probably how your httpd was built.</p> - <p>If you want httpd to handle IPv4 connections only, regardless of - what your platform and APR will support, specify an IPv4 address on all + <p>If you want httpd to handle IPv4 connections only, regardless of + what your platform and APR will support, specify an IPv4 address on all <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives, as in the following examples:</p> @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ Listen 192.0.2.1:80 </code></p></div> - <p>If your platform supports it and you want httpd to handle IPv4 and - IPv6 connections on separate sockets (i.e., to disable IPv4-mapped + <p>If your platform supports it and you want httpd to handle IPv4 and + IPv6 connections on separate sockets (i.e., to disable IPv4-mapped addresses), specify the <code>--disable-v4-mapped</code> <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> option. <code>--disable-v4-mapped</code> is the default on FreeBSD, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -143,14 +143,14 @@ <p>The optional second <var>protocol</var> argument of <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> - is not required for most - configurations. If not specified, <code>https</code> is the default for - port 443 and <code>http</code> the default for all other ports. The + is not required for most + configurations. If not specified, <code>https</code> is the default for + port 443 and <code>http</code> the default for all other ports. The protocol is used to determine which module should handle a request, and - to apply protocol specific optimizations with the + to apply protocol specific optimizations with the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#acceptfilter">AcceptFilter</a></code> directive.</p> - <p>You only need to set the protocol if you are running on non-standard + <p>You only need to set the protocol if you are running on non-standard ports. For example, running an <code>https</code> site on port 8443:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <h2><a name="virtualhost" id="virtualhost">How This Works With Virtual Hosts</a></h2> - <p> The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directive does not implement + <p> The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directive does not implement Virtual Hosts - it only tells the main server what addresses and ports to listen on. If no <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#virtualhost"><VirtualHost></a></code> diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.html.fr b/docs/manual/bind.html.fr index e162fc5a45..513a31447b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/bind.html.fr @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ <div class="warning"><p>Des directives <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> imbriques provoqueront une erreur fatale qui empchera le serveur de dmarrer.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> (48)Address already in use: make_sock: could not bind to address [::]:80 </code></p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/bind.html.tr.utf8 index d2e68fbf89..53eea28a84 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/bind.html.tr.utf8 @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ <a href="./ko/bind.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="./tr/bind.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Apache HTTPD sunucusunun belli adresleri ve portları dinlemek üzere yapılandırılması.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.xml.de b/docs/manual/bind.xml.de index 5bb44d2c04..093b711f9c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/bind.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.en.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1070889 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.xml.ja b/docs/manual/bind.xml.ja index edc6bcd597..32808a6fcc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/bind.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 587444:1070889 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 587444:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.xml.ko b/docs/manual/bind.xml.ko index 12109c2b0f..4612d6f29a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/bind.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1070889 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.xml.meta b/docs/manual/bind.xml.meta index 5a7606ce3f..bc9555a239 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/bind.xml.meta @@ -12,6 +12,6 @@ <variant>fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/bind.xml.tr b/docs/manual/bind.xml.tr index 1c6fddce01..f3f6a44541 100644 --- a/docs/manual/bind.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/bind.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1070889 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1070889:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/caching.html.en b/docs/manual/caching.html.en index 7370814927..f54850f90b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/caching.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/caching.html.en @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ <p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> and <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> reference documentation. - It describes how to use the Apache HTTP Server's caching features to accelerate web and + It describes how to use the Apache HTTP Server's caching features to accelerate web and proxy serving, while avoiding common problems and misconfigurations.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><ul id="toc"><li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li> @@ -46,34 +46,34 @@ caching architectures provide a powerful means to accelerate HTTP handling, both as an origin webserver and as a proxy.</p> - <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> and its provider modules - <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> + <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> and its provider modules + <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> provide intelligent, HTTP-aware caching. The content itself is stored in the cache, and mod_cache aims to honor all of the various HTTP headers and options that control the cachability of content. It can handle both local and proxied content. <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> is aimed at both simple and complex caching configurations, where - you are dealing with proxied content, dynamic local content or - have a need to speed up access to local files which change with + you are dealing with proxied content, dynamic local content or + have a need to speed up access to local files which change with time.</p> <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> on the other hand presents a more basic, but sometimes useful, form of caching. Rather than maintain the complexity of actively ensuring the cachability of URLs, - <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> offers file-handle and memory-mapping - tricks to keep a cache of files as they were when httpd was last - started. As such, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> is aimed at improving + <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> offers file-handle and memory-mapping + tricks to keep a cache of files as they were when httpd was last + started. As such, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> is aimed at improving the access time to local static files which do not change very often.</p> <p>As <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> presents a relatively simple caching implementation, apart from the specific sections on <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code>, the explanations - in this guide cover the <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> caching + in this guide cover the <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> caching architecture.</p> - <p>To get the most from this document, you should be familiar with - the basics of HTTP, and have read the Users' Guides to - <a href="urlmapping.html">Mapping URLs to the Filesystem</a> and + <p>To get the most from this document, you should be familiar with + the basics of HTTP, and have read the Users' Guides to + <a href="urlmapping.html">Mapping URLs to the Filesystem</a> and <a href="content-negotiation.html">Content negotiation</a>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ <h2><a name="overview" id="overview">Caching Overview</a></h2> - + <table class="related"><tr><th>Related Modules</th><th>Related Directives</th></tr><tr><td><ul><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code></li><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code></li><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code></li></ul></td><td><ul><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheenable">CacheEnable</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachedisable">CacheDisable</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs</a></code></li></ul></td></tr></table> <p>There are two main stages in <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> that can occur in the lifetime of a request. First, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> is a URL mapping module, which means that if a URL has been cached, - and the cached version of that URL has not expired, the request will + and the cached version of that URL has not expired, the request will be served directly by <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code>.</p> <p>This means that any other stages that might ordinarily happen @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <p>If the URL is not found within the cache, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> will add a <a href="filter.html">filter</a> to the request handling. After httpd has located the content by the usual means, the filter will be run - as the content is served. If the content is determined to be cacheable, + as the content is served. If the content is determined to be cacheable, the content will be saved to the cache for future serving.</p> <p>If the URL is found within the cache, but also found to have expired, @@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ <h3>Improving Cache Hits</h3> - <p>When caching locally generated content, ensuring that - <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code> is set to + <p>When caching locally generated content, ensuring that + <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code> is set to <code>On</code> can dramatically improve the ratio of cache hits. This is because the hostname of the virtual-host serving the content forms a part of the cache key. With the setting set to <code>On</code> @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ differently cached entities, and instead content will be cached as per the canonical hostname.</p> - <p>Because caching is performed within the URL to filename translation + <p>Because caching is performed within the URL to filename translation phase, cached documents will only be served in response to URL requests. Ordinarily this is of little consequence, but there is one circumstance - in which it matters: If you are using <a href="howto/ssi.html">Server + in which it matters: If you are using <a href="howto/ssi.html">Server Side Includes</a>;</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -141,11 +141,11 @@ serves from the cache, you should use <code>virtual</code> include types.</p> - + <h3>Expiry Periods</h3> - - <p>The default expiry period for cached entities is one hour, however + + <p>The default expiry period for cached entities is one hour, however this can be easily over-ridden by using the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachedefaultexpire">CacheDefaultExpire</a></code> directive. This default is only used when the original source of the content does not specify an expire time or time of last modification.</p> @@ -165,29 +165,29 @@ <h3>A Brief Guide to Conditional Requests</h3> - <p>When content expires from the cache and is re-requested from the + <p>When content expires from the cache and is re-requested from the backend or content provider, rather than pass on the original request, httpd will use a conditional request instead.</p> <p>HTTP offers a number of headers which allow a client, or cache to discern between different versions of the same content. For example if a resource was served with an "Etag:" header, it is - possible to make a conditional request with an "If-None-Match:" + possible to make a conditional request with an "If-None-Match:" header. If a resource was served with a "Last-Modified:" header - it is possible to make a conditional request with an + it is possible to make a conditional request with an "If-Modified-Since:" header, and so on.</p> <p>When such a conditional request is made, the response differs - depending on whether the content matches the conditions. If a request is - made with an "If-Modified-Since:" header, and the content has not been - modified since the time indicated in the request then a terse "304 Not + depending on whether the content matches the conditions. If a request is + made with an "If-Modified-Since:" header, and the content has not been + modified since the time indicated in the request then a terse "304 Not Modified" response is issued.</p> <p>If the content has changed, then it is served as if the request were not conditional to begin with.</p> - <p>The benefits of conditional requests in relation to caching are - twofold. Firstly, when making such a request to the backend, if the + <p>The benefits of conditional requests in relation to caching are + twofold. Firstly, when making such a request to the backend, if the content from the backend matches the content in the store, this can be determined easily and without the overhead of transferring the entire resource.</p> @@ -199,28 +199,28 @@ caching local content, even expired content may still be served faster from the cache if it has not changed. As long as reading from the cache store is faster than reading from the backend (e.g. <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> with memory disk - compared to reading from disk).</p> + compared to reading from disk).</p> <h3>What Can be Cached?</h3> - <p>As mentioned already, the two styles of caching in httpd work - differently, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> caching maintains file - contents as they were when httpd was started. When a request is - made for a file that is cached by this module, it is intercepted + <p>As mentioned already, the two styles of caching in httpd work + differently, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> caching maintains file + contents as they were when httpd was started. When a request is + made for a file that is cached by this module, it is intercepted and the cached file is served.</p> <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> caching on the other hand is more complex. When serving a request, if it has not been cached previously, the caching module will determine if the content - is cacheable. The conditions for determining cachability of + is cacheable. The conditions for determining cachability of a response are;</p> <ol> <li>Caching must be enabled for this URL. See the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheenable">CacheEnable</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachedisable">CacheDisable</a></code> directives.</li> - <li>The response must have a HTTP status code of 200, 203, 300, 301 or + <li>The response must have a HTTP status code of 200, 203, 300, 301 or 410.</li> <li>The request must be a HTTP GET request.</li> @@ -241,17 +241,17 @@ <li>If the response has a status of 200 (OK), the response must also include at least one of the "Etag", "Last-Modified" or the "Expires" headers, or the max-age or s-maxage directive of - the "Cache-Control:" header, unless the - <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheignorenolastmod">CacheIgnoreNoLastMod</a></code> + the "Cache-Control:" header, unless the + <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheignorenolastmod">CacheIgnoreNoLastMod</a></code> directive has been used to require otherwise.</li> <li>If the response includes the "private" option in a "Cache-Control:" - header, it will not be stored unless the + header, it will not be stored unless the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachestoreprivate">CacheStorePrivate</a></code> has been used to require otherwise.</li> - <li>Likewise, if the response includes the "no-store" option in a - "Cache-Control:" header, it will not be stored unless the + <li>Likewise, if the response includes the "no-store" option in a + "Cache-Control:" header, it will not be stored unless the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachestorenostore">CacheStoreNoStore</a></code> has been used.</li> @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ <h3>What Should Not be Cached?</h3> - + <p>In short, any content which is highly time-sensitive, or which varies depending on the particulars of the request that are not covered by HTTP negotiation, should not be cached.</p> @@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ <h3>Variable/Negotiated Content</h3> - <p>If a response with a "Vary" header is received by + <p>If a response with a "Vary" header is received by <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> when requesting content by the backend it - will attempt to handle it intelligently. If possible, + will attempt to handle it intelligently. If possible, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> will detect the headers attributed in the - "Vary" response in future requests and serve the correct cached + "Vary" response in future requests and serve the correct cached response.</p> <p>If for example, a response is received with a vary header such as;</p> @@ -332,19 +332,19 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset <p>As requests to end-users can be served from the cache, the cache itself can become a target for those wishing to deface or interfere with content. It is important to bear in mind that the cache must at all - times be writable by the user which httpd is running as. This is in + times be writable by the user which httpd is running as. This is in stark contrast to the usually recommended situation of maintaining all content unwritable by the Apache user.</p> <p>If the Apache user is compromised, for example through a flaw in a CGI process, it is possible that the cache may be targeted. When - using <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code>, it is relatively easy to + using <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code>, it is relatively easy to insert or modify a cached entity.</p> - <p>This presents a somewhat elevated risk in comparison to the other - types of attack it is possible to make as the Apache user. If you are - using <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> you should bear this in mind - - ensure you upgrade httpd when security upgrades are announced and + <p>This presents a somewhat elevated risk in comparison to the other + types of attack it is possible to make as the Apache user. If you are + using <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> you should bear this in mind - + ensure you upgrade httpd when security upgrades are announced and run CGI processes as a non-Apache user using <a href="suexec.html">suEXEC</a> if possible.</p> @@ -353,8 +353,8 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset <p>When running httpd as a caching proxy server, there is also the - potential for so-called cache poisoning. Cache Poisoning is a broad - term for attacks in which an attacker causes the proxy server to + potential for so-called cache poisoning. Cache Poisoning is a broad + term for attacks in which an attacker causes the proxy server to retrieve incorrect (and usually undesirable) content from the backend. </p> @@ -378,33 +378,33 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset <table class="related"><tr><th>Related Modules</th><th>Related Directives</th></tr><tr><td><ul><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code></li></ul></td><td><ul><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code></li></ul></td></tr></table> - <p>The act of opening a file can itself be a source of delay, particularly + <p>The act of opening a file can itself be a source of delay, particularly on network filesystems. By maintaining a cache of open file descriptors for commonly served files, httpd can avoid this delay. Currently httpd - provides one implementation of File-Handle Caching.</p> + provides one implementation of File-Handle Caching.</p> <h3>CacheFile</h3> <p>The most basic form of caching present in httpd is the file-handle - caching provided by <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code>. Rather than caching - file-contents, this cache maintains a table of open file descriptors. Files + caching provided by <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code>. Rather than caching + file-contents, this cache maintains a table of open file descriptors. Files to be cached in this manner are specified in the configuration file using - the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> + the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> directive.</p> - <p>The - <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> directive - instructs httpd to open the file when it is started and to re-use + <p>The + <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> directive + instructs httpd to open the file when it is started and to re-use this file-handle for all subsequent access to this file.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> CacheFile /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/index.html </code></p></div> - <p>If you intend to cache a large number of files in this manner, you - must ensure that your operating system's limit for the number of open + <p>If you intend to cache a large number of files in this manner, you + must ensure that your operating system's limit for the number of open files is set appropriately.</p> <p>Although using <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#cachefile">CacheFile</a></code> @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset <table class="related"><tr><th>Related Modules</th><th>Related Directives</th></tr><tr><td><ul><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code></li></ul></td><td><ul><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheenable">CacheEnable</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachedisable">CacheDisable</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code></li></ul></td></tr></table> - + <p>Serving directly from system memory is universally the fastest method of serving content. Reading files from a disk controller or, even worse, from a remote network is orders of magnitude slower. Disk controllers @@ -437,12 +437,12 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset <p>System memory isn't cheap though, byte for byte it's by far the most expensive type of storage and it's important to ensure that it is used - efficiently. By caching files in memory you decrease the amount of + efficiently. By caching files in memory you decrease the amount of memory available on the system. As we'll see, in the case of operating system caching, this is not so much of an issue, but when using httpd's own in-memory caching it is important to make sure that you do not allocate too much memory to a cache. Otherwise the system - will be forced to swap out memory, which will likely degrade + will be forced to swap out memory, which will likely degrade performance.</p> <h3>Operating System Caching</h3> @@ -468,28 +468,28 @@ sys 0m0.000s</pre></div> of time it takes to read the file. This is because the kernel has cached the file contents in memory.</p> - <p>By ensuring there is "spare" memory on your system, you can ensure - that more and more file-contents will be stored in this cache. This - can be a very efficient means of in-memory caching, and involves no + <p>By ensuring there is "spare" memory on your system, you can ensure + that more and more file-contents will be stored in this cache. This + can be a very efficient means of in-memory caching, and involves no extra configuration of httpd at all.</p> - <p>Additionally, because the operating system knows when files are - deleted or modified, it can automatically remove file contents from the - cache when necessary. This is a big advantage over httpd's in-memory + <p>Additionally, because the operating system knows when files are + deleted or modified, it can automatically remove file contents from the + cache when necessary. This is a big advantage over httpd's in-memory caching which has no way of knowing when a file has changed.</p> <p>Despite the performance and advantages of automatic operating system - caching there are some circumstances in which in-memory caching may be + caching there are some circumstances in which in-memory caching may be better performed by httpd.</p> <h3>MMapFile Caching</h3> - <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> provides the + <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> provides the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code> directive, which allows you to have httpd map a static file's contents into memory at - start time (using the mmap system call). httpd will use the in-memory + start time (using the mmap system call). httpd will use the in-memory contents for all subsequent accesses to this file.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ sys 0m0.000s</pre></div> changes in these files will not be picked up by httpd after it has started.</p> - <p> The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code> + <p> The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html#mmapfile">MMapFile</a></code> directive does not keep track of how much memory it allocates, so you must ensure not to over-use the directive. Each httpd child process will replicate this memory, so it is critically important @@ -514,14 +514,14 @@ sys 0m0.000s</pre></div> <table class="related"><tr><th>Related Modules</th><th>Related Directives</th></tr><tr><td><ul><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code></li></ul></td><td><ul><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cacheenable">CacheEnable</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html#cachedisable">CacheDisable</a></code></li></ul></td></tr></table> - - <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> provides a disk-based caching mechanism + + <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> provides a disk-based caching mechanism for <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code>. This cache is intelligent and content will be served from the cache only as long as it is considered valid.</p> <p>Typically the module will be configured as so;</p> - <div class="example"><p><code> + <div class="example"><p><code> CacheRoot /var/cache/apache/<br /> CacheEnable disk /<br /> CacheDirLevels 2<br /> @@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ CacheDirLength 1 </code></p></div> <p>Importantly, as the cached files are locally stored, operating system - in-memory caching will typically be applied to their access also. So - although the files are stored on disk, if they are frequently accessed + in-memory caching will typically be applied to their access also. So + although the files are stored on disk, if they are frequently accessed it is likely the operating system will ensure that they are actually served from memory.</p> @@ -548,65 +548,65 @@ CacheDirLength 1 as a prefix for the naming of the files specific to that URL within the cache, however first it is split up into directories as per the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlevels">CacheDirLevels</a></code> and - <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlength">CacheDirLength</a></code> + <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlength">CacheDirLength</a></code> directives.</p> - <p><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlevels">CacheDirLevels</a></code> + <p><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlevels">CacheDirLevels</a></code> specifies how many levels of subdirectory there should be, and <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlength">CacheDirLength</a></code> specifies how many characters should be in each directory. With the example settings given above, the hash would be turned into - a filename prefix as + a filename prefix as <code>/var/cache/apache/x/y/TGxSMO2b68mBCykqkp1w</code>.</p> <p>The overall aim of this technique is to reduce the number of subdirectories or files that may be in a particular directory, as most file-systems slow down as this number increases. With - setting of "1" for + setting of "1" for <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlength">CacheDirLength</a></code> - there can at most be 64 subdirectories at any particular level. + there can at most be 64 subdirectories at any particular level. With a setting of 2 there can be 64 * 64 subdirectories, and so on. Unless you have a good reason not to, using a setting of "1" for <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlength">CacheDirLength</a></code> is recommended.</p> - <p>Setting + <p>Setting <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html#cachedirlevels">CacheDirLevels</a></code> depends on how many files you anticipate to store in the cache. With the setting of "2" used in the above example, a grand total of 4096 subdirectories can ultimately be created. With - 1 million files cached, this works out at roughly 245 cached + 1 million files cached, this works out at roughly 245 cached URLs per directory.</p> <p>Each URL uses at least two files in the cache-store. Typically - there is a ".header" file, which includes meta-information about + there is a ".header" file, which includes meta-information about the URL, such as when it is due to expire and a ".data" file which is a verbatim copy of the content to be served.</p> <p>In the case of a content negotiated via the "Vary" header, a - ".vary" directory will be created for the URL in question. This + ".vary" directory will be created for the URL in question. This directory will have multiple ".data" files corresponding to the differently negotiated content.</p> <h3>Maintaining the Disk Cache</h3> - + <p>Although <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> will remove cached content as it is expired, it does not maintain any information on the total size of the cache or how little free space may be left.</p> <p>Instead, provided with httpd is the <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> tool which, as the name - suggests, allows you to clean the cache periodically. Determining - how frequently to run <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> and what target size to + suggests, allows you to clean the cache periodically. Determining + how frequently to run <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> and what target size to use for the cache is somewhat complex and trial and error may be needed to select optimal values.</p> - <p><a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> has two modes of - operation. It can be run as persistent daemon, or periodically from - cron. <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> can take up to an hour - or more to process very large (tens of gigabytes) caches and if you are - running it from cron it is recommended that you determine how long a typical + <p><a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> has two modes of + operation. It can be run as persistent daemon, or periodically from + cron. <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> can take up to an hour + or more to process very large (tens of gigabytes) caches and if you are + running it from cron it is recommended that you determine how long a typical run takes, to avoid running more than one instance at a time.</p> <p class="figure"> @@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ CacheDirLength 1 cache growth / clean sequence.</p> <p>Because <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code> does not itself pay attention - to how much space is used you should ensure that - <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> is configured to + to how much space is used you should ensure that + <a href="programs/htcacheclean.html">htcacheclean</a> is configured to leave enough "grow room" following a clean.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/caching.html.fr b/docs/manual/caching.html.fr index 5b97fc75c2..bad0d62b4a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/caching.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/caching.html.fr @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Vary: negotiate,accept-language,accept-charset descripteur de fichier sera ferm.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="inmemory" id="inmemory">Mise en cache en mmoire</a></h2> @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ sys 0m0.000s</pre></div> trop importante afin d'pargner au systme l'utilisation du swap.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="disk" id="disk">Mise en cache sur disque</a></h2> diff --git a/docs/manual/caching.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/caching.html.tr.utf8 index 42a9b1cde7..fa5b0d090e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/caching.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/caching.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="./fr/caching.html" hreflang="fr" rel="alternate" title="Français"> fr </a> | <a href="./tr/caching.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Bu belge <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_file_cache.html">mod_file_cache</a></code> diff --git a/docs/manual/caching.xml.meta b/docs/manual/caching.xml.meta index c6ba0165a9..22406e7caf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/caching.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/caching.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/caching.xml.tr b/docs/manual/caching.xml.tr index 31ac0bb696..5dad23fba9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/caching.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/caching.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1058639 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1058639:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.html.en b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.html.en index 0d6b30344d..30264b0b90 100644 --- a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.html.en @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> <p>httpd supports 'server driven' content negotiation, as defined in the HTTP/1.1 specification. It fully supports the <code>Accept</code>, <code>Accept-Language</code>, - <code>Accept-Charset</code> and<code>Accept-Encoding</code> + <code>Accept-Charset</code> and<code>Accept-Encoding</code> request headers. httpd also supports 'transparent' content negotiation, which is an experimental negotiation protocol defined in RFC 2295 and RFC 2296. It does not offer @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> <code>.var</code>. In the examples shown below, the resource is named <code>foo</code>, so the type map file is named <code>foo.var</code>.</p> - + <p>This file should have an entry for each available variant; these entries consist of contiguous HTTP-format header lines. Entries for different variants are separated by blank @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> not selected at each test are eliminated. After each test, if only one variant remains, select it as the best match and proceed to step 3. If more than one variant remains, - move on to the next test. + move on to the next test. <ol> <li>Multiply the quality factor from the <code>Accept</code> @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="extensions" id="extensions">Extensions to Transparent Content -Negotiation</a></h2> +Negotiation</a></h2> <p>httpd extends the transparent content negotiation protocol (RFC 2295) as follows. A new <code>{encoding ..}</code> element is used in diff --git a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ja b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ja index 77dc227dbb..956f1ea97f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 675610:1149177 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 675610:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ko b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ko index 33d1e1b0d2..2f1e8e8f18 100644 --- a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1149177 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.tr b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.tr index 60718f7d60..7534f4ce5f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/content-negotiation.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1029134:1149177 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 1029134:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.html.en b/docs/manual/custom-error.html.en index 78327e330f..3585a7cfb7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.html.en @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <p>Although the Apache HTTP Server provides generic error responses in the event of 4xx or 5xx HTTP status codes, these responses are rather stark, uninformative, and can be intimidating to site users. - You may wish to provide custom error responses which are either + You may wish to provide custom error responses which are either friendlier, or in some language other than English, or perhaps which are styled more in line with your site layout.</p> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <p>Custom error documents are configured using the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#errordocument">ErrorDocument</a></code> directive, which may be used in global, virtualhost, or directory context. It may be used in .htaccess files - if <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride</a></code> is set to + if <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride</a></code> is set to FileInfo.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ <p>Note that if the response contains <code>Location:</code> header (in order to issue a client-side redirect), the script - <em>must</em> emit an appropriate <code>Status:</code> header - (such as <code>302 Found</code>). Otherwise the + <em>must</em> emit an appropriate <code>Status:</code> header + (such as <code>302 Found</code>). Otherwise the <code>Location:</code> header may have no effect.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ provide more useful information to users about your site, and what they can expect to find there.</p> - <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_include.html">mod_include</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_negotiation.html">mod_negotiation</a></code> + <p><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_include.html">mod_include</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_negotiation.html">mod_negotiation</a></code> must be enabled to use this feature.</p> </div></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.html.fr b/docs/manual/custom-error.html.fr index 8d65c638b5..8839f7c9b4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.html.fr @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ dynamique (PHP, mod_perl, etc...) peut aussi utiliser ces variables pour grer les conditions d'erreur.</p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><ul id="toc"><li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#configuration">Configuration</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#variables">Variables disponibles</a></li> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ ErrorDocument 404 /erreurs/non_trouve.html <br /> ErrorDocument 401 /inscription/comment_s_inscrire.html </code></p></div> - + <p>La syntaxe de la directive <code>ErrorDocument</code> est :</p> <div class="example"><p><code> ErrorDocument <code_3_chiffres> <action> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ <p>Par exemple, en plus des variables d'environnement habituelles, vous pouvez recevoir ce qui suit :</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> REDIRECT_HTTP_ACCEPT=*/*, image/gif, image/jpeg, image/png<br /> @@ -137,19 +137,19 @@ spcifie une redirection <em>externe</em> (toute URL commenant par un protocole du style <code>http:</code>, mme si elle fait rfrence au mme hte que le serveur).</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="custom" id="custom">Personnalisation des messages d'erreur</a></h2> - + <p>Si vous faites pointer votre directive <code>ErrorDocument</code> vers certains gestionnaires dynamiques comme les inclusions ct serveur, les scripts CGI ou d'autres gestionnaires, vous pouvez utiliser les variables d'environnement supplmentaires disponibles pour personnaliser le message.</p> - + <p>Si la directive ErrorDname-basedocument spcifie une redirection locale vers un script CGI, ce dernier doit ajouter un en-tte diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.es b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.es index ccd8656de1..3c38365e83 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1068329 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ja b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ja index eec522dc21..31d1e4aa49 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 558686:1068329 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 558686:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ko b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ko index aa6f1163aa..3f96ce31ec 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1068329 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.tr b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.tr index 0c28c68dff..4c119d37a4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/custom-error.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 788930:1068329 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 788930:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/API.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/API.html.en index ddebea1b4b..2553bd5f94 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/API.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/API.html.en @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <ul> <li> - <a href="#basics">Basic concepts.</a> + <a href="#basics">Basic concepts.</a> <ul> <li><a href="#HMR">Handlers, Modules, and @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ </li> <li> - <a href="#handlers">How handlers work</a> + <a href="#handlers">How handlers work</a> <ul> <li><a href="#req_tour">A brief tour of the @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ pools</a></li> <li> - <a href="#config">Configuration, commands and the like</a> + <a href="#config">Configuration, commands and the like</a> <ul> <li><a href="#per-dir">Per-directory configuration diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/documenting.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/documenting.html.en index fddfeab814..8751684700 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/documenting.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/documenting.html.en @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ @return description<br /> @deffunc signature of the function<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>The <code>deffunc</code> is not always necessary. DoxyGen does not have a full parser in it, so any prototype that use a macro in the return type declaration is too complex for scandoc. Those functions diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/filters.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/filters.html.en index aa8925f990..113fa432bc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/filters.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/filters.html.en @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Default_handler --> includes_filter --> byterange --> ... data from that sub-request to go through the includes filter, because it might not be SSI data. So, the subrequest adds the following:</p> -<div class="example"><pre> +<div class="example"><pre> Default_handler --> includes_filter -/-> byterange --> ... / Default_handler --> sub_request_core diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/index.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/index.html.en index eea4ee5956..7e5ef5bb9e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/index.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/index.html.en @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <li><a href="http://threebit.net/tutorials/apache2_modules/tut2/tutorial2.html">Handling configuration directives</a></li> </ul></li> - <li><a href="http://www.onlamp.com/pub/ct/38">Some notes on + <li><a href="http://www.onlamp.com/pub/ct/38">Some notes on Apache module development by Ryan Bloom</a></li> <li>Developer articles at <a href="http://www.apachetutor.org/">apachetutor</a> include: diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/new_api_2_4.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/new_api_2_4.html.en index b11aad2033..917bb79785 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/new_api_2_4.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/new_api_2_4.html.en @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ take advantage of API changes to offer significant improvements).</p> <p>For the purpose of this document, the API is split according to the public header files. These headers are themselves the - reference documentation, and can be used to generate a browsable + reference documentation, and can be used to generate a browsable HTML reference with <code>make docs</code>.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><ul id="toc"><li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#api_changes">Changed APIs</a></li> @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ directly. In this way, the code will remain compatible with HTTPD 2.0 and 2.2.</p> - <p>Code which calls <code>ap_log_*</code> without passing + <p>Code which calls <code>ap_log_*</code> without passing <code>APLOG_MARK</code> will necessarily differ between 2.4 and earlier releases, as 2.4 requires a new third argument, <code>APLOG_MODULE_INDEX</code>.</p> @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ <br /> </code></p></div> - <p>A <code>server_rec</code> pointer must be passed to + <p>A <code>server_rec</code> pointer must be passed to <code>ap_log_error()</code> when called after startup. This was always appropriate, but there are even more limitations with a <code>NULL</code> <code>server_rec</code> in 2.4 than in @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ <code>NULL</code> only when it is valid to pass <code>NULL</code> to <code>ap_log_error()</code>. <code>ap_server_conf</code> should be used only when a more appropriate <code>server_rec</code> - is not available.</p> + is not available.</p> <p>Consider the following changes to take advantage of the new <code>APLOG_TRACE1..8</code> log levels:</p> @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ literal address.</dd> <dt><code>ap_get_server_version()</code></dt> - <dd>For logging purposes, where detailed information is + <dd>For logging purposes, where detailed information is appropriate, use <code>ap_get_server_description()</code>. When generating output, where the amount of information should be configurable by ServerTokens, use diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/output-filters.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/output-filters.html.en index 0622241fb7..1f6ec282e9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/output-filters.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/output-filters.html.en @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ <div class="section"> <h2><a name="invocation" id="invocation">Filter invocation</a></h2> - + <p>For any given request, an output filter might be invoked only - once and be given a single brigade representing the entire response. + once and be given a single brigade representing the entire response. It is also possible that the number of times a filter is invoked for a single response is proportional to the size of the content being filtered, with the filter being passed a brigade containing @@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ calling this function (since it comes from a pool), but the associated pool cleanup is unregistered. Using <code>apr_brigade_destroy</code> can in fact cause memory leaks; - if a "destroyed" brigade contains buckets when its + if a "destroyed" brigade contains buckets when its containing pool is destroyed, those buckets will <em>not</em> be immediately destroyed.</p> - + <p>In general, filters should use <code>apr_brigade_cleanup</code> in preference to <code>apr_brigade_destroy</code>.</p></div> @@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ while ((e = APR_BRIGADE_FIRST(bb)) != APR_BRIGADE_SENTINEL(bb)) {<br /> <h2><a name="state" id="state">Maintaining state</a></h2> - + <p>A filter which needs to maintain state over multiple invocations per response can use the <code>->ctx</code> field of its <code>ap_filter_t</code> structure. It is typical to store a temporary brigade in such a structure, to avoid having to allocate a new brigade per invocation as described in the <a href="#brigade">Brigade structure</a> section.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example code to maintain filter state</h3><p><code> struct dummy_state {<br /> <span class="indent"> @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ apr_status_t dummy_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *bb)<br /> from every data bucket using a non-blocking read; if that fails with <code>APR_EAGAIN</code>, then send a <code>FLUSH</code> bucket down the filter chain, and retry using a blocking read.</p> - + <p>This mode of operation ensures that any filters further down the filter chain will flush any buffered buckets if a slow content source is being used.</p> @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ while ((e = APR_BRIGADE_FIRST(bb)) != APR_BRIGADE_SENTINEL(bb)) {<br /> <li>Output filters must process a fixed amount of data at a time, to ensure that memory consumption is not proportional to the size of the content being filtered.</li> - + <li>Output filters should be agnostic with respect to bucket types, and must be able to process buckets of unfamiliar type.</li> @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ while ((e = APR_BRIGADE_FIRST(bb)) != APR_BRIGADE_SENTINEL(bb)) {<br /> before reusing that brigade structure; output filters should never use <code>apr_brigade_destroy</code> to "destroy" brigades.</li> - + <li>Output filters must <em>setaside</em> any buckets which are preserved beyond the duration of the filter function.</li> diff --git a/docs/manual/developer/thread_safety.html.en b/docs/manual/developer/thread_safety.html.en index 7a5b86c1b6..926f9e2b72 100644 --- a/docs/manual/developer/thread_safety.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/developer/thread_safety.html.en @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ allowed to use static or global variables. There are times when you actually want something to affect all threads, but generally you need to avoid using them if you want your code to be thread safe.</p> - + <p>In the case where you have a global variable that needs to be global and accessed by all threads, be very careful when you update it. If, for example, it is an incrementing counter, you need to atomically increment @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ to their <code><var>*</var>_r</code> equivalents and sometimes changes the common <code>getc</code>/<code>putc</code> macros into safer function calls. Check your libc documentation for specifics. Instead of, or in - addition to <code>_REENTRANT</code> the symbols that may affect this are + addition to <code>_REENTRANT</code> the symbols that may affect this are <code>_POSIX_C_SOURCE</code>, <code>_THREAD_SAFE</code>, <code>_SVID_SOURCE</code>, and <code>_BSD_SOURCE</code>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.en b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.en index 3ac61cfd7c..b8b5522183 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.en @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ users typed in URLs of the form <code>http://www.example2.dom/whatever</code>) will all be served by the <code>example1.dom</code> virtual host. To better understand why - this happens requires a more in-depth discussion of how httpd + this happens requires a more in-depth discussion of how httpd matches up incoming requests with the virtual host that will serve it. A rough document describing this <a href="vhosts/details.html">is available</a>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ or maybe <code>/etc/nsswitch.conf</code>.</p> <p>If your server doesn't have to perform DNS for any other - reason then you might be able to get away with running httpd + reason then you might be able to get away with running httpd with the <code>HOSTRESORDER</code> environment variable set to "local". This all depends on what OS and resolver libraries you are using. It also affects CGIs unless you use diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.tr.utf8 index 267cce19a2..54ffeebce3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.html.tr.utf8 @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ <a href="./ko/dns-caveats.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="./tr/dns-caveats.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Bu sayfanın konusu şöyle özetlenebilirdi: Yapılandırma dosyalarınızda DNS sorguları yapılmasını gerektirecek ayarlamalardan kaçınınız. Eğer diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ja b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ja index 228879aa79..79f53ac4c1 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 507346:1040785 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 507346:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ko b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ko index d3f1c52cff..c009bfffca 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1040785 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.meta b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.meta index 69371f153d..32f13c328b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.meta @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ <variant>fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.tr b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.tr index 7a3a14adab..b99b6f7bd8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/dns-caveats.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1040785 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1040785:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.html.en b/docs/manual/dso.html.en index 279694a634..1ef7830f8e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/dso.html.en @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ $ make install Build and install a <em>third-party</em> Apache httpd module, say <code>mod_foo.c</code>, into its own DSO <code>mod_foo.so</code> <em>outside of</em> the Apache httpd - source tree using <code class="program"><a href="./programs/apxs.html">apxs</a></code>: + source tree using <code class="program"><a href="./programs/apxs.html">apxs</a></code>: <div class="example"><p><code> $ cd /path/to/3rdparty<br /> diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.html.fr b/docs/manual/dso.html.fr index 038d0645ed..d07fb7c081 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/dso.html.fr @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ $ make install $ ./configure --enable-mods-shared=all<br /> $ make install </code></p></div> - + <p>L'argument <code>most</code> de l'option <code>--enable-modules</code> indique que tous les modules non-exprimentaux ou qui ne sont pas l titre d'exemple seront diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/dso.html.tr.utf8 index 52d108844a..1e68d250e1 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/dso.html.tr.utf8 @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ <a href="./ko/dso.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="./tr/dso.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Apache HTTP Sunucusu modüler bir program olup, yönetici sadece bir grup modül seçerek sunucuya işlevsellik ekleyebilir. Modüller, Devingen diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.xml.ja b/docs/manual/dso.xml.ja index 4a7d1345aa..e023dd9cd3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/dso.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 587444:1058587 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 587444:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.xml.ko b/docs/manual/dso.xml.ko index c661401eaf..3af8ee0cf6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/dso.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1058587 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.xml.meta b/docs/manual/dso.xml.meta index 1daba392ad..67711914e6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/dso.xml.meta @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ <variant>fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/dso.xml.tr b/docs/manual/dso.xml.tr index eb93f06060..6c51826eab 100644 --- a/docs/manual/dso.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/dso.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1058587 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1058587:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Yücel Haluk Bugüner <haluk buguner.name.tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/env.html.en b/docs/manual/env.html.en index f63e62d01b..8294610c7b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/env.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/env.html.en @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ not be a number. Characters which do not match this restriction will be replaced by an underscore when passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages.</li> - + <li>A special case are HTTP headers which are passed to CGI scripts and the like via environment variables (see below). They are converted to uppercase and only dashes are replaced with @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ <p>When set, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> will not save an otherwise cacheable response. This environment variable does not influence - whether a response already in the cache will be served for the current + whether a response already in the cache will be served for the current request.</p> @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ <h3><a name="fixheader" id="fixheader">Passing broken headers to CGI scripts</a></h3> - + <p>Starting with version 2.4, Apache is more strict about how HTTP headers are converted to environment variables in <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cgi .html">mod_cgi </a></code> and other modules: Previously any invalid characters @@ -399,12 +399,12 @@ for some potential cross-site-scripting attacks via header injection (see <a href="http://events.ccc.de/congress/2007/Fahrplan/events/2212.en.html"> Unusual Web Bugs</a>, slide 19/20).</p> - + <p>If you have to support a client which sends broken headers and which can't be fixed, a simple workaround involving <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_setenvif .html">mod_setenvif </a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_header.html">mod_header</a></code> allows you to still accept these headers:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> # <br /> # The following works around a client sending a broken Accept_Encoding<br /> @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ SetEnvIfNoCase ^Accept.Encoding$ ^(.*)$ fix_accept_encoding=$1<br /> RequestHeader set Accept-Encoding %{fix_accept_encoding}e env=fix_accept_encoding </code></p></div> - + <h3><a name="misbehaving" id="misbehaving">Changing protocol behavior with misbehaving clients</a></h3> diff --git a/docs/manual/env.html.fr b/docs/manual/env.html.fr index 7c59dc9ce1..2182a0f9ae 100644 --- a/docs/manual/env.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/env.html.fr @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ <h3><a name="fixheader" id="fixheader">Transmission du contenu d'en-ttes non valides aux scripts CGI</a></h3> - + <p>Avec la version 2.4, Apache est plus strict avec la conversion des en-ttes HTTP en variables d'environnement dans <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cgi.html">mod_cgi</a></code> et d'autres modules : dans les versions @@ -430,13 +430,13 @@ pouvait exposer des attaques de type cross-site-scripting via injection d'en-ttes (voir <a href="http://events.ccc.de/congress/2007/Fahrplan/events/2212.en.html">Bogues du Web inhabituelles</a>, planche 19/20).</p> - + <p>Si vous devez supporter un client qui envoie des en-ttes non conformes et si ceux-ci ne peuvent pas tre corrigs, il existe une solution de contournement simple mettant en jeu les modules <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_setenvif.html">mod_setenvif</a></code> et <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_header.html">mod_header</a></code>, et permettant de prendre en compte ces en-ttes :</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> # <br /> # L'exemple suivant montre comment prendre en compte un en-tte<br /> @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ SetEnvIfNoCase ^Accept.Encoding$ ^(.*)$ fix_accept_encoding=$1<br /> RequestHeader set Accept-Encoding %{fix_accept_encoding}e env=fix_accept_encoding </code></p></div> - + <h3><a name="misbehaving" id="misbehaving">Modification du comportement protocolaire face des clients diff --git a/docs/manual/env.xml.ja b/docs/manual/env.xml.ja index 3bf927cee3..0a5eae1dc3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/env.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/env.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/env.xml.ko b/docs/manual/env.xml.ko index 3ff8395f61..0736ab8779 100644 --- a/docs/manual/env.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/env.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/env.xml.tr b/docs/manual/env.xml.tr index c98c992d6f..e7d08c4b1b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/env.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/env.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 810187:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 810187:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/expr.html.en b/docs/manual/expr.html.en index 7242d5b3ed..48348f6287 100644 --- a/docs/manual/expr.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/expr.html.en @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ <li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#unnop">Unary operators</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#functions">Functions</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#other">Other</a></li> +<li><img alt="" src="./images/down.gif" /> <a href="#sslrequire">Comparison with SSLRequire</a></li> </ul><h3>See also</h3><ul class="seealso"><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#if"><If></a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#elseif"><ElseIf></a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#else"><Else></a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritecond">RewriteCond</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_setenvif.html#setenvifexpr">SetEnvIfExpr</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_filter.html#filterprovider">FilterProvider</a></code></li><li><a href="mod/mod_authz_core.html#reqexpr">Require expr</a></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire</a></code></li><li><code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_debug.html#logmessage">LogMessage</a></code></li><li><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_include.html">mod_include</a></code></li></ul></div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -460,6 +461,13 @@ listfunction ::= listfuncname "<strong>(</strong>" word "<strong>)</strong>" uses.</p> +</div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> +<div class="section"> +<h2><a name="sslrequire" id="sslrequire">Comparison with SSLRequire</a></h2> + + <p>The <em>ap_expr</em> syntax is mostly a superset of the syntax of the + deprecated <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire</a></code> directive. + The differences are described in <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire</a></code>'s documentation.</p> </div></div> <div class="bottomlang"> <p><span>Available Languages: </span><a href="./en/expr.html" title="English"> en </a> | diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.html.en b/docs/manual/filter.html.en index f119404f1f..45de7fed37 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/filter.html.en @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ an application server stack, where an output filter provides the transformation required on the request body. For example, the <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> module might be used to provide a general compression service, or an image transformation filter might be turned into an image transformation service.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="using" id="using">Using Filters</a></h2> diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.html.fr b/docs/manual/filter.html.fr index 47624ec1ba..3881fd5d84 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/filter.html.fr @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ requte. Par exemple, on peut utiliser le module <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> pour fournir un service gnral de compression ; un filtre de transformation d'images peut aussi se voir mu en service de transformation d'images.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="using" id="using">Utilisation des filtres</a></h2> diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.xml.es b/docs/manual/filter.xml.es index 26f1f894eb..89b4edecd3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/filter.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1133582 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.xml.ja b/docs/manual/filter.xml.ja index e351f59294..2d4bedb743 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/filter.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1133582 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.xml.ko b/docs/manual/filter.xml.ko index 721cd2ddab..5bbcba1e09 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/filter.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1133582 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/filter.xml.tr b/docs/manual/filter.xml.tr index ef0de58e1f..80e467b088 100644 --- a/docs/manual/filter.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/filter.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1133582 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.html.en b/docs/manual/glossary.html.en index 69a7fffaff..6a1e0fe57d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.html.en @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ usually the restriction of access to certain <em>URLs</em>.<br /> See: <a href="howto/auth.html">Authentication, Authorization, and Access Control</a> </dd> - + <dt><a name="algorithm" id="algorithm">Algorithm</a></dt> <dd>An unambiguous formula or set of rules for solving a problem in a finite number of steps. Algorithms for encryption are usually called <dfn>Ciphers</dfn>. </dd> - + <dt><a name="apacheextensiontool" id="apacheextensiontool">APache eXtension Tool</a> <a name="apxs" id="apxs">(apxs)</a></dt> <dd>A perl script that aids in compiling <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#module" title="see glossary">module</a> sources into Dynamic Shared Objects @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ channels over HTTP. It can be used to encapsulate other protocols, such as the SSL protocol. </dd> - + <dt><a name="context" id="context">Context</a></dt> <dd>An area in the <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#configurationfile" title="see glossary">configuration files</a> where certain types of <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#directive" title="see glossary">directives</a> are allowed.<br /> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <em>Certificate</em>.<br /> See: <a href="ssl/">SSL/TLS Encryption</a> </dd> - + <dt><a name="directive" id="directive">Directive</a></dt> <dd>A configuration command that controls one or more aspects of Apache's behavior. Directives are placed in the <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#configurationfile" title="see glossary">Configuration File</a><br /> @@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ domain name that can resolve to an IP address. For example, <code>www</code> is a hostname, <code>example.com</code> is a domain name, and <code>www.example.com</code> is a fully-qualified domain name. - </dd> - + </dd> + <dt><a name="handler" id="handler">Handler</a></dt> <dd>An internal Apache representation of the action to be performed when a file is called. Generally, files have implicit handlers, based on the file @@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ <dd>The part of the <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#http" title="see glossary">HTTP</a> request and response that is sent before the actual content, and that contains meta-information describing the content. - </dd> - - <dt><a name="htaccess" id="htaccess">.htaccess</a></dt> + </dd> + + <dt><a name="htaccess" id="htaccess">.htaccess</a></dt> <dd>A <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#configurationfile" title="see glossary">configuration file</a> that is placed inside the web tree and applies configuration <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#directive" title="see glossary">directives</a> to the directory where it is placed and all sub-directories. Despite its name, this file can hold @@ -256,15 +256,15 @@ communication mechanism on the World Wide Web. This is actually just HTTP over <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#ssl" title="see glossary">SSL</a>.<br /> See: <a href="ssl/">SSL/TLS Encryption</a> - </dd> + </dd> <dt><a name="method" id="method">Method</a></dt> <dd>In the context of <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#http" title="see glossary">HTTP</a>, an action to perform on a resource, specified on the request line by the client. Some of the methods available in HTTP are <code>GET</code>, <code>POST</code>, and <code>PUT</code>. - </dd> - + </dd> + <dt><a name="messagedigest" id="messagedigest">Message Digest</a></dt> <dd>A hash of a message, which can be used to verify that the contents of the message have not been altered in transit.<br /> @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ sign outgoing ones.<br /> See: <a href="ssl/">SSL/TLS Encryption</a> </dd> - + <dt><a name="proxy" id="proxy">Proxy</a></dt> <dd>An intermediate server that sits between the client and the <em>origin server</em>. It accepts requests from clients, transmits those requests @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ as if it is an <em>origin server</em>. This is useful to hide the real origin server from the client for security reasons, or to load balance. </dd> - + <dt><a name="securesocketslayer" id="securesocketslayer">Secure Sockets Layer</a> <a name="ssl" id="ssl">(SSL)</a></dt> <dd>A protocol created by Netscape Communications Corporation for general diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.html.fr b/docs/manual/glossary.html.fr index 8c3224f9b5..97485b000c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.html.fr @@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ Voir : <a href="ssl/">chiffrement SSL/TLS</a> </dd> + <dt><a name="apr" id="apr">APR</a></dt> + <dd>Voir "Bibliothques pour la portabilit d'Apache" + </dd> + <dt><a name="tarball" id="tarball">Archive Tar (Tarball)</a></dt> <dd>Un paquetage de fichiers rassembls dans une archive l'aide de l'utilitaire <code>tar</code>. @@ -356,7 +360,7 @@ Interface commune avec les programmes externes </dd> - + <dt><a name="uniformresourcelocator" id="uniformresourcelocator"> Localisation de Ressource Uniformise (Uniform Resource Locator) diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.de b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.de index 95f9c4e692..35699422f4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.es b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.es index edceb49107..552e5e1eba 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105174:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105174:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ja b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ja index 7c52f6b3fa..44fb7d9bcc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 664361:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 664361:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ko b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ko index b1fe9a585f..af2aa295ca 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.tr b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.tr index e991cb9030..6915b46e32 100644 --- a/docs/manual/glossary.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/glossary.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 830307:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 830307:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.html.fr b/docs/manual/handler.html.fr index d128d2f359..bacecd8c82 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/handler.html.fr @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ <a href="./tr/handler.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a> | <a href="./zh-cn/handler.html" hreflang="zh-cn" rel="alternate" title="Simplified Chinese"> zh-cn </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version + anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> <p>Ce document dcrit l'utilisation des gestionnaires d'Apache (handlers).</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/handler.html.ja.utf8 index 22e6fa0635..ff87e59112 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/handler.html.ja.utf8 @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ <a href="./tr/handler.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Türkçe"> tr </a> | <a href="./zh-cn/handler.html" hreflang="zh-cn" rel="alternate" title="Simplified Chinese"> zh-cn </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <p>Apache のハンドラの使用に関して記述しています。</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/handler.html.tr.utf8 index 7e818d92c1..1fa583ca92 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/handler.html.tr.utf8 @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ <a href="./tr/handler.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a> | <a href="./zh-cn/handler.html" hreflang="zh-cn" rel="alternate" title="Simplified Chinese"> zh-cn </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Bu belgede Apache Eylemcilerinin kullanımı açıklanmıştır.</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.es b/docs/manual/handler.xml.es index 7a0d16f187..0c0fff3da0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:420990 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.fr b/docs/manual/handler.xml.fr index 862ea92b90..8fcacc3995 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.fr +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.fr @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.fr.xsl"?> <!-- French translation : Lucien GENTIS --> <!-- Reviewed by : Vincent Deffontaines --> -<!-- English Revision: 420990 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.ja b/docs/manual/handler.xml.ja index 50eb5ce7f0..e492d2da17 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.ko b/docs/manual/handler.xml.ko index ade9654cac..fa09ad552a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:420990 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.meta b/docs/manual/handler.xml.meta index c2edaf2d6e..7d7d259f55 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.meta @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">es</variant> - <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> <variant>zh-cn</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/handler.xml.tr b/docs/manual/handler.xml.tr index 74c9d7cf1f..9394c419cd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/handler.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/handler.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/access.html.en b/docs/manual/howto/access.html.en index d0e3f0b446..c3f00854ca 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/access.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/howto/access.html.en @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <p>Access control can be done by several different modules. The most important of these are <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html">mod_authz_core</a></code> and - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code>. Also discussed in this document + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code>. Also discussed in this document is access control using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <div class="warning"><p> The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html#allow">Allow</a></code>, - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html#deny">Deny</a></code>, and + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html#deny">Deny</a></code>, and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html#order">Order</a></code> directives, provided by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html">mod_access_compat</a></code>, are deprecated and will go away in a future version. You should avoid using them, and @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ Require ip <var>ip.address</var> </code></p></div> - <p>In the first form, <var>address</var> is a fully qualified - domain name (or a partial domain name); you may provide multiple + <p>In the first form, <var>address</var> is a fully qualified + domain name (or a partial domain name); you may provide multiple addresses or domain names, if desired.</p> <p>In the second form, <var>ip.address</var> is an IP address, a diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.html.en b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.html.en index f9b8261682..c0ff1dea14 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.html.en @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <h3><a name="scriptalias" id="scriptalias">ScriptAlias</a></h3> - <p>The + <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#scriptalias">ScriptAlias</a></code> directive tells Apache that a particular directory is set @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <p>For example, if the URL <code>http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/test.pl</code> - is requested, Apache will attempt to execute the file + is requested, Apache will attempt to execute the file <code>/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/test.pl</code> and return the output. Of course, the file will have to exist, and be executable, and return output in a particular @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ use CGI programs. However, if the proper security precautions are taken, there is no reason why CGI programs cannot be run from arbitrary directories. For example, you may wish to let users - have web content in their home directories with the + have web content in their home directories with the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_userdir.html#userdir">UserDir</a></code> directive. If they want to have their own CGI programs, but don't have access to the main <code>cgi-bin</code> directory, they will need to be able to @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <p>There are two steps to allowing CGI execution in an arbitrary directory. First, the <code>cgi-script</code> handler must be activated using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_mime.html#addhandler">AddHandler</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#sethandler">SetHandler</a></code> directive. Second, - <code>ExecCGI</code> must be specified in the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#options">Options</a></code> directive.</p> + <code>ExecCGI</code> must be specified in the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#options">Options</a></code> directive.</p> <h3><a name="options" id="options">Explicitly using Options to permit CGI execution</a></h3> @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ <p>The following is an example CGI program that prints one line to your browser. Type in the following, save it to a - file called <code>first.pl</code>, and put it in your + file called <code>first.pl</code>, and put it in your <code>cgi-bin</code> directory.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ http://www.example.com/cgi-bin/first.pl </code></p></div> - <p>or wherever you put your file, you will see the one line + <p>or wherever you put your file, you will see the one line <code>Hello, World.</code> appear in your browser window. It's not very exciting, but once you get that working, you'll have a good chance of getting just about anything working.</p> @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ <dt>The source code of your CGI program or a "POST Method Not Allowed" message</dt> <dd>That means that you have not properly configured Apache - to process your CGI program. Reread the section on + to process your CGI program. Reread the section on <a href="#configuring">configuring Apache</a> and try to find what you missed.</dd> @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ <a href="#permissions">file permissions</a>.</dd> <dt>A message saying "Internal Server Error"</dt> - <dd>If you check the + <dd>If you check the <a href="#errorlogs">Apache error log</a>, you will probably find that it says "Premature end of script headers", possibly along with an error message @@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ assure that those variables are passed by Apache.</p> <p>When you miss HTTP headers from the environment, make - sure they are formatted according to + sure they are formatted according to <a href="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616">RFC 2616</a>, - section 4.2: Header names must start with a letter, + section 4.2: Header names must start with a letter, followed only by letters, numbers or hyphen. Any header violating this rule will be dropped silently.</p> @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ (where the computer searches for the actual file implementing a command when you type it), your username, your terminal type, and so on. For a full list of your normal, - every day environment variables, type + every day environment variables, type <code>env</code> at a command prompt.</p> <p>During the CGI transaction, the server and the browser @@ -460,19 +460,19 @@ <p>These variables are available to the CGI programmer, and are half of the story of the client-server communication. The - complete list of required variables is at + complete list of required variables is at <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3875">Common Gateway Interface RFC</a>.</p> <p>This simple Perl CGI program will display all of the environment variables that are being passed around. Two - similar programs are included in the + similar programs are included in the <code>cgi-bin</code> directory of the Apache distribution. Note that some variables are required, while others are optional, so you may see some variables listed that were not in the official list. - In addition, Apache provides many different ways for you to + In addition, Apache provides many different ways for you to <a href="../env.html">add your own environment variables</a> to the basic ones provided by default.</p> @@ -492,10 +492,10 @@ <p>Other communication between the server and the client happens over standard input (<code>STDIN</code>) and standard - output (<code>STDOUT</code>). In normal everyday context, - <code>STDIN</code> means the keyboard, or a file that a + output (<code>STDOUT</code>). In normal everyday context, + <code>STDIN</code> means the keyboard, or a file that a program is given to act on, and <code>STDOUT</code> - usually means the console or screen.</p> + usually means the console or screen.</p> <p>When you <code>POST</code> a web form to a CGI program, the data in that form is bundled up into a special format @@ -517,10 +517,10 @@ <p>You'll sometimes also see this type of string appended to a URL. When that is done, the server puts that string - into the environment variable called + into the environment variable called <code>QUERY_STRING</code>. That's called a <code>GET</code> request. Your HTML form specifies whether a <code>GET</code> - or a <code>POST</code> is used to deliver the data, by setting the + or a <code>POST</code> is used to deliver the data, by setting the <code>METHOD</code> attribute in the <code>FORM</code> tag.</p> <p>Your program is then responsible for splitting that string @@ -544,14 +544,14 @@ set of functionality, which is all you need in most programs.</p> <p>If you're writing CGI programs in C, there are a variety of - options. One of these is the <code>CGIC</code> library, from + options. One of these is the <code>CGIC</code> library, from <a href="http://www.boutell.com/cgic/">http://www.boutell.com/cgic/</a>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="moreinfo" id="moreinfo">For more information</a></h2> - <p>The current CGI specification is available in the + <p>The current CGI specification is available in the <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3875">Common Gateway Interface RFC</a>.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ja b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ja index 98c5135fed..9a11efd69c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 545841:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 545841:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ko b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ko index b2b8f7d5b9..f90c349fc0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/howto/cgi.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/htaccess.html.pt-br b/docs/manual/howto/htaccess.html.pt-br index 56e6d204d3..59e37263ce 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/htaccess.html.pt-br +++ b/docs/manual/howto/htaccess.html.pt-br @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <a href="../ko/howto/htaccess.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../pt-br/howto/htaccess.html" title="Portugus (Brasil)"> pt-br </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. +<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. Confira a verso em Ingls para mudanas recentes.</div> <p>Arquivos <code>.htaccess</code> oferecem um meio de fazer mudanas diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.en b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.en index d99ad6e336..a643689634 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.en @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <div id="quickview"><ul id="toc"><li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#related">Per-user web directories</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#userdir">Setting the file path with UserDir</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#redirect">Redirecting to external URLs</a></li> -<li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#enable">Restricting what users are permitted to use this +<li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#enable">Restricting what users are permitted to use this feature</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#cgi">Enabling a cgi directory for each user</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#htaccess">Allowing users to alter configuration</a></li> @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ UserDir public_html /var/html </code></p></div> - <p>For the URL <code>http://example.com/~rbowen/file.html</code>, - Apache will search for <code>~rbowen</code>. If it isn't found, + <p>For the URL <code>http://example.com/~rbowen/file.html</code>, + Apache will search for <code>~rbowen</code>. If it isn't found, Apache will search for <code>rbowen</code> in <code>/var/html</code>. If - found, the above URL will then be translated to the file path + found, the above URL will then be translated to the file path <code>/var/html/rbowen/file.html</code></p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -114,17 +114,17 @@ <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_userdir.html#userdir">UserDir</a></code> directive can be used to redirect user directory requests to external URLs.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> UserDir http://example.org/users/*/ </code></p></div> - + <p>The above example will redirect a request for <code>http://example.com/~bob/abc.html</code> to <code>http://example.org/users/bob/abc.html</code>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> -<h2><a name="enable" id="enable">Restricting what users are permitted to use this +<h2><a name="enable" id="enable">Restricting what users are permitted to use this feature</a></h2> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.tr.utf8 index 70509cc642..9c6f848264 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.html.tr.utf8 @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ <a href="../ko/howto/public_html.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/howto/public_html.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Çok kullanıcılı sistemlerde, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_userdir.html#userdir">UserDir</a></code> yönergesi ile her kullanıcının kendi ev dizininde bir sitesi olması sağlanabilir. diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ja b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ja index 8bab0db8d0..fc823a6403 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:791344 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ko b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ko index b379b9ed22..acd9f4c264 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:791344 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.meta b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.meta index 30c006edff..224e3019cd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.meta @@ -11,6 +11,6 @@ <variant>fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.tr b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.tr index 4f3df437fc..bdc1106875 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/howto/public_html.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 791344 --> +<!-- English Revision: 791344:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.html.en b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.html.en index 195c7513dc..a0703076db 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.html.en @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ existing HTML documents.</p> only at the date of the originally requested file, ignoring the modification date of any included files.</li> - <li>Use the directives provided by + <li>Use the directives provided by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_expires.html">mod_expires</a></code> to set an explicit expiration time on your files, thereby letting browsers and proxies know that it is acceptable to cache them.</li> @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ modified?</a></h3> discussed above (like <code>LAST_MODIFIED</code>, for example) to give values to your variables. You will specify that something is a variable, rather than a literal string, by using the dollar sign - ($) before the name of the variable.</p> + ($) before the name of the variable.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> <!--#set var="modified" value="$LAST_MODIFIED" --> </code></p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ja b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ja index 5598c997cd..c63aa7826c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1128614 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ko b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ko index e4bc8dd905..72e2ebff46 100644 --- a/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/howto/ssi.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1128614 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.html.pt-br b/docs/manual/index.html.pt-br index 095f7b03bd..7b2d89bb0d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.html.pt-br +++ b/docs/manual/index.html.pt-br @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <a href="./tr/" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a> | <a href="./zh-cn/" hreflang="zh-cn" rel="alternate" title="Simplified Chinese"> zh-cn </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. +<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. Confira a verso em Ingls para mudanas recentes.</div> <form method="get" action="http://www.google.com/search"><p><input name="as_q" value="" type="text" /> <input value="Busca Google" type="submit" /><input value="10" name="num" type="hidden" /><input value="pt-br" name="hl" type="hidden" /><input value="ISO-8859-1" name="ie" type="hidden" /><input value="Google Search" name="btnG" type="hidden" /><input name="as_epq" value="Verso 2.3" type="hidden" /><input name="as_oq" value="" type="hidden" /><input name="as_eq" value=""List-Post"" type="hidden" /><input value="" name="lr" type="hidden" /><input value="i" name="as_ft" type="hidden" /><input value="" name="as_filetype" type="hidden" /><input value="all" name="as_qdr" type="hidden" /><input value="any" name="as_occt" type="hidden" /><input value="i" name="as_dt" type="hidden" /><input value="httpd.apache.org" name="as_sitesearch" type="hidden" /><input value="off" name="safe" type="hidden" /></p></form> <table id="indextable"><tr><td class="col1"><div class="category"><h2><a name="release" id="release">Notas da Verso</a></h2> diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.da b/docs/manual/index.xml.da index 292c1f842f..4b2289446b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.da +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.da @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.en.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 959136:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 959136:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.de b/docs/manual/index.xml.de index a5e8340595..6d65f2b537 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1050960:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 1050960:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.es b/docs/manual/index.xml.es index 2c57c8604f..2d5768d9ef 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.ja b/docs/manual/index.xml.ja index 35014bed6f..2c8d9bcf77 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 636028:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 636028:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.ko b/docs/manual/index.xml.ko index d457b4706b..d19b26cf35 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.pt-br b/docs/manual/index.xml.pt-br index ec339ac83a..8d9d164d40 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.pt-br +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.pt-br @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.pt-br.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/index.xml.tr b/docs/manual/index.xml.tr index 3bd2ad91a0..b7689ce8ac 100644 --- a/docs/manual/index.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/index.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE indexpage SYSTEM "./style/sitemap.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 636028:1070894 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 636028:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/install.html.en b/docs/manual/install.html.en index ecb996ac5e..da415a6b4d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/install.html.en @@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ [OPTIONAL]</dt> <dd>For some of the support scripts like <code class="program"><a href="./programs/apxs.html">apxs</a></code> or <code class="program"><a href="./programs/dbmmanage.html">dbmmanage</a></code> (which are written in Perl) the Perl 5 interpreter is required (versions - 5.003 or newer are sufficient). If you have multiple Perl - interpreters (for example, a systemwide install of Perl 4, and - your own install of Perl 5), you are advised to use the - <code>--with-perl</code> option (see below) to make sure the + 5.003 or newer are sufficient). If you have multiple Perl + interpreters (for example, a systemwide install of Perl 4, and + your own install of Perl 5), you are advised to use the + <code>--with-perl</code> option (see below) to make sure the correct one is used by <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code>. - If no Perl 5 interpreter is found by the - <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> script, you will not be able to use - the affected support scripts. Of course, you will still be able to + If no Perl 5 interpreter is found by the + <code class="program"><a href="./programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> script, you will not be able to use + the affected support scripts. Of course, you will still be able to build and use Apache httpd.</dd> </dl> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ $ tar xvf httpd-<em>NN</em>.tar <p>Please be patient here, since a base configuration takes several minutes to compile and the time will vary widely depending on your hardware and the number of modules that you - have enabled.</p> + have enabled.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="install" id="install">Install</a></h2> @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ $ tar xvf httpd-<em>NN</em>.tar <div class="example"><p><code>$ vi <em>PREFIX</em>/conf/httpd.conf</code></p></div> - <p>Have a look at the Apache manual under + <p>Have a look at the Apache manual under <code><em>PREFIX</em>/docs/manual/</code> or consult <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/">http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/</a> for the most recent version of this manual and a complete reference of available <a href="mod/directives.html">configuration directives</a>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/install.xml.de b/docs/manual/install.xml.de index ef38b39cf3..e1a9b8cf89 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/install.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 239255:1061947 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 239255:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/install.xml.es b/docs/manual/install.xml.es index e3dc63645b..0d5fbfca4b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/install.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061947 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/install.xml.ja b/docs/manual/install.xml.ja index 350bf11281..559752e76a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/install.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 527129:1061947 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 527129:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/install.xml.ko b/docs/manual/install.xml.ko index e555053b2d..469fc13568 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/install.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061947 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/install.xml.tr b/docs/manual/install.xml.tr index 17b7f1e394..1ee0c9bab7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/install.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/install.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 804977:1061947 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 804977:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.html.en b/docs/manual/logs.html.en index 385134179f..2bbf528842 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/logs.html.en @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <p>In order to effectively manage a web server, it is necessary to get feedback about the activity and performance of the - server as well as any problems that may be occurring. The Apache HTTP Server + server as well as any problems that may be occurring. The Apache HTTP Server provides very comprehensive and flexible logging capabilities. This document describes how to configure its logging capabilities, and how to understand what the logs @@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ program</a>.</p> <p>The format of the error log is defined by the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#errorlogformat">ErrorLogFormat</a></code> directive, with which you - can customize what values are logged. A default is format defined + can customize what values are logged. A default is format defined if you don't specify one. A typical log message follows:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> - [Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] + [Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico </code></p></div> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ server. The location and content of the access log are controlled by the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> directive. The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#logformat">LogFormat</a></code> - directive can be used to simplify the selection of + directive can be used to simplify the selection of the contents of the logs. This section describes how to configure the server to record information in the access log.</p> @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ <dd> The time that the request was received. - The format is: + The format is: <p class="indent"> <code>[day/month/year:hour:minute:second zone]<br /> @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ <p>Multiple access logs can be created simply by specifying - multiple <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> + multiple <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> directives in the configuration file. For example, the following directives will create three access logs. The first contains the basic CLF information, @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ entries from the access logs based on characteristics of the client request. This is easily accomplished with the help of <a href="env.html">environment variables</a>. First, an environment variable must be set to indicate that the request - meets certain conditions. This is usually accomplished with + meets certain conditions. This is usually accomplished with <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_setenvif.html#setenvif">SetEnvIf</a></code>. Then the <code>env=</code> clause of the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> directive is used to include or exclude requests where the environment variable is @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ for easy collection of statistics on individual virtual hosts.</p> - <p>If <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> + <p>If <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_log_config.html#customlog">CustomLog</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#errorlog">ErrorLog</a></code> directives are placed inside a <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#virtualhost"><VirtualHost></a></code> @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ terminating the daemon by sending signals to the parent process; on Windows, use the -k command line option instead. For more information see the <a href="stopping.html">Stopping - and Restarting</a> page.</p> + and Restarting</a> page.</p> <h3><a name="scriptlog" id="scriptlog">Script Log</a></h3> diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.html.fr b/docs/manual/logs.html.fr index 2d6a650507..5bb22c2f70 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/logs.html.fr @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ <a href="./ko/logs.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="./tr/logs.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version - anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> <p>Pour vritablement grer un serveur web, il est ncessaire de disposer d'un @@ -618,7 +616,7 @@ <p>Comme la journalisation conditionnelle, la journalisation redirige est un outil trs puissant, mais si elle existe, il est prfrable d'utiliser une solution plus simple comme le traitement posteriori hors ligne.</p> - + <p>Par dfaut, le processus de redirection du journal est lanc sans invoquer un shell. Pour invoquer un shell, utilisez "<code>|$</code>" diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.xml.ja b/docs/manual/logs.xml.ja index 331b093c36..811f7fe785 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/logs.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1173368 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.xml.ko b/docs/manual/logs.xml.ko index 01c26f76e4..dca2469d79 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/logs.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1173368 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.xml.meta b/docs/manual/logs.xml.meta index 9005f4528b..666a35465e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/logs.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> + <variant>fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> diff --git a/docs/manual/logs.xml.tr b/docs/manual/logs.xml.tr index 533b69cb28..55d9ec99ad 100644 --- a/docs/manual/logs.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/logs.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 807930:1173368 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 807930:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/password_encryptions.html.en b/docs/manual/misc/password_encryptions.html.en index 7285bfcd7d..9848439266 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/password_encryptions.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/misc/password_encryptions.html.en @@ -33,19 +33,19 @@ <p>There are four formats that Apache recognizes for basic-authentication passwords. Note that not all formats work on every platform:</p> - + <dl> <dt>PLAIN TEXT (i.e. <em>unencrypted</em>)</dt> <dd>Windows & Netware only.</dd> - + <dt>CRYPT</dt> <dd>Unix only. Uses the traditional Unix <code>crypt(3)</code> function with a randomly-generated 32-bit salt (only 12 bits used) and the first 8 characters of the password.</dd> - + <dt>SHA1</dt> <dd>"{SHA}" + Base64-encoded SHA-1 digest of the password.</dd> - + <dt>MD5</dt> <dd>"$apr1$" + the result of an Apache-specific algorithm using an iterated (1,000 times) MD5 digest of various combinations of a @@ -53,32 +53,32 @@ <a href="http://svn.apache.org/viewvc/apr/apr/trunk/crypto/apr_md5.c?view=markup">apr_md5.c</a> for the details of the algorithm.</dd> </dl> - + <h3>Generating values with htpasswd</h3> - + <div class="example"><h3>MD5</h3><p><code> $ htpasswd -nbm myName myPassword<br /> myName:$apr1$r31.....$HqJZimcKQFAMYayBlzkrA/ </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>SHA1</h3><p><code> $ htpasswd -nbs myName myPassword<br /> myName:{SHA}VBPuJHI7uixaa6LQGWx4s+5GKNE= </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>CRYPT</h3><p><code> $ htpasswd -nbd myName myPassword<br /> myName:rqXexS6ZhobKA </code></p></div> - - + + <h3>Generating CRYPT and MD5 values with the OpenSSL command-line program</h3> - + <p>OpenSSL knows the Apache-specific MD5 algorithm.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>MD5</h3><p><code> $ openssl passwd -apr1 myPassword<br /> $apr1$qHDFfhPC$nITSVHgYbDAK1Y0acGRnY0 @@ -89,73 +89,73 @@ qQ5vTYO3c8dsU </code></p></div> - + <h3>Validating CRYPT or MD5 passwords with the OpenSSL command line program</h3> <p>The salt for a CRYPT password is the first two characters (converted to a binary value). To validate <code>myPassword</code> against <code>rqXexS6ZhobKA</code></p> - + <div class="example"><h3>CRYPT</h3><p><code> $ openssl passwd -crypt -salt rq myPassword<br /> Warning: truncating password to 8 characters<br /> rqXexS6ZhobKA </code></p></div> - + <p>Note that using <code>myPasswo</code> instead of <code>myPassword</code> will produce the same result because only the first 8 characters of CRYPT passwords are considered.</p> - + <p>The salt for an MD5 password is between <code>$apr1$</code> and the following <code>$</code> (as a Base64-encoded binary value - max 8 chars). To validate <code>myPassword</code> against <code>$apr1$r31.....$HqJZimcKQFAMYayBlzkrA/</code></p> - + <div class="example"><h3>MD5</h3><p><code> $ openssl passwd -apr1 -salt r31..... myPassword<br /> $apr1$r31.....$HqJZimcKQFAMYayBlzkrA/ </code></p></div> - + <h3>Database password fields for mod_dbd</h3> <p>The SHA1 variant is probably the most useful format for DBD authentication. Since the SHA1 and Base64 functions are commonly available, other software can populate a database with encrypted passwords that are usable by Apache basic authentication.</p> - + <p>To create Apache SHA1-variant basic-authentication passwords in various languages:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>PHP</h3><p><code> '{SHA}' . base64_encode(sha1($password, TRUE)) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>Java</h3><p><code> "{SHA}" + new sun.misc.BASE64Encoder().encode(java.security.MessageDigest.getInstance("SHA1").digest(password.getBytes())) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>ColdFusion</h3><p><code> "{SHA}" & ToBase64(BinaryDecode(Hash(password, "SHA1"), "Hex")) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>Ruby</h3><p><code> require 'digest/sha1'<br /> require 'base64'<br /> '{SHA}' + Base64.encode64(Digest::SHA1.digest(password)) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>C or C++</h3><p><code> Use the APR function: apr_sha1_base64 </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>PostgreSQL (with the contrib/pgcrypto functions installed)</h3><p><code> '{SHA}'||encode(digest(password,'sha1'),'base64') </code></p></div> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="digest" id="digest">Digest Authentication</a></h2> @@ -165,20 +165,20 @@ digits. <code>realm</code> is the Authorization Realm argument to the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authname">AuthName</a></code> directive in httpd.conf.</p> - + <h3>Database password fields for mod_dbd</h3> - + <p>Since the MD5 function is commonly available, other software can populate a database with encrypted passwords that are usable by Apache digest authentication.</p> - + <p>To create Apache digest-authentication passwords in various languages:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>PHP</h3><p><code> md5($user . ':' . $realm . ':' .$password) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>Java</h3><p><code> byte b[] = java.security.MessageDigest.getInstance("MD5").digest( (user + ":" + realm + ":" + password ).getBytes());<br /> java.math.BigInteger bi = new java.math.BigInteger(1, b);<br /> @@ -189,21 +189,21 @@ </span> // String s is the encrypted password </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>ColdFusion</h3><p><code> LCase(Hash( (user & ":" & realm & ":" & password) , "MD5")) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>Ruby</h3><p><code> require 'digest/md5'<br /> Digest::MD5.hexdigest(user + ':' + realm + ':' + password) </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><h3>PostgreSQL (with the contrib/pgcrypto functions installed)</h3><p><code> encode(digest( user || ':' || realm || ':' || password , 'md5'), 'hex') </code></p></div> - + </div></div> <div class="bottomlang"> diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.en b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.en index 1b3351ff39..7d85a08586 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.en @@ -675,9 +675,9 @@ directives.</p> <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#mutex">Mutex</a></code> directive can - be used to change the mutex implementation of the + be used to change the mutex implementation of the <code>mpm-accept</code> mutex at run-time. Special considerations - for different mutex implementations are documented with that + for different mutex implementations are documented with that directive.</p> <p>Another solution that has been considered but never diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.fr b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.fr index 691aa09975..829632de7b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.html.fr @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ <p>Apache 2.x supporte les modles simultans enfichables, appels <a href="../mpm.html">Modules Multi-Processus</a> (MPMs). Vous devez choisir un MPM au moment de la construction d'Apache. Certaines - plateformes ont des modules MPM spcifiques : + plateformes ont des modules MPM spcifiques : <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpm_netware.html">mpm_netware</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpmt_os2.html">mpmt_os2</a></code> et <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpm_winnt.html">mpm_winnt</a></code>. Sur les systmes de type Unix, vous avez le choix entre un grand nombre de modules MPM. Le choix du MPM peut affecter @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ de modifier l'implmentation du mutex <code>mpm-accept</code> l'excution. Des considrations spcifiques aux diffrentes implmentations de mutex sont documentes avec cette directive.</p> - + <p>Une autre solution qui a t imagine mais jamais implmente, consiste srialiser partiellement la boucle -- c'est dire y faire entrer un certain nombre de processus. Ceci ne prsenterait un intrt que sur les diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.ko b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.ko index ff6b600876..f55ff73b1d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.tr b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.tr index c45912e397..345751d68b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/misc/perf-tuning.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 805049:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 805049:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/misc/relevant_standards.xml.ko b/docs/manual/misc/relevant_standards.xml.ko index b45a933265..293a90b344 100644 --- a/docs/manual/misc/relevant_standards.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/misc/relevant_standards.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993:1039662 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/core.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/core.html.fr index 38f5a25253..67631db2e3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/core.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/core.html.fr @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ personnalisation des rponses</a></li> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="ErrorLogFormat" id="ErrorLogFormat">ErrorLogFormat</a> <a name="errorlogformat" id="errorlogformat">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Spcification du format des entres du journal des erreurs</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntaxe:</a></th><td><code> ErrorLog [connection|request] <var>format</var></code></td></tr> +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntaxe:</a></th><td><code> ErrorLogFormat [connection|request] <var>format</var></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Contexte:</a></th><td>configuration du serveur, serveur virtuel</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Statut:</a></th><td>Core</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>core</td></tr> @@ -1476,60 +1476,82 @@ personnalisation des rponses</a></li> valeurs possibles vont de 1 (alert) 15 (trace8), en passant par 4 (warn) ou 7 (debug).</p> + <p>Par exemple, voici ce qui arriverait si vous ajoutiez des + modificateurs l'item <code>%{Referer}i</code> qui enregistre le + contenu de l'en-tte <code>Referer</code>.</p> + + <table class="bordered"><tr class="header"><th>Item modifi</th><th>Signification</th></tr> +<tr> + <td><code>%-{Referer}i</code></td> + <td>Enregistre le caractre <code>-</code> si l'en-tte + <code>Referer</code> n'est pas dfini.</td> + </tr> +<tr class="odd"> + <td><code>%+{Referer}i</code></td> + <td>N'enregistre rien si l'en-tte + <code>Referer</code> n'est pas dfini.</td> + </tr> +<tr> + <td><code>%4{Referer}i</code></td> + <td>N'enregistre le contenu de l'en-tte <code>Referer</code> que si + la svrit du message de journalisation est suprieure 4.</td> + </tr> +</table> + <p>Certains items de format acceptent des paramtres supplmentaires entre accolades.</p> <table class="bordered"><tr class="header"><th>Chane de format</th> <th>Description</th></tr> <tr><td><code>%%</code></td> <td>Le signe pourcentage</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...a</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%a</code></td> <td>Adresse IP et port distants</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...A</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%A</code></td> <td>Adresse IP et port locaux</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...{name}e</code></td> - <td>Variable d'environnement de requte <code>name</code></td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...E</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%{<em>name</em>}e</code></td> + <td>Variable d'environnement de requte <em>name</em></td></tr> +<tr><td><code>%E</code></td> <td>Etat d'erreur APR/OS et chane</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...F</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%F</code></td> <td>Nom du fichier source et numro de ligne de l'appel du journal</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...{name}i</code></td> - <td>En-tte de requte <code>name</code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...k</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%{<em>name</em>}i</code></td> + <td>En-tte de requte <em>name</em></td></tr> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%k</code></td> <td>Nombre de requtes persistantes pour cette connexion</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...l</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%l</code></td> <td>Svrit du message</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...L</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%L</code></td> <td>Identifiant journal de la requte</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...{c}L</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%{c}L</code></td> <td>Identifiant journal de la connexion</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...{C}L</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%{C}L</code></td> <td>Identifiant journal de la connexion si utilis dans la porte de la connexion, vide sinon</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...m</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%m</code></td> <td>Nom du module qui effectue la journalisation du message</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%M</code></td> <td>Le message effectif</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...{name}n</code></td> - <td>Note de requte <code>name</code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...P</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%{<em>name</em>}n</code></td> + <td>Note de requte <em>name</em></td></tr> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%P</code></td> <td>Identifiant du processus courant</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...T</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%T</code></td> <td>Identifiant du thread courant</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...{g}T</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%{g}T</code></td> <td>Identifiant unique de thread systme du thread courant (l'identifiant affich par la commande <code>top</code> par exemple ; seulement sous Linux pour l'instant)</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...t</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%t</code></td> <td>L'heure courante</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...{u}t</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%{u}t</code></td> <td>L'heure courante avec les microsecondes</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...{cu}t</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%{cu}t</code></td> <td>L'heure courante au format compact ISO 8601, avec les microsecondes</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%...v</code></td> +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%v</code></td> <td>Le nom de serveur canonique <code class="directive"><a href="#servername">ServerName</a></code> du serveur courant.</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%...V</code></td> +<tr><td><code>%V</code></td> <td>Le nom de serveur du serveur qui sert la requte en accord avec la dfinition de la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code>.</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>\ </code> (anti-slash espace)</td> @@ -1549,11 +1571,20 @@ personnalisation des rponses</a></li> c'est son identifiant unique qui sera utilis comme identifiant de journal pour les requtes.</p> - <div class="example"><h3>Exemple (assez similaire au format par dfaut)</h3><p><code> - ErrorLogFormat "[%{u}t] [%-m:%l] [pid %P] %7F: %E: [client\ %a] + <div class="example"><h3>Exemple (format par dfaut)</h3><p><code> + ErrorLogFormat "[%{u}t] [%-m:%l] [pid %P:tid %T] %7F: %E: [client\ %a] %M% ,\ referer\ %{Referer}i" </code></p></div> + <p>Cet exemple renverrait un message d'erreur du style :</p> + + <div class="example"><p><code> + [Thu May 12 08:28:57.652118 2011] [core:error] [pid 8777:tid 4326490112] [client ::1:58619] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico + </code></p></div> + + <p>Notez que, comme indiqu plus haut, certains champs sont + totalement supprims s'ils n'ont pas t dfinis.</p> + <div class="example"><h3>Exemple (similaire au format 2.2.x)</h3><p><code> ErrorLogFormat "[%t] [%l] %7F: %E: [client\ %a] %M% ,\ referer\ %{Referer}i" diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/event.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/event.html.en index f31f78f9ac..2e02c56383 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/event.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/event.html.en @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ of consuming threads only for connections with active processing</td></tr> moot.</p> <ul> - + <li>To use this MPM on FreeBSD, FreeBSD 5.3 or higher is recommended. However, it is possible to run this MPM on FreeBSD 5.2.1, if you use <code>libkse</code> (see <code>man libmap.conf</code>).</li> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.de b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.de index f3058c0122..e4f10703e3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.de +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.de @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ client</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></dt><dd>Provides for "trailing slash" redirects and serving directory index files</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dumpio.html">mod_dumpio</a></dt><dd>Dumps all I/O to error log as desired.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</dd> <dt><a href="mod_env.html">mod_env</a></dt><dd>Modifies the environment which is passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages</dd> @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.en index e0fd1f68f0..cf82c32142 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.en @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ client</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></dt><dd>Provides for "trailing slash" redirects and serving directory index files</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dumpio.html">mod_dumpio</a></dt><dd>Dumps all I/O to error log as desired.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</dd> <dt><a href="mod_env.html">mod_env</a></dt><dd>Modifies the environment which is passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages</dd> @@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.es b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.es index 1be38cea33..f135238bf5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.es +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.es @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ client</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></dt><dd>Provides for "trailing slash" redirects and serving directory index files</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dumpio.html">mod_dumpio</a></dt><dd>Dumps all I/O to error log as desired.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</dd> <dt><a href="mod_env.html">mod_env</a></dt><dd>Modifies the environment which is passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages</dd> @@ -188,8 +188,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ja.utf8 index d68edf23df..09e454859c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ja.utf8 @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ko.euc-kr b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ko.euc-kr index 30bd0a06da..d8c1fe721e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ko.euc-kr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.ko.euc-kr @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.tr.utf8 index 7fa2b91305..4a34585d97 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.tr.utf8 @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ client</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dialup.html">mod_dialup</a></dt><dd>Send static content at a bandwidth rate limit, defined by the various old modem standards</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></dt><dd>Bölü çizgisiyle biten yönlendirmeleri yapar ve dizin içeriği dosyalarını sunar.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dumpio.html">mod_dumpio</a></dt><dd>Dumps all I/O to error log as desired.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</dd> <dt><a href="mod_env.html">mod_env</a></dt><dd>CGI betiklerine ve SSI sayfalarına aktarılan değişkenlere müdahale etmek için kullanılır.</dd> @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.zh-cn b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.zh-cn index c6000d5705..b81d086e7a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/index.html.zh-cn +++ b/docs/manual/mod/index.html.zh-cn @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ client</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></dt><dd>Provides for "trailing slash" redirects and serving directory index files</dd> <dt><a href="mod_dumpio.html">mod_dumpio</a></dt><dd>Dumps all I/O to error log as desired.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<dt><a href="mod_echo.html" id="E" name="E">mod_echo</a></dt><dd>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</dd> <dt><a href="mod_env.html">mod_env</a></dt><dd>Modifies the environment which is passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages</dd> @@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ under different user IDs.</dd> <dt><a href="mod_proxy_scgi.html">mod_proxy_scgi</a></dt><dd>SCGI gateway module for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dd> <dt><a href="mod_ratelimit.html" id="R" name="R">mod_ratelimit</a></dt><dd>Bandwidth Rate Limiting for Clients</dd> <dt><a href="mod_reflector.html">mod_reflector</a></dt><dd>Reflect a request body as a response via the output filter stack.</dd> -<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<dt><a href="mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></dt><dd>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </dd> <dt><a href="mod_reqtimeout.html">mod_reqtimeout</a></dt><dd>Set timeout and minimum data rate for receiving requests diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.html.en index c3b4446e9d..843d27e3e9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.html.en @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ address)</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">ModuleIdentifier:</a></th><td>access_compat_module</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#SourceFile">SourceFile:</a></th><td>mod_access_compat.c</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in Apache HTTP Server 2.3 as a compatibility module with +<tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in Apache HTTP Server 2.3 as a compatibility module with previous versions of Apache httpd 2.x. The directives provided by this module -have been deprecated by the new authz refactoring. Please see +have been deprecated by the new authz refactoring. Please see <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code></td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ have been deprecated by the new authz refactoring. Please see <div class="warning"><h3>Note</h3> <p>The directives provided by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_access_compat.html">mod_access_compat</a></code> have - been deprecated by the new authz refactoring. Please see + been deprecated by the new authz refactoring. Please see <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code>.</p> </div> @@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ server</td></tr> to be controlled based on the existence of an <a href="../env.html">environment variable</a>. When <code>Allow from env=<var>env-variable</var></code> is specified, then the request is allowed access if the environment variable <var>env-variable</var> - exists. When <code>Allow from env=!<var>env-variable</var></code> is - specified, then the request is allowed access if the environment + exists. When <code>Allow from env=!<var>env-variable</var></code> is + specified, then the request is allowed access if the environment variable <var>env-variable</var> doesn't exist. The server provides the ability to set environment variables in a flexible way based on characteristics of the client @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ later</td></tr> <div class="example"><p><code> <Directory /var/www/private><br /> - Require valid-user<br /> + Require valid-user<br /> </Directory><br /> <br /> <Directory /var/www/private/public><br /> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.xml.ja index b6b1ad5108..aecab6b2e2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_access_compat.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 675568:1043126 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 675568:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.html.en index d9ff3dedb7..48fffa96d2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.html.en @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ introduced in Apache 2.1</td></tr> </code></p></div> <p>In this example, requests for files with a file extension of - <code>.xyz</code> are handled by the specified cgi script + <code>.xyz</code> are handled by the specified cgi script <code>/cgi-bin/program.cgi</code>.</p> <p>The optional <code>virtual</code> modifier turns off the check @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ method.</td></tr> <var>method</var>. The <var>cgi-script</var> is the URL-path to a resource that has been designated as a CGI script using <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#scriptalias">ScriptAlias</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_mime.html#addhandler">AddHandler</a></code>. The URL and file path of the requested document is sent using the standard CGI - <code>PATH_INFO</code> and <code>PATH_TRANSLATED</code> environment + <code>PATH_INFO</code> and <code>PATH_TRANSLATED</code> environment variables.</p> <div class="note"> @@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ method.</td></tr> effects. </div> - <p>Note that the <code class="directive">Script</code> command defines default + <p>Note that the <code class="directive">Script</code> command defines default actions only. If a CGI script is called, or some other resource that is capable of handling the requested method internally, it will do - so. Also note that <code class="directive">Script</code> with a method of + so. Also note that <code class="directive">Script</code> with a method of <code>GET</code> will only be called if there are query arguments present (<em>e.g.</em>, foo.html?hi). Otherwise, the request will proceed normally.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.de b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.de index aeb4e79c09..d4042cf5c6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1103989 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ja index 400539b05c..8d2be3e31b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1103989 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ko index edd3a93a50..c6da3005ea 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_actions.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1103989 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.html.en index 64f5218933..de347574d2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.html.en @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ expressions</td></tr> regular expression to match the entire request URI from beginning to end, and to use substitution on the right side.</p> - <p>In other words, just changing + <p>In other words, just changing <code class="directive"><a href="#alias">Alias</a></code> to <code class="directive"><a href="#aliasmatch">AliasMatch</a></code> will not have the same effect. At a minimum, you need to @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ a different URL</td></tr> <p>The old <em>URL-path</em> is a case-sensitive (%-decoded) path beginning with a slash. A relative path is not allowed.</p> - - <p>The new <em>URL</em> may be either an absolute URL beginning + + <p>The new <em>URL</em> may be either an absolute URL beginning with a scheme and hostname, or a URL-path beginning with a slash. In this latter case the scheme and hostname of the current server will be added.</p> @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ a different URL</td></tr> <code>http://foo2.example.com/service/foo.txt</code> instead. This includes requests with <code>GET</code> parameters, such as <code>http://example.com/service/foo.pl?q=23&a=42</code>, - it will be redirected to + it will be redirected to <code>http://foo2.example.com/service/foo.pl?q=23&a=42</code>. Note that <code>POST</code>s will be discarded.<br /> Only complete path segments are matched, so the above @@ -458,14 +458,14 @@ target as a CGI script</td></tr> <p><code class="directive">ScriptAlias</code> can also be used in conjunction with a script or handler you have. For example:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ /web/cgi-handler.pl </code></p></div> - + <p>In this scenario all files requested in <code>/cgi-bin/</code> will be - handled by the file you have configured, this allows you to use your own custom - handler. You may want to use this as a wrapper for CGI so that you can add + handled by the file you have configured, this allows you to use your own custom + handler. You may want to use this as a wrapper for CGI so that you can add content, or some other bespoke action.</p> <div class="warning">It is safer to avoid placing CGI scripts under the diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ja index 7ba39b472e..f46b94e45d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1147341 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ko index 837787ea02..7d02814910 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1147341 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.tr index 54eab949b8..ef2a081b26 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_alias.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 770506:1147341 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 770506:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_allowmethods.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_allowmethods.html.en index 58c2729d9e..ecc594400c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_allowmethods.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_allowmethods.html.en @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ used on an server. The most common configuration would be:</p> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="AllowMethods" id="AllowMethods">AllowMethods</a> <a name="allowmethods" id="allowmethods">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>AllowMethods reset</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>directory</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.html.en index 358add4114..0c8f497b68 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.html.en @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_auth_basic</td></tr> </table> - <p>The <code class="directive">AuthBasicProvider</code> directive sets + <p>The <code class="directive">AuthBasicProvider</code> directive sets which provider is used to authenticate the users for this location. The default <code>file</code> provider is implemented by the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> module. Make sure @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> </code></p></div> <p> Providers are queried in order until a provider finds a match - for the requested username, at which point this sole provider will + for the requested username, at which point this sole provider will attempt to check the password. A failure to verify the password does not result in control being passed on to subsequent providers.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ja index 7fd59bade6..d0365353dc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:958729 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ko index 2450227f64..037f4b90d0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_basic.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:958729 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.html.en index 703bc51eca..04f85f801c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.html.en @@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ <div class="section"> <h2><a name="using" id="using">Using Digest Authentication</a></h2> - <p>To use MD5 Digest authentication, simply + <p>To use MD5 Digest authentication, simply change the normal <code>AuthType Basic</code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> to <code>AuthType Digest</code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authdigestprovider">AuthDigestProvider</a></code>, - when setting up authentication, then add a + when setting up authentication, then add a <code class="directive"><a href="#authdigestdomain">AuthDigestDomain</a></code> directive containing at least the root URI(s) for this protection space.</p> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ </Location> </code></p></div> - <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> + <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>Digest authentication is more secure than Basic authentication, but only works with supporting browsers. As of September 2004, major browsers that support digest authentication include <a href="http://www.w3.org/Amaya/">Amaya</a>, <a href="http://konqueror.kde.org/">Konqueror</a>, <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/windows/ie/">MS Internet Explorer</a> @@ -255,13 +255,13 @@ server</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_auth_digest</td></tr> </table> - <p>The <code class="directive">AuthDigestProvider</code> directive sets + <p>The <code class="directive">AuthDigestProvider</code> directive sets which provider is used to authenticate the users for this location. The default <code>file</code> provider is implemented by the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> module. Make sure that the chosen provider module is present in the server.</p> - <p>See <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_dbm.html">mod_authn_dbm</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code>, + <p>See <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_dbm.html">mod_authn_dbm</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_dbd.html">mod_authn_dbd</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_socache.html">mod_authn_socache</a></code> for providers.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.xml.ko index 624edb6912..452398bd06 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_digest.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:958729 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_form.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_form.html.en index b9eb3d9213..3598992cf2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_form.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_auth_form.html.en @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <p>Once the user has been successfully authenticated, the user's login details will be stored in a session provided by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code>. </p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="basicconfig" id="basicconfig">Basic Configuration</a></h2> - + <p>To protect a particular URL with <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code>, you need to decide where you will store your <var>session</var>, and you will need to decide what method you will use to authenticate. In this simple example, the @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_cookie.html">mod_session_cookie</a></code>, and authentication will be attempted against a file using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code>. If authentication is unsuccessful, the user will be redirected to the form login page.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Basic example</h3><p><code> AuthFormProvider file<br /> AuthUserFile conf/passwd<br /> @@ -114,14 +114,14 @@ SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>The directive <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authtype">AuthType</a></code> will enable the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code> authentication when set to the value <var>form</var>. The directives <code class="directive"><a href="#authformprovider">AuthFormProvider</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html#authuserfile">AuthUserFile</a></code> specify that usernames and passwords should be checked against the chosen file.</p> - <p>The directives <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html#session">Session</a></code>, + <p>The directives <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html#session">Session</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_session_cookie.html#sessioncookiename">SessionCookieName</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_session_crypto.html#sessioncryptopassphrase">SessionCryptoPassphrase</a></code> create an encrypted session stored within an HTTP cookie on the browser. For more information @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ <p>The login form can be hosted as a standalone page, or can be provided inline on the same page.</p> - + <p>When configuring the login as a standalone page, unsuccessful authentication attempts should be redirected to a login form created by the website for this purpose, using the <code class="directive"><a href="#authformloginrequiredlocation">AuthFormLoginRequiredLocation</a></code> directive. Typically this login page will contain an HTML form, asking the user to provide their usename and password.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example login form</h3><p><code> <form method="POST" action="/dologin.html"><br /> Username: <input type="text" name="httpd_username" value="" /><br /> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ <p>The part that does the actual login is handled by the <var>form-login-handler</var>. The action of the form should point at this handler, which is configured within Apache httpd as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Form login handler example</h3><p><code> <Location /dologin.html> <span class="indent"> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ point to a page explaining to the user that their login attempt was unsuccessful, and they should try again. The <code class="directive"><a href="#authformloginsuccesslocation">AuthFormLoginSuccessLocation</a></code> directive specifies the URL the user should be redirected to upon successful login.</p> - + <p>Alternatively, the URL to redirect the user to on success can be embedded within the login form, as in the example below. As a result, the same <var>form-login-handler</var> can be reused for different areas of a website.</p> @@ -199,9 +199,9 @@ </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="inline" id="inline">Inline Login</a></h2> - + <div class="warning"><h3>Warning</h3> - <p>A risk exists that under certain circumstances, the login form configured + <p>A risk exists that under certain circumstances, the login form configured using inline login may be submitted more than once, revealing login credentials to the application running underneath. The administrator must ensure that the underlying application is properly secured to prevent abuse. If in doubt, use the @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ <code class="directive"><a href="#authformloginrequiredlocation">AuthFormLoginRequiredLocation</a></code> directive, a <var>HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED</var> status code is returned to the browser indicating to the user that they are not authorized to view the page.</p> - + <p>To configure inline authentication, the administrator overrides the error document returned by the <var>HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED</var> status code with a custom error document containing the login form, as follows:</p> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>The error document page should contain a login form with an empty action property, as per the example below. This has the effect of submitting the form to the original protected URL, without the page having to know what that @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ <p>One option is to use the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_include.html">mod_include</a></code> module along with the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#keptbodysize">KeptBodySize</a></code> directive, along with a suitable CGI script to embed the variables in the form.</p> - + <p>Another option is to render the login form using a CGI script or other dynamic technology.</p> @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> to submit should login be successful.</p> <p>By populating the form with fields described by - <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, + <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmimetype">AuthFormMimetype</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authformbody">AuthFormBody</a></code>, a website can retry a request that may have been interrupted by the login screen, or by a session @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> will be returned with the page specified by the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#errordocument">ErrorDocument</a></code> directive. This directive overrides this default.</p> - + <p>Use this directive if you have a dedicated login page to redirect users to.</p> @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> specifies the URL to redirect to should the user have logged in successfully. This directive can be overridden if a form field has been defined containing another URL using the <code class="directive"><a href="#authformlocation">AuthFormLocation</a></code> directive.</p> - + <p>Use this directive if you have a dedicated login URL, and you have not embedded the destination page in the login form.</p> @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> <p>When a URI is accessed that is served by the handler <code>form-logout-handler</code>, the page specified by this directive will be shown to the end user. For example:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> <Location /logout><br /> <span class="indent"> @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> </span> </Location> </code></p></div> - + <p>An attempt to access the URI <var>/logout/</var> will result in the user being logged out, and the page <var>/loggedout.html</var> will be displayed. Make sure that the page <var>loggedout.html</var> is not password protected, otherwise the page will not be @@ -553,9 +553,9 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code> directive specifies the name of an HTML field which, if present, will contain the method of the request to to submit should login be successful.</p> - + <p>By populating the form with fields described by - <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, + <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmimetype">AuthFormMimetype</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authformbody">AuthFormBody</a></code>, a website can retry a request that may have been interrupted by the login screen, or by a session @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> mimetype of the request to to submit should login be successful.</p> <p>By populating the form with fields described by - <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, + <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmimetype">AuthFormMimetype</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authformbody">AuthFormBody</a></code>, a website can retry a request that may have been interrupted by the login screen, or by a session @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_auth_form</td></tr> </table> - <p>The <code class="directive">AuthFormProvider</code> directive sets + <p>The <code class="directive">AuthFormProvider</code> directive sets which provider is used to authenticate the users for this location. The default <code>file</code> provider is implemented by the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> module. Make sure @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> specifies a passphrase which, if present in the user session, causes Apache httpd to bypass authentication checks for the given URL. It can be used on high traffic websites to reduce the load induced on authentication infrastructure.</p> - + <p>The passphrase can be inserted into a user session by adding this directive to the configuration for the <var>form-login-handler</var>. The <var>form-login-handler</var> itself will always run the authentication checks, regardless of whether a passphrase @@ -683,12 +683,12 @@ lower level modules</td></tr> </table> <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="#authformsize">AuthFormSize</a></code> directive specifies the maximum size of the body of the request that will be parsed to find the login form.</p> - + <p>If a login request arrives that exceeds this size, the whole request will be aborted with the HTTP response code <code>HTTP_REQUEST_TOO_LARGE</code>.</p> <p>If you have populated the form with fields described by - <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, + <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmethod">AuthFormMethod</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#authformmimetype">AuthFormMimetype</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authformbody">AuthFormBody</a></code>, you probably want to set this field to a similar size as the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#keptbodysize">KeptBodySize</a></code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_core.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_core.html.en index e1d803334d..2169ec08bf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_core.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_core.html.en @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in Apache 2.3 and later</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> - <p>This module provides core authentication capabilities to - allow or deny access to portions of the web site. - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html">mod_authn_core</a></code> provides directives that are + <p>This module provides core authentication capabilities to + allow or deny access to portions of the web site. + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html">mod_authn_core</a></code> provides directives that are common to all authentication providers.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ <div class="section"> <h2><a name="authnalias" id="authnalias">Creating Authentication Provider Aliases</a></h2> - <p>Extended authentication providers can be created - within the configuration file and assigned an alias name. The alias - providers can then be referenced through the directives - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> or + <p>Extended authentication providers can be created + within the configuration file and assigned an alias name. The alias + providers can then be referenced through the directives + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_digest.html#authdigestprovider">AuthDigestProvider</a></code> in the same way as a base authentication provider. Besides the ability - to create and alias an extended provider, it also allows the same - extended authentication provider to be reference by multiple + to create and alias an extended provider, it also allows the same + extended authentication provider to be reference by multiple locations.</p> <h3><a name="example" id="example">Examples</a></h3> @@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ </Directory><br /> </code></p></div> - <p>The example below creates two different ldap authentication + <p>The example below creates two different ldap authentication provider aliases based on the ldap provider. This allows a single authenticated location to be serviced by multiple ldap hosts:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Checking multiple LDAP servers</h3><p><code> <AuthnProviderAlias ldap ldap-alias1><br /> <span class="indent"> @@ -112,15 +112,15 @@ AuthLDAPURL ldap://other.ldap.host/o=dev?cn<br /> </span> </AuthnProviderAlias><br /><br /> - + Alias /secure /webpages/secure<br /> <Directory /webpages/secure><br /> <span class="indent"> Order deny,allow<br /> Allow from all<br /><br /> - + AuthBasicProvider ldap-other-alias ldap-alias1<br /><br /> - + AuthType Basic<br /> AuthName LDAP_Protected_Place<br /> Require valid-user<br /> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ the specified alias</td></tr> </table> <p><code><AuthnProviderAlias></code> and <code></AuthnProviderAlias></code> are used to enclose a group of - authentication directives that can be referenced by the alias name + authentication directives that can be referenced by the alias name using one of the directives <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html# authbasicprovider"> AuthBasicProvider</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_digest.html# authdigestprovider"> AuthDigestProvider</a></code>.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ja index a0cdecea55..bcf8af726a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1029180 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ko index e26a1beb36..e1370695c7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authn_file.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1029180 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.en index d700b60303..5f5cf1fa1b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.en @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <h3>Summary</h3> <p>This module provides authentication front-ends such as - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html">mod_auth_basic</a></code> to authenticate users through + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html">mod_auth_basic</a></code> to authenticate users through an ldap directory.</p> - + <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> supports the following features:</p> <ul> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <ul> <li> - <a href="#operation">Operation</a> + <a href="#operation">Operation</a> <ul> <li><a href="#authenphase">The Authentication @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> </li> <li> - <a href="#requiredirectives">The Require Directives</a> + <a href="#requiredirectives">The Require Directives</a> <ul> <li><a href="#requser">Require ldap-user</a></li> @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <li><a href="#activedirectory">Using Active Directory</a></li> <li> <a href="#frontpage">Using Microsoft FrontPage with - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code></a> + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code></a> <ul> <li><a href="#howitworks">How It Works</a></li> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <p>There are two phases in granting access to a user. The first phase is authentication, in which the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> - authentication provider verifies that the user's credentials are valid. + authentication provider verifies that the user's credentials are valid. This is also called the <em>search/bind</em> phase. The second phase is authorization, in which <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> determines if the authenticated user is allowed access to the resource in @@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> registers both an authn_ldap authentication provider and an authz_ldap authorization handler. The authn_ldap - authentication provider can be enabled through the - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> directive - using the <code>ldap</code> value. The authz_ldap handler extends the + authentication provider can be enabled through the + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> directive + using the <code>ldap</code> value. The authz_ldap handler extends the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html#require">Require</a></code> directive's authorization types - by adding <code>ldap-user</code>, <code>ldap-dn</code> and <code>ldap-group</code> + by adding <code>ldap-user</code>, <code>ldap-dn</code> and <code>ldap-group</code> values.</p> <h3><a name="authenphase" id="authenphase">The Authentication @@ -246,14 +246,14 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> one of its sub-groups.</li> <li>Grant access if there is a <a href="#reqattribute"> - <code>Require ldap-attribute</code></a> + <code>Require ldap-attribute</code></a> directive, and the attribute fetched from the LDAP directory - matches the given value.</li> + matches the given value.</li> <li>Grant access if there is a <a href="#reqfilter"> - <code>Require ldap-filter</code></a> + <code>Require ldap-filter</code></a> directive, and the search filter successfully finds a single user - object that matches the dn of the authenticated user.</li> + object that matches the dn of the authenticated user.</li> <li>otherwise, deny or decline access</li> </ul> @@ -262,15 +262,15 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> be used which may require loading additional authorization modules.</p> <ul> - <li>Grant access to all successfully authenticated users if - there is a <a href="#requser"><code>Require valid-user</code></a> + <li>Grant access to all successfully authenticated users if + there is a <a href="#requser"><code>Require valid-user</code></a> directive. (requires <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_user.html">mod_authz_user</a></code>)</li> <li>Grant access if there is a <a href="#reqgroup"><code>Require group</code></a> directive, and - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html">mod_authz_groupfile</a></code> has been loaded with the - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html#authgroupfile">AuthGroupFile</a></code> + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html">mod_authz_groupfile</a></code> has been loaded with the + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html#authgroupfile">AuthGroupFile</a></code> directive set.</li> - + <li>others...</li> </ul> @@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ for HTTP Basic authentication.</td></tr> <p>Apache's <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html#require">Require</a></code> directives are used during the authorization phase to ensure that - a user is allowed to access a resource. mod_authnz_ldap extends the - authorization types with <code>ldap-user</code>, <code>ldap-dn</code>, - <code>ldap-group</code>, <code>ldap-attribute</code> and - <code>ldap-filter</code>. Other authorization types may also be + a user is allowed to access a resource. mod_authnz_ldap extends the + authorization types with <code>ldap-user</code>, <code>ldap-dn</code>, + <code>ldap-group</code>, <code>ldap-attribute</code> and + <code>ldap-filter</code>. Other authorization types may also be used but may require that additional authorization modules be loaded.</p> <h3><a name="requser" id="requser">Require ldap-user</a></h3> @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ uniqueMember: cn=Elliot Rhodes, o=Example<br /> <p>The following directives would allow access for Bob Ellis, Tom Jackson, Barbara Jensen, Fred User, Allan Jefferson, and Paul Tilley but would not - allow access for Jim Swenson, or Elliot Rhodes (since they are at a + allow access for Jim Swenson, or Elliot Rhodes (since they are at a sub-group depth of 2):</p> <div class="example"><p><code> Require ldap-group cn=Employees, o-Example<br /> @@ -470,18 +470,18 @@ AuthLDAPSubGroupDepth 1<br /> administrator to grant access based on attributes of the authenticated user in the LDAP directory. If the attribute in the directory matches the value given in the configuration, access is granted.</p> - + <p>The following directive would grant access to anyone with the attribute employeeType = active</p> <div class="example"><p><code>Require ldap-attribute employeeType=active</code></p></div> <p>Multiple attribute/value pairs can be specified on the same line - separated by spaces or they can be specified in multiple - <code>Require ldap-attribute</code> directives. The effect of listing - multiple attribute/values pairs is an OR operation. Access will be - granted if any of the listed attribute values match the value of the - corresponding attribute in the user object. If the value of the + separated by spaces or they can be specified in multiple + <code>Require ldap-attribute</code> directives. The effect of listing + multiple attribute/values pairs is an OR operation. Access will be + granted if any of the listed attribute values match the value of the + corresponding attribute in the user object. If the value of the attribute contains a space, only the value must be within double quotes.</p> <p>The following directive would grant access to anyone with @@ -497,18 +497,18 @@ AuthLDAPSubGroupDepth 1<br /> administrator to grant access based on a complex LDAP search filter. If the dn returned by the filter search matches the authenticated user dn, access is granted.</p> - + <p>The following directive would grant access to anyone having a cell phone and is in the marketing department</p> <div class="example"><p><code>Require ldap-filter &(cell=*)(department=marketing)</code></p></div> - <p>The difference between the <code>Require ldap-filter</code> directive and the - <code>Require ldap-attribute</code> directive is that <code>ldap-filter</code> - performs a search operation on the LDAP directory using the specified search - filter rather than a simple attribute comparison. If a simple attribute - comparison is all that is required, the comparison operation performed by - <code>ldap-attribute</code> will be faster than the search operation + <p>The difference between the <code>Require ldap-filter</code> directive and the + <code>Require ldap-attribute</code> directive is that <code>ldap-filter</code> + performs a search operation on the LDAP directory using the specified search + filter rather than a simple attribute comparison. If a simple attribute + comparison is all that is required, the comparison operation performed by + <code>ldap-attribute</code> will be faster than the search operation used by <code>ldap-filter</code> especially within a large directory.</p> @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ AuthLDAPSubGroupDepth 1<br /> <ul> <li> Grant access to anyone who exists in the LDAP directory, - using their UID for searches. + using their UID for searches. <div class="example"><p><code> AuthLDAPURL "ldap://ldap1.example.com:389/ou=People, o=Example?uid?sub?(objectClass=*)"<br /> Require valid-user @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Require valid-user <li> The next example is the same as above; but with the fields that have useful defaults omitted. Also, note the use of a - redundant LDAP server. + redundant LDAP server. <div class="example"><p><code>AuthLDAPURL "ldap://ldap1.example.com ldap2.example.com/ou=People, o=Example"<br /> Require valid-user </code></p></div> @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Require valid-user <strong>must</strong> return exactly one entry. That's why this approach is not recommended: it's a better idea to choose an attribute that is guaranteed unique in your - directory, such as <code>uid</code>. + directory, such as <code>uid</code>. <div class="example"><p><code> AuthLDAPURL "ldap://ldap.example.com/ou=People, o=Example?cn"<br /> Require valid-user @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Require valid-user <li> Grant access to anybody in the Administrators group. The - users must authenticate using their UID. + users must authenticate using their UID. <div class="example"><p><code> AuthLDAPURL ldap://ldap.example.com/o=Example?uid<br /> Require ldap-group cn=Administrators, o=Example @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Require ldap-group cn=Administrators, o=Example carries an alphanumeric pager will have an LDAP attribute of <code>qpagePagerID</code>. The example will grant access only to people (authenticated via their UID) who have - alphanumeric pagers: + alphanumeric pagers: <div class="example"><p><code> AuthLDAPURL ldap://ldap.example.com/o=Example?uid??(qpagePagerID=*)<br /> Require valid-user @@ -611,10 +611,10 @@ Require valid-user <p>To use TLS, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ldap.html">mod_ldap</a></code> directives <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ldap.html#ldaptrustedclientcert">LDAPTrustedClientCert</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ldap.html#ldaptrustedglobalcert">LDAPTrustedGlobalCert</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ldap.html#ldaptrustedmode">LDAPTrustedMode</a></code>.</p> - <p>An optional second parameter can be added to the + <p>An optional second parameter can be added to the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">AuthLDAPURL</a></code> to override the default connection type set by <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ldap.html#ldaptrustedmode">LDAPTrustedMode</a></code>. - This will allow the connection established by an <em>ldap://</em> Url + This will allow the connection established by an <em>ldap://</em> Url to be upgraded to a secure connection on the same port.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -630,11 +630,11 @@ Require valid-user <h2><a name="exposed" id="exposed">Exposing Login Information</a></h2> <p>when this module performs <em>authentication</em>, ldap attributes specified - in the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">authldapurl</a></code> + in the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">authldapurl</a></code> directive are placed in environment variables with the prefix "AUTHENTICATE_".</p> <p>when this module performs <em>authorization</em>, ldap attributes specified - in the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">authldapurl</a></code> + in the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">authldapurl</a></code> directive are placed in environment variables with the prefix "AUTHORIZE_".</p> <p>If the attribute field contains the username, common name @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Require group <em>mygroupfile</em> the LDAP directory is considered a valid user, whereas FrontPage considers only those people in the local user file to be valid. By substituting the ldap-group with group file authorization, - Apache is allowed to consult the local user file (which is managed by + Apache is allowed to consult the local user file (which is managed by FrontPage) - instead of LDAP - when handling authorizing the user.</p> <p>Once directives have been added as specified above, @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ Require group <em>mygroupfile</em> <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html">mod_authz_groupfile</a></code> in order to use FrontPage support. This is because Apache will still use - the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html">mod_authz_groupfile</a></code> group file for determine + the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html">mod_authz_groupfile</a></code> group file for determine the extent of a user's access to the FrontPage web.</li> <li>The directives must be put in the <code>.htaccess</code> @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ authorization</td></tr> whether LDAP has performed authentication, authorization, or both.</p> <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> - No authorization variables are set when a user is authorized on the basis of + No authorization variables are set when a user is authorized on the basis of <code>Require valid-user</code>. </div> @@ -798,14 +798,14 @@ authorization</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_authnz_ldap</td></tr> </table> - <p>By default, subsequent authentication providers are only queried if a + <p>By default, subsequent authentication providers are only queried if a user cannot be mapped to a DN, but not if the user can be mapped to a DN and their - password cannot be verified with an LDAP bind. - If <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbindauthoritative">AuthLDAPBindAuthoritative</a></code> - is set to <em>off</em>, other configured authentication modules will have - a chance to validate the user if the LDAP bind (with the current user's credentials) + password cannot be verified with an LDAP bind. + If <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbindauthoritative">AuthLDAPBindAuthoritative</a></code> + is set to <em>off</em>, other configured authentication modules will have + a chance to validate the user if the LDAP bind (with the current user's credentials) fails for any reason.</p> - <p> This allows users present in both LDAP and + <p> This allows users present in both LDAP and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html#authuserfile">AuthUserFile</a></code> to authenticate when the LDAP server is available but the user's account is locked or password is otherwise unusable.</p> @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ authorization</td></tr> <p>A bind password to use in conjunction with the bind DN. Note that the bind password is probably sensitive data, and should be properly protected. You should only use the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbindpassword">AuthLDAPBindPassword</a></code> if you - absolutely need them to search the directory.</p> + absolutely need them to search the directory.</p> </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -887,16 +887,16 @@ authorization</td></tr> </table> <p>When set, and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> has authenticated the user, LDAP comparisons for authorization use the queried distinguished name (DN) - and HTTP basic authentication password of the authenticated user instead of + and HTTP basic authentication password of the authenticated user instead of the servers configured credentials.</p> - <p> The <em>ldap-attribute</em>, <em>ldap-user</em>, and <em>ldap-group</em> (single-level only) + <p> The <em>ldap-attribute</em>, <em>ldap-user</em>, and <em>ldap-group</em> (single-level only) authorization checks use comparisons.</p> <p>This directive only has effect on the comparisons performed during nested group processing when <code class="directive"><a href="# authldapsearchasuser"> AuthLDAPSearchAsUser</a></code> is also enabled.</p> - + <p> This directive should only be used when your LDAP server doesn't accept anonymous comparisons and you cannot use a dedicated <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. @@ -1008,13 +1008,13 @@ own username, instead of anonymously or with hard-coded credentials for the serv distinguished name (DN). This directive forces the server to use the verbatim username and password provided by the incoming user to perform the initial DN search.</p> - + <p> If the verbatim username can't directly bind, but needs some cosmetic transformation, see <code class="directive"><a href="# authldapinitialbindpattern"> AuthLDAPInitialBindPattern</a></code>.</p> - - <p> This directive should only be used when your LDAP server doesn't - accept anonymous searches and you cannot use a dedicated + + <p> This directive should only be used when your LDAP server doesn't + accept anonymous searches and you cannot use a dedicated <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. </p> @@ -1050,9 +1050,9 @@ to perform a DN lookup</td></tr> <p> The regular expression argument is compared against the current basic authentication username. The substitution argument may contain backreferences, but has no other variable interpolation.</p> - - <p> This directive should only be used when your LDAP server doesn't - accept anonymous searches and you cannot use a dedicated + + <p> This directive should only be used when your LDAP server doesn't + accept anonymous searches and you cannot use a dedicated <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. </p> @@ -1064,8 +1064,8 @@ to perform a DN lookup</td></tr> has no effect when this module is used exclusively for authorization. </div> <div class="note"><h3>debugging</h3> - The substituted DN is recorded in the environment variable - <em>LDAP_BINDASUSER</em>. If the regular expression does not match the input, + The substituted DN is recorded in the environment variable + <em>LDAP_BINDASUSER</em>. If the regular expression does not match the input, the verbatim username is used. </div> @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ query to set the REMOTE_USER environment variable</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_authnz_ldap</td></tr> </table> - <p>If this directive is set, the value of the + <p>If this directive is set, the value of the <code>REMOTE_USER</code> environment variable will be set to the value of the attribute specified. Make sure that this attribute is included in the list of attributes in the AuthLDAPUrl definition, @@ -1153,10 +1153,10 @@ environment variable</td></tr> </table> <p>When set, and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> has authenticated the user, LDAP searches for authorization use the queried distinguished name (DN) - and HTTP basic authentication password of the authenticated user instead of + and HTTP basic authentication password of the authenticated user instead of the servers configured credentials.</p> - <p> The <em>ldap-filter</em> and <em>ldap-dn</em> authorization + <p> The <em>ldap-filter</em> and <em>ldap-dn</em> authorization checks use searches.</p> <p>This directive only has effect on the comparisons performed during @@ -1237,8 +1237,8 @@ objects that are groups during sub-group processing.</td></tr> <div class="example"><p><code>ldap://host:port/basedn?attribute?scope?filter</code></p></div> <p>If you want to specify more than one LDAP URL that Apache should try in turn, the syntax is:</p> <div class="example"><p><code>AuthLDAPUrl "ldap://ldap1.example.com ldap2.example.com/dc=..."</code></p></div> -<p><em><strong>Caveat: </strong>If you specify multiple servers, you need to enclose the entire URL string in quotes; -otherwise you will get an error: "AuthLDAPURL takes one argument, URL to define LDAP connection.." </em> +<p><em><strong>Caveat: </strong>If you specify multiple servers, you need to enclose the entire URL string in quotes; +otherwise you will get an error: "AuthLDAPURL takes one argument, URL to define LDAP connection.." </em> You can of course use search parameters on each of these.</p> <dl> @@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ You can of course use search parameters on each of these.</p> specify multiple, redundant LDAP servers, just list all servers, separated by spaces. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code> will try connecting to each server in turn, until it makes a - successful connection. If multiple ldap servers are specified, + successful connection. If multiple ldap servers are specified, then entire LDAP URL must be encapsulated in double quotes.</p> <p>Once a connection has been made to a server, that @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ You can of course use search parameters on each of these.</p> Jenson</code>, the resulting search filter will be <code>(&(posixid=*)(cn=Babs Jenson))</code>.</p> - <p>An optional parameter can be added to allow the LDAP Url to override + <p>An optional parameter can be added to allow the LDAP Url to override the connection type. This parameter can be one of the following:</p> <dl> @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ You can of course use search parameters on each of these.</p> This is the same as <code>ldaps://</code></dd> <dt>TLS | STARTTLS</dt> <dd>Establish an upgraded secure connection on the default LDAP port. - This connection will be initiated on port 389 by default and then + This connection will be initiated on port 389 by default and then upgraded to a secure connection on the same port.</dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.fr index 1edd205194..ddd2c638c4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html.fr @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ connexion</a></h2> spcifis par la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">authldapurl</a></code> sont enregistrs dans des variables d'environnement prfixes par la chane "AUTHORIZE_".</p> - + <p>Si les champs attribut contiennent le nom, le CN et le numro de tlphone d'un utilisateur, un programme CGI pourra accder ces informations sans devoir effectuer une autre requte LDAP pour @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ pour effectuer les comparaisons pour l'attribution des autorisations</td></tr> cours des traitements de groupe imbriqus, et lorsque la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapsearchasuser">AuthLDAPSearchAsUser</a></code> est aussi active.</p> - + <p>Cette directive ne doit tre utilise que si votre serveur LDAP n'autorise pas les recherches anonymes, ou si vous ne pouvez pas utiliser de nom d'utilisateur ddi via la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. @@ -1115,10 +1115,10 @@ codes en dur pour le serveur</td></tr> directive permet de forcer le serveur utiliser les vritables nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe fournis par l'utilisateur pour effectuer la recherche initiale du DN.</p> - + <p>Si le nom d'utilisateur ne peut pas s'authentifier directement et ncessite de lgres modifications, voir la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapinitialbindpattern">AuthLDAPInitialBindPattern</a></code>.</p> - + <p>Cette directive ne doit tre utilise que si votre serveur LDAP n'autorise pas les recherches anonymes, ou si vous ne pouvez pas utiliser de nom d'utilisateur ddi via la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. @@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ distant utilis tel quel)</code></td></tr> l'authentification de base courant. L'argument <var>substitution</var> peut contenir des rfrences arrires, mais n'effectue aucune autre interpolation de variable.</p> - + <p>Cette directive ne doit tre utilise que si votre serveur LDAP n'autorise pas les recherches anonymes, ou si vous ne pouvez pas utiliser de nom d'utilisateur ddi via la directive <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapbinddn">AuthLDAPBindDN</a></code>. diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_core.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_core.html.en index 7098bc211f..e4576853ea 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_core.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_core.html.en @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ <p>This module provides core authorization capabilities so that authenticated users can be allowed or denied access to portions - of the web site. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html">mod_authz_core</a></code> provides the + of the web site. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html">mod_authz_core</a></code> provides the functionality to register various authorization providers. It is usually used in conjunction with an authentication - provider module such as <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> and an + provider module such as <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html">mod_authn_file</a></code> and an authorization module such as <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_user.html">mod_authz_user</a></code>. It - also allows for advanced logic to be applied to the + also allows for advanced logic to be applied to the authorization processing.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> @@ -74,36 +74,36 @@ allows a single authorization location to check group membership within multiple ldap hosts: </p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> <AuthzProviderAlias ldap-group ldap-group-alias1 cn=my-group,o=ctx><br /> <span class="indent"> AuthLDAPBindDN cn=youruser,o=ctx<br /> AuthLDAPBindPassword yourpassword<br /> AuthLDAPURL ldap://ldap.host/o=ctx<br /> - </span> - </AuthzProviderAlias><br /><br /> + </span> + </AuthzProviderAlias><br /><br /> <AuthzProviderAlias ldap-group ldap-group-alias2 cn=my-other-group,o=dev><br /> <span class="indent"> AuthLDAPBindDN cn=yourotheruser,o=dev<br /> AuthLDAPBindPassword yourotherpassword<br /> AuthLDAPURL ldap://other.ldap.host/o=dev?cn<br /> - </span> + </span> </AuthzProviderAlias><br /><br /> - + Alias /secure /webpages/secure<br /> <Directory /webpages/secure><br /> <span class="indent"> Require all granted<br /><br /> - + AuthBasicProvider file<br /><br /> - + AuthType Basic<br /> AuthName LDAP_Protected_Place<br /><br /> - #implied OR operation<br /> - Require ldap-group-alias1<br /> + #implied OR operation<br /> + Require ldap-group-alias1<br /> Require ldap-group-alias2<br /> </span> </Directory><br /> </code></p></div> @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ </RequireNone> </span> </RequireAll> - </span> + </span> </Directory> </code></p></div> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ <h3><a name="reqenv" id="reqenv">Require env</a></h3> <p>The <code>env</code> provider allows access to the server - to be controlled based on the existence of an <a href="../env.html">environment variable</a>. When <code>Require + to be controlled based on the existence of an <a href="../env.html">environment variable</a>. When <code>Require env <var>env-variable</var></code> is specified, then the request is allowed access if the environment variable <var>env-variable</var> exists. The server provides the ability to set environment @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ used to allow access based on such factors as the clients <code>User-Agent</code> (browser type), <code>Referer</code>, or other HTTP request header fields.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example:</h3><p><code> SetEnvIf User-Agent ^KnockKnock/2\.0 let_me_in<br /> <Directory /docroot><br /> @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ </span> </Directory> </code></p></div> - + <p>In this case, browsers with a user-agent string beginning with <code>KnockKnock/2.0</code> will be allowed access, and all others will be denied.</p> @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ <p>The <code>all</code> provider mimics the functionality the was previously provided by the 'Allow from all' and 'Deny from all' - directives. This provider can take one of two arguments which are - 'granted' or 'denied'. The following examples will grant or deny + directives. This provider can take one of two arguments which are + 'granted' or 'denied'. The following examples will grant or deny access to all requests.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ sections.</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified alias</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config</td></tr> @@ -439,16 +439,16 @@ an authorization provider.</td></tr> <p>Other authorization modules that implement require options include <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authnz_ldap.html">mod_authnz_ldap</a></code>, - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_dbm.html">mod_authz_dbm</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_dbd.html">mod_authz_dbd</a></code>, - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code>, + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_dbm.html">mod_authz_dbm</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_dbd.html">mod_authz_dbd</a></code>, + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_owner.html">mod_authz_owner</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>.</p> <p>In most cases, for a complete authentication and authorization configuration, <code class="directive">Require</code> must be accompanied by - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authname">AuthName</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authtype">AuthType</a></code> and + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authname">AuthName</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_core.html#authtype">AuthType</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html#authbasicprovider">AuthBasicProvider</a></code> or - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_digest.html#authdigestprovider">AuthDigestProvider</a></code> - directives, and directives such as + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_digest.html#authdigestprovider">AuthDigestProvider</a></code> + directives, and directives such as <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_file.html#authuserfile">AuthUserFile</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html#authgroupfile">AuthGroupFile</a></code> (to define users and groups) in order to work correctly. Example:</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.en index c58bbbb2e2..19a2eef84f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.en @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ of user groups for authorization</td></tr> <div class="example"><h3>Example:</h3><p><code> mygroup: bob joe anne - </code></p></div> + </code></p></div> <p>Note that searching large text files is <em>very</em> inefficient; <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_dbm.html#authdbmgroupfile">AuthDBMGroupFile</a></code> provides a much better performance.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.ja.utf8 index 46b14136cb..7d1c665428 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html.ja.utf8 @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>プレーンテキストファイルを用いたグループ承認</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">モジュール識別子:</a></th><td>authz_groupfile_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ja index a74cde0ad9..4890c45a5e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 574882 --> +<!-- English Revision: 574882:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ko index 700663eda7..c9b1e800e1 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:574882 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.meta index 96702aa605..53a4573b4d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_groupfile.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_host.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_host.html.en index c74d4dd360..cf57d36bd0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_host.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_host.html.en @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ address)</td></tr> <p>The authorization providers implemented by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code> are registered using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html#require">Require</a></code> - directive. The directive can be referenced within a + directive. The directive can be referenced within a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#directory"><Directory></a></code>, - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#files"><Files></a></code>, + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#files"><Files></a></code>, or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#location"><Location></a></code> section as well as <code><a href="core.html#accessfilename">.htaccess</a> </code> files to control access to particular parts of the server. @@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ address)</td></tr> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="requiredirectives" id="requiredirectives">The Require Directives</a></h2> - <p>Apache's <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html#require">Require</a></code> + <p>Apache's <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_core.html#require">Require</a></code> directive is used during the authorization phase to ensure that a user is allowed or - denied access to a resource. mod_authz_host extends the + denied access to a resource. mod_authz_host extends the authorization types with <code>ip</code> and <code>host</code>. - Other authorization types may also be + Other authorization types may also be used but may require that additional authorization modules be loaded.</p> <p>These authorization providers affect which hosts can @@ -79,50 +79,50 @@ address)</td></tr> <h3><a name="reqip" id="reqip">Require ip</a></h3> <p>The <code>ip</code> provider allows access to the server - to be controlled based on the IP address of the remote client. - When <code>Require ip <var>ip-address</var></code> is specified, + to be controlled based on the IP address of the remote client. + When <code>Require ip <var>ip-address</var></code> is specified, then the request is allowed access if the IP address matches.</p> <p>A full IP address:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require ip 10.1.2.3<br /> Require ip 192.168.1.104 192.168.1.205 </code></p></div> <p>An IP address of a host allowed access</p> - + <p>A partial IP address:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require ip 10.1<br /> Require ip 10 172.20 192.168.2 </code></p></div> <p>The first 1 to 3 bytes of an IP address, for subnet restriction.</p> - + <p>A network/netmask pair:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require ip 10.1.0.0/255.255.0.0 </code></p></div> <p>A network a.b.c.d, and a netmask w.x.y.z. For more fine-grained subnet restriction.</p> - + <p>A network/nnn CIDR specification:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require ip 10.1.0.0/16 </code></p></div> <p>Similar to the previous case, except the netmask consists of nnn high-order 1 bits.</p> - + <p>Note that the last three examples above match exactly the same set of hosts.</p> - + <p>IPv6 addresses and IPv6 subnets can be specified as shown below:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require ip 2001:db8::a00:20ff:fea7:ccea<br /> Require ip 2001:db8::a00:20ff:fea7:ccea/10 @@ -134,17 +134,17 @@ address)</td></tr> <h3><a name="reqhost" id="reqhost">Require host</a></h3> <p>The <code>host</code> provider allows access to the server - to be controlled based on the host name of the remote client. - When <code>Require host <var>host-name</var></code> is specified, + to be controlled based on the host name of the remote client. + When <code>Require host <var>host-name</var></code> is specified, then the request is allowed access if the host name matches.</p> <p>A (partial) domain-name</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> Require host example.org<br /> Require host .net example.edu </code></p></div> - + <p>Hosts whose names match, or end in, this string are allowed access. Only complete components are matched, so the above example will match <code>foo.example.org</code> but it will not diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.html.ja.utf8 index e8033f001f..73b2b6ee8e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.html.ja.utf8 @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_authz_owner.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_authz_owner.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>ファイルの所有者に基づいた承認</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">モジュール識別子:</a></th><td>authz_owner_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ja index c25f7fa431..d3e077c1c6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 574882 --> +<!-- English Revision: 574882:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ko index a67d34c03d..efee58f15f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:574882 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.meta index 0c2f5fe0dd..9f7a44bc16 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_owner.xml.meta @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.html.ja.utf8 index 75afe22b05..453c4dd098 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.html.ja.utf8 @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_authz_user.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_authz_user.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>ユーザ承認</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">モジュール識別子:</a></th><td>authz_user_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ja index ee41a8021e..60e57a2b4c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 635137 --> +<!-- English Revision: 635137:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ko index 8b5c19d2d3..9b49450724 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:635137 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.meta index 296889e67b..d99cf96cb4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_authz_user.xml.meta @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.en index cd44291b38..28d2fd6d7a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.en @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ a directory</td></tr> </code></p></div> <div class="warning"><p> Review the default configuration for a list of - patterns that you might want to explicitly ignore after using this + patterns that you might want to explicitly ignore after using this directive.</p></div> </div> @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ indexing</td></tr> <dl> <dt><a name="indexoptions.addaltclass" id="indexoptions.addaltclass">AddAltClass</a></dt> <dd>Adds an additional CSS class declaration to each row of the - directory listing table when <code>IndexOptions HTMLTable</code> + directory listing table when <code>IndexOptions HTMLTable</code> is in effect and an <code>IndexStyleSheet</code> is defined. Rather than the standard <code>even</code> and <code>odd</code> classes that would otherwise be applied to each row of the table, @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ indexing</td></tr> HTTP Server 2.0.23 and later</em>)</dt> <dd>This option with <code>FancyIndexing</code> constructs - a simple table for the fancy directory listing. + a simple table for the fancy directory listing. It is necessary for utf-8 enabled platforms or if file names or description text will alternate between left-to-right and right-to-left reading order.</dd> @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ Name|Date|Size|Description</code></td></tr> <em>always</em> the ascending filename.</p> <p>You can, if desired, prevent the client from reordering the list - by also adding the <code><a href="#indexoptions.suppresscolumnsorting">SuppressColumnSorting</a></code> + by also adding the <code><a href="#indexoptions.suppresscolumnsorting">SuppressColumnSorting</a></code> index option to remove the sort link from the top of the column, along with the <code><a href="#indexoptions.ignoreclient">IgnoreClient</a></code> index option to prevent them from manually adding sort options to the diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.fr index 4413839d8b..bbf77e0ae8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.html.fr @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ rpertoire</td></tr> dfini par une des diffrentes directives <code>AddAlt*</code>. </dd> - + <dt><a name="indexoptions.charset" id="indexoptions.charset">Charset=<var>jeu de caractres</var></a> (<em>Versions 2.0.61 et suprieures du serveur HTTP Apache</em>)</dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ja index 3b72fa6fb0..b3baceb295 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 689261:1059584 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 689261:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ko index c49cdffcd1..856ee6ceba 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 103423:1059584 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 103423:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.tr index a20b79ee78..35f3972b01 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_autoindex.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 807930:1059584 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 807930:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_buffer.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_buffer.html.en index 358f1853f0..0506215d16 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_buffer.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_buffer.html.en @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ cause the request/response to be slower than not using a buffer at all. These filters should be used with care, and only where necessary.</div> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.en index 594c58b8ce..e57354d0bd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.en @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ in its default value of <strong>on</strong>, the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html#allow">Allow</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html#deny">Deny</a></code> directives will be circumvented. You should not enable quick handler caching for any content to which you wish to limit access by client host name, address or environment - variable.</div> + variable.</div> <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> implements an <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt">RFC 2616</a> compliant <strong>HTTP content caching filter</strong>, with support for the caching @@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ <p>Under the default mode of cache operation, the cache runs as a quick handler, short circuiting the majority of server processing and offering the highest cache performance available.</p> - + <p>In this mode, the cache <strong>bolts onto</strong> the front of the server, acting as if a free standing RFC 2616 caching proxy had been placed in front of the server.</p> - + <p>While this mode offers the best performance, the administrator may find that under certain circumstances they may want to perform further processing on the request after the request is cached, such as to inject personalisation into the @@ -386,12 +386,12 @@ <p>When the <code class="directive"><a href="#cachedetailheader">CacheDetailHeader</a></code> directive is switched on, an <strong>X-Cache-Detail</strong> header will be added to the response containing the detailed reason for a particular caching decision.</p> - + <p>It can be useful during development of cached RESTful services to have additional information about the caching decision written to the response headers, so as to confirm whether <code>Cache-Control</code> and other headers have been correctly used by the service and client.</p> - + <p>If the normal handler is used, this directive may appear within a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#<directory>"><Directory></a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#<location>"><Location></a></code> directive. If the quick handler @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ </Location><br /> </code></p></div> - <p>The <code>no-cache</code> environment variable can be set to + <p>The <code>no-cache</code> environment variable can be set to disable caching on a finer grained set of resources in versions 2.2.12 and later.</p> @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ manager</td></tr> before globally defined <code class="directive">CacheEnable</code> directives.</p> <p>When acting as a forward proxy server, <var>url-string</var> can - also be used to specify remote sites and proxy protocols which + also be used to specify remote sites and proxy protocols which caching should be enabled for.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ manager</td></tr> CacheEnable disk http://.example.org/<br /> </code></p></div> - <p> The <code>no-cache</code> environment variable can be set to + <p> The <code>no-cache</code> environment variable can be set to disable caching on a finer grained set of resources in versions 2.2.12 and later.</p> @@ -690,11 +690,11 @@ header.</td></tr> </table> <p>Ordinarily, requests with query string parameters are cached separately for each unique query string. This is according to RFC 2616/13.9 done only - if an expiration time is specified. The + if an expiration time is specified. The <code class="directive">CacheIgnoreQueryString</code> directive tells the cache to - cache requests even if no expiration time is specified, and to reply with + cache requests even if no expiration time is specified, and to reply with a cached reply even if the query string differs. From a caching point of - view the request is treated as if having no query string when this + view the request is treated as if having no query string when this directive is enabled.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ LastModified date.</td></tr> </table> <p>The <code class="directive">CacheLock</code> directive enables the thundering herd lock for the given URL space.</p> - + <p>In a minimal configuration the following directive is all that is needed to enable the thundering herd lock in the default system temp directory.</p> @@ -841,12 +841,12 @@ LastModified date.</td></tr> </table> <p>The <code class="directive">CacheLockMaxAge</code> directive specifies the maximum age of any cache lock.</p> - + <p>A lock older than this value in seconds will be ignored, and the next incoming request will be given the opportunity to re-establish the lock. This mechanism prevents a slow client taking an excessively long time to refresh an entity.</p> - + </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.fr index f81052967f..f114142f70 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.html.fr @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ inclut un module de gestion de stockage :</p> <dl> <dt><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_cache_disk.html">mod_cache_disk</a></code></dt> - + <dd>implmente un gestionnaire de stockage sur disque. Les en-ttes et corps sont stocks sparment sur le disque dans une structure de rpertoires base sur le condens md5 de l'URL mise en cache. @@ -427,14 +427,14 @@ lorsqu'aucune date d'expiration n'a t spcifie.</td></tr> en-tte <strong>X-Cache-Detail</strong> est ajout la rponse et contient les raisons prcises d'une dcision d'utilisation du cache vis vis de cette dernire.</p> - + <p>Ceci peut s'avrer utile au cours du dveloppement de services RESTful mis en cache pour obtenir des informations supplmentaires propos des dcisions vis vis du cache crites dans les en-ttes de la rponse. Il est ainsi possible de vrifier si <code>Cache-Control</code> et d'autres en-ttes ont t correctement utiliss par le service et le client.</p> - + <p>Si le gestionnaire normal est utilis, cette directive peut se situer dans une section <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#<directory>"><Directory></a></code> ou <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#<location>"><Location></a></code>. Si c'est le gestionnaire rapide qui est utilis, elle doit se situer dans un contexte de diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ja index bbaef549ab..e6452ec5d8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 504183:1080834 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 504183:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ko index f865a96127..7c90d725fb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105569:1080834 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105569:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.html.en index cd2cd7c926..5d290eabdd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.html.en @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <p>This directive only takes effect when the data is being saved to the cache, as opposed to data being served from the cache.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> CacheReadSize 102400 </code></p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ja index fbcc824854..28601d3bb5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 515267:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 515267:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ko index 25b9311336..fa831d3b08 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cache_disk.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.html.en index 1a3fd46938..20dade76d7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.html.en @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_cgid.html">mod_cgid</a></code> should be used in place of this module. At the user level, the two modules are essentially identical.</p> - + <p>For backward-compatibility, the cgi-script handler will also be activated for any file with the mime-type <code>application/x-httpd-cgi</code>. The use of the magic mime-type is deprecated.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ja index 131878d836..269ba4698c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 558718:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 558718:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ko index cd12d44c12..af6be2549e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_cgi.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1061423 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.html.en index 03b5897541..56e82dbccb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.html.en @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ process locale to ISO-8859-1, but not the body of responses. In any environment, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_charset_lite.html">mod_charset_lite</a></code> can be used to specify that response bodies should be translated. For example, - if files are stored in EBCDIC, then + if files are stored in EBCDIC, then <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_charset_lite.html">mod_charset_lite</a></code> can translate them to ISO-8859-1 before sending them to the client.</p> @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ as a valid character set name by the character set support in <a class="glossarylink" href="../glossary.html#apr" title="see glossary">APR</a>. Generally, this means that it must be supported by iconv.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> <Directory /export/home/trawick/apacheinst/htdocs/convert><br /> <span class="indent"> @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ <p>The character set names in this example work with the iconv translation support in Solaris 8.</p> - + <div class="note"> Specifying the same charset for both <code class="directive"><a href="#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#charsetdefault">CharsetDefault</a></code> disables translation. The charset diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.xml.ko index 3995d6cacc..804d1ab10c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_charset_lite.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1125843 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_data.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_data.html.en index 8f5b04e1df..e6005ef8e2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_data.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_data.html.en @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ </span> </Location><br /> </code></p></div> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <p>This module provides no diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.html.en index 5e6543af93..99c604939a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.html.en @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ by the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_dav_fs.html">mod_dav_fs</a></code> module. Therefore, that module must be compiled into the server or loaded at runtime using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_so.html#loadmodule">LoadModule</a></code> directive.</p> - + <p>In addition, a location for the DAV lock database must be specified in the global section of your <code>httpd.conf</code> file using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_dav_fs.html#davlockdb">DavLockDB</a></code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ja index 23b89169d9..9d0b746c37 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1031084 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ko index 5d239aec16..94fc29ebb2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1031084 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ja index 1d3cef6981..7e3f1f343d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:713242 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ko index 5ac665ef4f..66834dc584 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_fs.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:713242 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_lock.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_lock.xml.ja index 06a9d5e168..8523ba0801 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_lock.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dav_lock.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 662627:713242 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 662627:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dbd.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dbd.html.en index 13a31d1120..e8f1aa30f5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dbd.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dbd.html.en @@ -243,9 +243,9 @@ APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_dbd_prepare, (server_rec*, const char*, const c <dt>FreeTDS (for MSSQL and SyBase)</dt> <dd>username, password, appname, dbname, host, charset, lang, server</dd> <dt>MySQL</dt> - <dd>host, port, user, pass, dbname, sock, flags, fldsz, group, reconnect</dd> + <dd>host, port, user, pass, dbname, sock, flags, fldsz, group, reconnect</dd> <dt>Oracle</dt> - <dd>user, pass, dbname, server</dd> + <dd>user, pass, dbname, server</dd> <dt>PostgreSQL</dt> <dd>The connection string is passed straight through to <code>PQconnectdb</code></dd> <dt>SQLite2</dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.html.en index 1d49cacb5f..52e2efbfeb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.html.en @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ client</td></tr> <code>1</code> to only allow html files to be compressed (see below). If you set this to <em>anything but <code>1</code></em> it will be ignored.</p> - + <p>If you want to restrict the compression to particular MIME types in general, you may use the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html#addoutputfilterbytype">AddOutputFilterByType</a></code> directive. Here is an example of enabling compression only for the html files of the Apache @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ client</td></tr> <p>This Example will uncompress gzip'ed output from example.com, so other filters can do further processing with it. </p> - + <h3><a name="input" id="input">Input Decompression</a></h3> <p>The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> module also provides a filter for @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ client</td></tr> </span> </Location> </code></p></div> - + <p>Now if a request contains a <code>Content-Encoding: gzip</code> header, the body will be automatically decompressed. Few browsers have the ability to gzip request bodies. However, @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ client</td></tr> not understand it.</p> <p>If you use some special exclusions dependent - on, for example, the <code>User-Agent</code> header, you must + on, for example, the <code>User-Agent</code> header, you must manually configure an addition to the <code>Vary</code> header to alert proxies of the additional restrictions. For example, in a typical configuration where the addition of the <code>DEFLATE</code> @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ client</td></tr> <div class="example"><p><code> Header append Vary User-Agent </code></p></div> - + <p>If your decision about compression depends on other information than request headers (<em>e.g.</em> HTTP version), you have to set the <code>Vary</code> header to the value <code>*</code>. This prevents @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ client</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>This directive is available since Apache 2.0.45</td></tr> </table> <p>The <code class="directive">DeflateCompressionLevel</code> directive specifies - what level of compression should be used, the higher the value, + what level of compression should be used, the higher the value, the better the compression, but the more CPU time is required to achieve this.</p> <p>The value must between 1 (less compression) and 9 (more compression).</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ja index e256018c83..bca23f2d82 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:966890 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ko index 58c1a16843..d270518644 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_deflate.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:966890 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dialup.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dialup.html.en index 72b1810e95..75c4aa999c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dialup.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dialup.html.en @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <h3>Summary</h3> <p>It is a module that sends static content at a bandwidth rate limit, defined -by the various old modem standards. So, you can browse your site with a 56k +by the various old modem standards. So, you can browse your site with a 56k V.92 modem, by adding something like this:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ ModemStandard V.92<br /> </code></p></div> <p>Previously to do bandwidth rate limiting modules would have to block an entire -thread, for each client, and insert sleeps to slow the bandwidth down. -Using the new suspend feature, a handler can get callback N milliseconds in -the future, and it will be invoked by the Event MPM on a different thread, +thread, for each client, and insert sleeps to slow the bandwidth down. +Using the new suspend feature, a handler can get callback N milliseconds in +the future, and it will be invoked by the Event MPM on a different thread, once the timer hits. From there the handler can continue to send data to the client.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.en index 281a02018b..22cf952b54 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.en @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ </ul> <p>The two functions are separated so that you can completely remove (or replace) automatic index generation should you want - to.</p> + to.</p> <p>A "trailing slash" redirect is issued when the server receives a request for a URL @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ a directory</td></tr> executed if neither <code>index.html</code> or <code>index.txt</code> existed in a directory.</p> - <p>A single argument of "disabled" prevents <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></code> from + <p>A single argument of "disabled" prevents <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_dir.html">mod_dir</a></code> from searching for an index. An argument of "disabled" will be interpeted literally if it has any arguments before or after it, even if they are "disabled" as well.</p> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ a directory</td></tr> <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect off</code></td></tr> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ a directory</td></tr> </code></p></div> <p>A request for <code>http://example.com/docs/</code> would - return a temporary redirect to <code>http://example.com/docs/index.html</code> + return a temporary redirect to <code>http://example.com/docs/index.html</code> if it exists.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.fr index 80c2ff220e..1982b7da75 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.fr @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ client envoie une requte pour un rpertoire</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Dfinit une redirection externe pour les index de rpertoires. </td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntaxe:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntaxe:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Dfaut:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect off</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ja.utf8 index e838dcefe3..fe89479d98 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ja.utf8 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">構文:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">構文:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">デフォルト:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect off</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ko.euc-kr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ko.euc-kr index cedafabb72..73f61480b3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ko.euc-kr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.ko.euc-kr @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ index Ѵ</td></tr> <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">:</a></th><td>Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">⺻:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect off</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.tr.utf8 index 80ee6b7e89..d9346f14fb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.html.tr.utf8 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Açıklama:</a></th><td>Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Sözdizimi:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Sözdizimi:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Öntanımlı:</a></th><td><code>DirectoryIndexRedirect off</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ja index 983a4505cb..51609aa89d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1147445 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ko index c2c072ed0a..af0fd40ddb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1147445 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.tr index 5036deb78d..cec23bb3c9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dir.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 815782:1147445 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 815782:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.html.en index 7fe21a0a2e..db04c2b198 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.html.en @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_dumpio</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>DumpIOInput is only available in Apache 2.1.3 and +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>DumpIOInput is only available in Apache 2.1.3 and later.</td></tr> </table> <p>Enable dumping of all input.</p> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ later.</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_dumpio</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>DumpIOOutput is only available in Apache 2.1.3 and +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>DumpIOOutput is only available in Apache 2.1.3 and later.</td></tr> </table> <p>Enable dumping of all output.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.xml.ja index 91e9580ca7..45155568dd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_dumpio.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 559006:951902 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 559006:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.en index 609910c922..bb4c24aae4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.en @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_echo.html" hreflang="ja" rel="alternate" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_echo.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> -<table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol +<table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Experimental</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">ModuleIdentifier:</a></th><td>echo_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.ja.utf8 index 0b2751b19a..e6d07a88db 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.html.ja.utf8 @@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_echo.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_echo.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>プロトコルモジュールの概要を示すための単純なエコーサーバ </td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Experimental</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ja index e37b90c212..10ef9eaf67 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 654507 --> +<!-- English Revision: 654507:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ko index 72817c3a04..e67814f1b6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:654507 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.meta index 2761b19ee8..9729ed8597 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_echo.xml.meta @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.html.en index 59ac45d796..02ba0e00f5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.html.en @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ SSI pages</td></tr> <p>This module allows for control of internal environment variables that are used by various Apache HTTP Server modules. These variables are also provided to CGI scripts as native system environment variables, and available - for use in SSI pages. Environment variables may be passed from the shell - which invoked the <code class="program"><a href="../programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> process. Alternatively, + for use in SSI pages. Environment variables may be passed from the shell + which invoked the <code class="program"><a href="../programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> process. Alternatively, environment variables may be set or unset within the configuration process.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ SSI pages</td></tr> </table> <p>Specifies one or more native system environment variables to make available as internal environment variables, which are available to Apache HTTP Server modules - as well as propogated to CGI scripts and SSI pages. Values come from the - native OS environment of the shell which invoked the + as well as propogated to CGI scripts and SSI pages. Values come from the + native OS environment of the shell which invoked the <code class="program"><a href="../programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> process.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ SSI pages</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_env</td></tr> </table> - <p>Sets an internal environment variable, which is then available to Apache + <p>Sets an internal environment variable, which is then available to Apache HTTP Server modules, and passed on to CGI scripts and SSI pages.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> @@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ SSI pages</td></tr> <em>after</em> most early request processing directives are run, such as access control and URI-to-filename mapping. If the environment variable you're setting is meant as input into this early phase of processing such as the - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> directive, you should + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> directive, you should instead set the environment variable with <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_setenvif.html# setenvif"> SetEnvIf</a></code>.</p> </div> - + <h3>See also</h3> <ul> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ja index d977c9b9b6..b90d09e129 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1040517 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ko index 94fd1ffd9d..a97bf5b1fe 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1040517 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.tr index 285d3633b5..cf5c4c5d59 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_env.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 831695:1040517 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 831695:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.html.en index bd0834af69..5cb6cdebad 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.html.en @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ criteria</td></tr> be fetched from the cache rather than from the source until this time has passed. After that, the cache copy is considered "expired" and invalid, and a new copy must be obtained from the - source.</p> + source.</p> <p>To modify <code>Cache-Control</code> directives other than <code>max-age</code> (see <a href="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9">RFC 2616 section 14.9</a>), you can use the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_headers.html#header">Header</a></code> directive.</p> <p> When the <code>Expires</code> header is already part of the response - generated by the server, for example when generated by a CGI script or + generated by the server, for example when generated by a CGI script or proxied from an origin server, this module does not change or add an <code>Expires</code> or <code>Cache-Control</code> header.</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ja index 1d1cac1b1e..f07ca79a8d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1098874 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ko index 171c02790e..159e38c43b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_expires.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1098874 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.html.en index 8f1c69c145..c96ca40655 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.html.en @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ delivery to the client</td></tr> escape blanks which should be part of a program argument. Any backslashes which are part of the argument must be escaped with backslash themselves. In addition to the standard CGI environment - variables, DOCUMENT_URI, DOCUMENT_PATH_INFO, and + variables, DOCUMENT_URI, DOCUMENT_PATH_INFO, and QUERY_STRING_UNESCAPED will also be set for the program.</dd> <dt><code>mode=<var>mode</var></code></dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ja index 9581cce553..8fa4445abc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1128732 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ko index 63ddeac874..689b22378d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ext_filter.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1128732 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.html.en index 10a17e5972..6ca5f7e8e9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.html.en @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>Don't bother asking for a directive which recursively - caches all the files in a directory. Try this instead... See the + caches all the files in a directory. Try this instead... See the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#include">Include</a></code> directive, and consider this command:</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.xml.ko index b12c0bd1fe..fac337d018 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_file_cache.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1029134 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.en index 9b3297e90a..2821dfc155 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.en @@ -224,25 +224,25 @@ headers</td></tr> components of the server may have stored their response headers in either the table that corresponds to <code>onsuccess</code> or the table that corresponds to <code>always</code>. "Always" in this context refers to - whether headers you add will be sent during both a successful and unsucessful + whether headers you add will be sent during both a successful and unsucessful response, but if your action is a function of an existing header, you will have to read on for further complications.</p> - <p> The default value of <code>onsuccess</code> may need to be changed to + <p> The default value of <code>onsuccess</code> may need to be changed to <code>always</code> under the circumstances similar to those listed below. Note also that repeating this directive with both conditions makes sense in - some scenarios because <code>always</code> is not a superset of + some scenarios because <code>always</code> is not a superset of <code>onsuccess</code> with respect to existing headers:</p> <ul> - <li> You're adding a header to a non-success (non-2xx) response, such - as a redirect, in which case only the table corresponding to + <li> You're adding a header to a non-success (non-2xx) response, such + as a redirect, in which case only the table corresponding to <code>always</code> is used in the ultimate response.</li> <li> You're modifying or removing a header generated by a CGI script, - in which case the CGI scripts are in the table corresponding to + in which case the CGI scripts are in the table corresponding to <code>always</code> and not in the default table.</li> - <li> You're modifying or removing a header generated by some piece of - the server but that header is not being found by the default + <li> You're modifying or removing a header generated by some piece of + the server but that header is not being found by the default <code>onsuccess</code> condition.</li> </ul> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.fr index e485785797..2a36b2a2c0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.html.fr @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ tardif</a></h2> composant du serveur, mais cet en-tte n'est pas trouv par la condition par dfaut <code>onsuccess</code>.</li> </ul> - + <p>L'action que cette directive provoque est dtermine par le premier argument (ou par le second argument si une <var>condition</var> est spcifie). Il peut prendre diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ja index 825a09e18e..7ceef92124 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1053666 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ko index bd5db878a1..fc5581d5f3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_headers.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1053666 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.html.en index 613e4dbd5f..bb0eb50b6b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.html.en @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <p>This module processes <code>.map</code> files, thereby replacing the functionality of the <code>imagemap</code> CGI program. Any directory or document type configured to use the - handler <code>imap-file</code> (using either + handler <code>imap-file</code> (using either <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_mime.html#addhandler">AddHandler</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#sethandler">SetHandler</a></code>) will be processed by this module.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.xml.ko index 7fb0991635..ff597d745a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_imagemap.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:749041 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.html.en index 8b334c6299..275f7a7737 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.html.en @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ determined by the <code class="directive"><a href="#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho</a></code> directive. Any dates printed are subject to the currently configured <code>timefmt</code>.</p> - <p>Attributes:</p> + <p>Attributes:</p> <dl> <dt><code>var</code></dt> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ <p>The <code>decoding</code> attribute must <em>precede</em> the corresponding <code>var</code> attribute to be effective.</p> </dd> - + <dt><code>encoding</code></dt> <dd><p>Specifies how Apache should encode special characters contained in the variable before outputting them. If set @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ <em>precede</em> the corresponding <code>var</code> attribute to be effective.</p> </dd> - + <dt><code>encoding</code></dt> <dd><p>Specifies how Apache should encode special characters contained in the variable before setting them. The default is @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ <dt><code><var>string1</var> = <var>string2</var><br /> <var>string1</var> == <var>string2</var><br /> <var>string1</var> != <var>string2</var></code></dt> - + <dd><p>Compare <var>string1</var> with <var>string2</var>. If <var>string2</var> has the form <code>/<var>string2</var>/</code> then it is treated as a regular expression. Regular expressions are @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ parsed expression tokenizer information, the parse tree and how it is evaluated into the output sent to the client.</p> </div> - + <div class="note"><h3>Escaping slashes in regex strings</h3> <p>All slashes which are not intended to act as delimiters in your regex must be escaped. This is regardless of their meaning to the regex engine.</p> @@ -901,23 +901,23 @@ server.</td></tr> if already present, or set if the header is not already present. This can be used to enable caching of the output. <code class="directive">SSILastModified</code> can take on the following values:</p> - + <dl> - + <dt><code>off</code></dt> <dd>The <code>Last-Modified</code> header will be stripped from responses, unless the <code class="directive"><a href="#xbithack">XBitHack</a></code> directive is set to <code>full</code> as described below.</dd> - + <dt><code>on</code></dt> <dd>The <code>Last-Modified</code> header will be respected if already present in a response, and added to the response if the response is a file and the header is missing. The <code class="directive"><a href="#ssilastmodified">SSILastModified</a></code> directive takes precedence over <code class="directive"><a href="#xbithack">XBitHack</a></code>.</dd> - + </dl> - + </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ server.</td></tr> new <a href="../expr.html">ap_expr</a> syntax for conditional expressions in <code>#if</code> flow control elements. This directive allows to switch to the <a href="#legacyexpr">old syntax</a> which is compatible - with Apache HTTPD version 2.2.x and earlier. + with Apache HTTPD version 2.2.x and earlier. </p> </div> @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ server.</td></tr> <p>You may want to use this option if you have 2 servers parsing the output of a file each processing different commands (possibly at - different times).</p> + different times).</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> SSIStartTag "<%"<br /> @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@ server.</td></tr> </code></p></div> <p>The example given above, which also specifies a matching - <code class="directive"><a href="#ssiendtag">SSIEndTag</a></code>, will - allow you to use SSI directives as shown in the example + <code class="directive"><a href="#ssiendtag">SSIEndTag</a></code>, will + allow you to use SSI directives as shown in the example below:</p> <div class="example"><h3>SSI directives with alternate start and end tags</h3><p><code> @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ displayed</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_include</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in version 2.0.30 and later.</td></tr> </table> -<p>This directive changes the format in which date strings are displayed +<p>This directive changes the format in which date strings are displayed when echoing <code>DATE</code> environment variables. The <var>formatstring</var> is as in <code>strftime(3)</code> from the C standard library.</p> @@ -1055,13 +1055,13 @@ set</td></tr> returned file to be the last modified time of the file. If it is not set, then no last-modified date is sent. Setting this bit allows clients and proxies to cache the result of - the request. + the request. <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>You would not want to use the full option, unless you assure the group-execute bit is unset for every SSI script which might <code>#include</code> a CGI or otherwise produces different output on each hit (or could potentially change on subsequent requests).</p> - + <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="#ssilastmodified">SSILastModified</a></code> directive takes precedence over the <code class="directive"><a href="#xbithack">XBitHack</a></code> directive when diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.xml.ja index 99bda48f16..ceb6d67161 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_include.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 656287:1128614 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 656287:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.html.en index 31c5d60d56..4607a97126 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.html.en @@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ configuration</td></tr> this module should <strong>only</strong> be used in a controlled environment and always with caution.</p> - <p>You will probably want to use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code> + <p>You will probably want to use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html">mod_authz_host</a></code> to limit access to your server configuration information.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Access control</h3><p><code> <Location /server-info><br /> <span class="indent"> @@ -110,12 +110,12 @@ configuration</td></tr> the directives understood by that module, the hooks implemented by that module, and the relevant directives from the current configuration.</p> - + <p>Other views of the configuration information are available by appending a query to the <code>server-info</code> request. For example, <code>http://your.host.example.com/server-info?config</code> will show all configuration directives.</p> - + <dl> <dt><code>?<module-name></code></dt> <dd>Only information relevant to the named module</dd> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ja index 56a74b2f75..cdf24ce95c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 450473:1086771 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 450473:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ko index 9d1a989f88..8b66c4276e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_info.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 125277:1086771 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 125277:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html.en index 1296e5e5a1..a5202ee01e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html.en @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ provides the <code>byrequests</code> load balancing method..</p> candidate lbstatus -= total factor</code></pre></div> <p>If a balancer is configured as follows:</p> - + <table><tr><th>worker</th> <th class="data">a</th> <th class="data">b</th> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.html.en index c8327c44f3..a5ca633beb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.html.en @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ provides the <code>bytraffic</code> load balancing method..</p> or produced.</p> <p>If a balancer is configured as follows:</p> - + <table><tr><th>worker</th> <th class="data">a</th> <th class="data">b</th> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.en index db90b193e2..cb86ba5402 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.en @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ by other LDAP modules</td></tr> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="usingssltls" id="usingssltls">Using SSL/TLS</a></h2> - <p>The ability to create an SSL and TLS connections to an LDAP server + <p>The ability to create an SSL and TLS connections to an LDAP server is defined by the directives <code class="directive"><a href="# ldaptrustedglobalcert"> LDAPTrustedGlobalCert</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="# ldaptrustedclientcert"> LDAPTrustedClientCert</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="# ldaptrustedmode"> @@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ by other LDAP modules</td></tr> binary DER or Base64 (PEM) encoded files.</p> <p>Both CA and client certificates may be specified globally - (LDAPTrustedGlobalCert) or per-connection (LDAPTrustedClientCert). - When any settings are specified per-connection, the global + (LDAPTrustedGlobalCert) or per-connection (LDAPTrustedClientCert). + When any settings are specified per-connection, the global settings are superceded.</p> <p>The documentation for the SDK claims to support both SSL and @@ -482,11 +482,11 @@ by other LDAP modules</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Apache HTTP Server 2.3.12 and later</td></tr> </table> <p>Specifies the maximum age, in seconds, that a pooled LDAP connection can remain idle - and still be available for use. Connections are cleaned up when they are next needed, + and still be available for use. Connections are cleaned up when they are next needed, not asynchronously.</p> - <p>A setting of 0 causes connections to never be saved in the backend - connection pool. The default value of -1, and any other negative value, + <p>A setting of 0 causes connections to never be saved in the backend + connection pool. The default value of -1, and any other negative value, allows connections of any age to be reused.</p> <div class="note"><p>This timeout defaults to units of seconds, but accepts @@ -508,17 +508,17 @@ by other LDAP modules</td></tr> typically controls how long the LDAP client library will wait for the TCP connection to the LDAP server to complete.</p> - <p> If a connection is not successful with the timeout period, either an error will be - returned or the LDAP client library will attempt to connect to a secondary LDAP - server if one is specified (via a space-separated list of hostnames in the + <p> If a connection is not successful with the timeout period, either an error will be + returned or the LDAP client library will attempt to connect to a secondary LDAP + server if one is specified (via a space-separated list of hostnames in the <code class="directive"><a href="#authldapurl">AuthLDAPURL</a></code>).</p> - <p>The default is 10 seconds, if the LDAP client library linked with the + <p>The default is 10 seconds, if the LDAP client library linked with the server supports the LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT option.</p> <div class="note">LDAPConnectionTimeout is only available when the LDAP client library linked - with the server supports the LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT - (or LDAP_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT) option, and the ultimate behavior is + with the server supports the LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT + (or LDAP_OPT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT) option, and the ultimate behavior is dictated entirely by the LDAP client library. </div> @@ -533,28 +533,28 @@ by other LDAP modules</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_ldap</td></tr> </table> - <p>Turns on SDK-specific LDAP debug options that generally cause the LDAP - SDK to log verbose trace information to the main Apache error log. + <p>Turns on SDK-specific LDAP debug options that generally cause the LDAP + SDK to log verbose trace information to the main Apache error log. The trace messages from the LDAP SDK provide gory details that can be useful during debugging of connectivity problems with backend LDAP servers</p> - <p>This option is only configurable when Apache HTTP Server is linked with - an LDAP SDK that implements <code>LDAP_OPT_DEBUG</code> or - <code>LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL</code>, such as OpenLDAP (a value of 7 is verbose) + <p>This option is only configurable when Apache HTTP Server is linked with + an LDAP SDK that implements <code>LDAP_OPT_DEBUG</code> or + <code>LDAP_OPT_DEBUG_LEVEL</code>, such as OpenLDAP (a value of 7 is verbose) or Tivoli Directory Server (a value of 65535 is verbose).</p> <div class="warning"> - <p>The logged information will likely contain plaintext credentials being used or + <p>The logged information will likely contain plaintext credentials being used or validated by LDAP authentication, so care should be taken in protecting and purging the error log when this directive is used.</p> </div> - + </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="LDAPOpCacheEntries" id="LDAPOpCacheEntries">LDAPOpCacheEntries</a> <a name="ldapopcacheentries" id="ldapopcacheentries">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>LDAPOpCacheEntries 1024</code></td></tr> @@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ valid</td></tr> <code>LDAPReferralHopLimit</code> works in conjunction with this directive to limit the number of referral hops to follow before terminating the LDAP query. When referral processing is enabled client credentials will be provided, via a rebind callback, for any LDAP server - requiring them. </p> + requiring them. </p> </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -783,8 +783,8 @@ Certificate Authority or global client certificates</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_ldap</td></tr> </table> - <p>Specifies whether to force the verification of a - server certificate when establishing an SSL connection to the + <p>Specifies whether to force the verification of a + server certificate when establishing an SSL connection to the LDAP server.</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.fr index 7bd8e14a1d..9653155ac9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ldap.html.fr @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ d'Apache</td></tr></table> <Location /statut-ldap><br /> <span class="indent"> SetHandler ldap-status<br /> - + Require host votre-domaine.example.com<br /> Satisfy any<br /> @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ d'Apache</td></tr></table> SetHandler ldap-status<br /> Require host votre-domaine.example.com<br /> - + Satisfy any<br /> AuthType Basic<br /> AuthName "Protg par LDAP"<br /> @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ d'Apache</td></tr></table> <Location /statut-ldap><br /> <span class="indent"> SetHandler ldap-status<br /> - + Require host votre-domaine.example.com<br /> Satisfy any<br /> @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ d'Apache</td></tr></table> <Location /statut-ldap><br /> <span class="indent"> SetHandler ldap-status<br /> - + Require host votre-domaine.example.com<br /> Satisfy any<br /> @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ d'Apache</td></tr></table> <Location /statut-ldap><br /> <span class="indent"> SetHandler ldap-status<br /> - + Require host votre-domaine.example.com<br /> LDAPTrustedClientCert CERT_BASE64 /certs/cert1.pem<br /> @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ connexion</td></tr> et de purger le journal des erreurs lorsque cette directive est utilise.</p> </div> - + </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ LDAP.</td></tr> <div class="warning"> <p>L'ajustement de ce paramtre n'est pas commun tous les SDKs LDAP.</p> -</div> +</div> </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.html.en index d70877d62f..b5450a91df 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.html.en @@ -140,9 +140,9 @@ <tr><td><code>%P</code></td> <td>The process ID of the child that serviced the request.</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%{<var>format</var>}P</code></td> - <td>The process ID or thread ID of the child that serviced the + <td>The process ID or thread ID of the child that serviced the request. Valid formats are <code>pid</code>, <code>tid</code>, - and <code>hextid</code>. <code>hextid</code> requires APR 1.2.0 or + and <code>hextid</code>. <code>hextid</code> requires APR 1.2.0 or higher. </td></tr> <tr><td><code>%q</code></td> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ the status of the <em>original</em> request. Use <code>%>s</code> for the final status.</td></tr> <tr><td><code>%t</code></td> - <td>Time the request was received, in the format <code>[18/Sep/2011:19:18:28 -0400]</code>. + <td>Time the request was received, in the format <code>[18/Sep/2011:19:18:28 -0400]</code>. The last number indicates the timezone offset from GMT</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%{<var>format</var>}t</code></td> <td>The time, in the form given by format, which should be in @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ comma-separated list of status codes immediately following the "%". The status code list may be peceded by a "<code>!</code>" to indicate negation.</p> - + <table class="bordered"><tr class="header"><th>Format String</th> <th>Meaning</th></tr> <tr> @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ other status codes, the literal string <code>"-"</code> will be logged.</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%!200,304,302{Referer}i</code></td> - <td>Logs <code>Referer</code> on all requests that do + <td>Logs <code>Referer</code> on all requests that do <em>not</em> return one of the three specified codes, "<code>-</code>" otherwise. </td></tr> @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ <div class="warning"><h3>Note</h3> <p>When entering a file path on non-Unix platforms, care should be taken to make sure that only forward slashed are used even though the platform - may allow the use of back slashes. In general it is a good idea to always + may allow the use of back slashes. In general it is a good idea to always use forward slashes throughout the configuration files.</p> </div></dd> </dl> @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ example, if you want to record requests for all GIF images on your server in a separate logfile but not in your main log, you can use:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> SetEnvIf Request_URI \.gif$ gif-image<br /> CustomLog gif-requests.log common env=gif-image<br /> @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ previous <code class="directive">LogFormat</code> directive as described below.</p> - <p>The second form of the <code class="directive">LogFormat</code> + <p>The second form of the <code class="directive">LogFormat</code> directive associates an explicit <var>format</var> with a <var>nickname</var>. This <var>nickname</var> can then be used in subsequent <code class="directive">LogFormat</code> or diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ja index b1addb8851..6edecb8b7f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 579425:1173918 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 579425:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ko index 2405305b5b..f7c59302a7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1173918 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.tr index 338546edb0..c6b79cf26a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_config.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 723557:1173918 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 723557:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.en index d9c75c8ebf..fc6a09aa92 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.en @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ version 2.1</td></tr></table> <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>When entering a file path on non-Unix platforms, care should be taken to make sure that only forward slashes are used even though the platform - may allow the use of back slashes. In general it is a good idea to always + may allow the use of back slashes. In general it is a good idea to always use forward slashes throughout the configuration files.</p> </div></dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.ja.utf8 index 4b5a2e1d53..703c3bc267 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.ja.utf8 @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_log_forensic.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../tr/mod/mod_log_forensic.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>サーバに送られたリクエストの forensic ロギング</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">モジュール識別子:</a></th><td>log_forensic_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.tr.utf8 index 38cc67cef4..8f1c89b51c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.html.tr.utf8 @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_log_forensic.html" hreflang="ja" rel="alternate" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../tr/mod/mod_log_forensic.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">Açıklama:</a></th><td>Sunucuya yapılan isteklerin adli günlük kayıtlarının tutulması</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">Durum:</a></th><td>Eklenti</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">Modül Betimleyici:</a></th><td>log_forensic_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.ja index 3128db6ece..7c04acc17b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 533344 --> +<!-- English Revision: 533344:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.meta index afca98dc2b..00db06c100 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.tr index 6ad4b1d806..e554e18b12 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_log_forensic.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 533344 --> +<!-- English Revision: 533344:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lua.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lua.html.en index fad096b312..00c7fa6a61 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_lua.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_lua.html.en @@ -31,14 +31,14 @@ request processing</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>2.3 and later</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> -<p>This module allows the server to be extended with scripts written in the +<p>This module allows the server to be extended with scripts written in the Lua programming language. The extension points (hooks) available with <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_lua.html">mod_lua</a></code> include many of the hooks available to natively compiled Apache HTTP Server modules, such as mapping requests to -files, generating dynamic responses, access control, authentication, and +files, generating dynamic responses, access control, authentication, and authorization</p> -<p>More information on the Lua programming language can be found at the +<p>More information on the Lua programming language can be found at the <a href="http://www.lua.org/">the Lua website</a>.</p> <div class="note"><code>mod_lua</code> is still in experimental state. @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ ending in <code>.lua</code> by invoking that file's <div class="section"> <h2><a name="writinghandlers" id="writinghandlers">Writing Handlers</a></h2> <p> In the Apache HTTP Server API, the handler is a specific kind of hook -responsible for generating the response. Examples of modules that include a -handler are <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_cgi.html">mod_cgi</a></code>, +responsible for generating the response. Examples of modules that include a +handler are <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_cgi.html">mod_cgi</a></code>, and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_status.html">mod_status</a></code>.</p> <p><code>mod_lua</code> always looks to invoke a Lua function for the handler, rather than @@ -117,9 +117,9 @@ something like this:</p> require "string" ---[[ - This is the default method name for Lua handlers, see the optional - function-name in the LuaMapHandler directive to choose a different +--[[ + This is the default method name for Lua handlers, see the optional + function-name in the LuaMapHandler directive to choose a different entry point. --]] function handle(r) @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ function handle(r) end else r:puts("unknown HTTP method " .. r.method) - end + end end </pre></div> @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ handlers (or hooks, or filters) in the same script. <h2><a name="writinghooks" id="writinghooks">Writing Hooks</a></h2> <p>Hook functions are how modules (and Lua scripts) participate in the -processing of requests. Each type of hook exposed by the server exists for -a specific purposes such as mapping requests to the filesystem, +processing of requests. Each type of hook exposed by the server exists for +a specific purposes such as mapping requests to the filesystem, performing access control, or setting mimetypes. General purpose hooks that simply run at handy times in the request lifecycle exist as well.</p> @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ end --[[ example hook that rewrites one URI to another URI. It returns a apache2.DECLINED to give other URL mappers a chance to work on the substitution, including the core translate_name hook which maps based - on the DocumentRoot. + on the DocumentRoot. Note: It is currently undefined as to whether this runs before or after mod_alias. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ end <dd> <p>The request_rec is mapped in as a userdata. It has a metatable which lets you do useful things with it. For the most part it - has the same fields as the request_rec struct (see httpd.h + has the same fields as the request_rec struct (see httpd.h until we get better docs here) many of which are writeable as well as readable. (The table fields' content can be changed, but the fields themselves cannot be set to different tables.)</p> @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ end <div class="example"><p><code> r:addoutputfilter(name|function) -- add an output filter </code></p></div> - + <div class="example"><p><code> r:parseargs() -- returns a lua table containing the request's query string arguments @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ end </code></p></div> </dd> </dl> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="logging" id="logging">Logging Functions</a></h2> @@ -415,12 +415,12 @@ end ones) each time that file is needed, and reloads it if the modified time indicates it is newer than the one it has already loaded. The other values cause it to keep the file - cached forever (don't stat and replace) or to never cache the + cached forever (don't stat and replace) or to never cache the file.</p> - + <p>In general stat or forever is good for production, and stat or never for development.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Examples:</h3><p><code> LuaCodeCache stat<br /> LuaCodeCache forever<br /> @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ processing</td></tr> </table><p> Add a hook (at APR_HOOK_MIDDLE) to the translate name phase of request processing. The hook function receives a single - argument, the request_rec, and should return a status code, + argument, the request_rec, and should return a status code, which is either an HTTP error code, or the constants defined in the apache2 module: apache2.OK, apache2.DECLINED, or apache2.DONE. </p> @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ end to the file /scripts/photos.lua and invoke the handler function handle_show on the lua vm after loading that file.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> LuaMapHandler /bingo /scripts/wombat.lua </code></p></div> @@ -636,9 +636,9 @@ end <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_lua</td></tr> </table> <p>Add a path to lua's shared library search path. Follows the same - conventions as lua. This just munges the package.cpath in the + conventions as lua. This just munges the package.cpath in the lua vms.</p> - + </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -651,9 +651,9 @@ end <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Experimental</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_lua</td></tr> </table><p>Add a path to lua's module search path. Follows the same - conventions as lua. This just munges the package.path in the + conventions as lua. This just munges the package.path in the lua vms.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Examples:</h3><p><code> LuaPackagePath /scripts/lib/?.lua<br /> LuaPackagePath /scripts/lib/?/init.lua @@ -700,16 +700,16 @@ end </table> <p>Specify the lifecycle scope of the Lua interpreter which will be used by handlers in this "Directory." The default is "once"</p> - + <dl> <dt>once:</dt> <dd>use the interpreter once and throw it away.</dd> - - <dt>request:</dt> <dd>use the interpreter to handle anything based on - the same file within this request, which is also + + <dt>request:</dt> <dd>use the interpreter to handle anything based on + the same file within this request, which is also request scoped.</dd> - + <dt>conn:</dt> <dd>Same as request but attached to the connection_rec</dd> - + <dt>server:</dt> <dd>This one is different than others because the server scope is quite long lived, and multiple threads will have the same server_rec. To accommodate this diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.html.en index a267801a69..96438fe184 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.html.en @@ -214,11 +214,11 @@ displayed as such. This information, also, is transmitted in HTTP headers.</p> - <p>The character set, language, encoding and mime type are all - used in the process of content negotiation (See + <p>The character set, language, encoding and mime type are all + used in the process of content negotiation (See <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_negotiation.html">mod_negotiation</a></code>) to determine which document to give to the client, when there are - alternative documents in more than one character set, language, + alternative documents in more than one character set, language, encoding or mime type. All filename extensions associations created with <code class="directive"><a href="#addcharset">AddCharset</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#addencoding">AddEncoding</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="#addlanguage">AddLanguage</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="#addtype">AddType</a></code> directives @@ -541,10 +541,10 @@ type</td></tr> <div class="note"> It is recommended that new media types be added using the - <code class="directive">AddType</code> directive rather than changing the + <code class="directive">AddType</code> directive rather than changing the <code class="directive"><a href="#typesconfig">TypesConfig</a></code> file. </div> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> AddType image/gif .gif </code></p></div> @@ -574,8 +574,8 @@ type</td></tr> the content returned by the server.</p> <p>This directive primarily configures the content types generated for - static files served out of the filesystem. For resources other than - static files, where the generator of the response typically specifies + static files served out of the filesystem. For resources other than + static files, where the generator of the response typically specifies a Content-Type, this directive has no effect.</p> @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ extensions</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_mime</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>RemoveInputFilter is only available in Apache 2.0.26 and later.</td></tr> -</table> +</table> <p>The <code class="directive">RemoveInputFilter</code> directive removes any input <a href="../filter.html">filter</a> associations for files with the given extensions. @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ extensions</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_mime</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>RemoveOutputFilter is only available in Apache 2.0.26 and later.</td></tr> -</table> +</table> <p>The <code class="directive">RemoveOutputFilter</code> directive removes any output <a href="../filter.html">filter</a> associations for files with the given extensions. diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.xml.ja index 4c16a0b32f..142e30874c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_mime.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1041050 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.en index ac8b5e8c17..60d891838e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.en @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> <code>document.html.de</code>, respectively. The type map file will be called <code>document.html.var</code>, and will contain the following:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> URI: document.html<br /> <br /> @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Negotiation</a></li> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="CacheNegotiatedDocs" id="CacheNegotiatedDocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs</a> <a name="cachenegotiateddocs" id="cachenegotiateddocs">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>CacheNegotiatedDocs Off</code></td></tr> @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="ForceLanguagePriority" id="ForceLanguagePriority">ForceLanguagePriority</a> <a name="forcelanguagepriority" id="forcelanguagepriority">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>ForceLanguagePriority Prefer</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.fr index 4c5f1a3375..a455707160 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.html.fr @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ contenu</a></li> <code>document.html.fr</code>, et <code>document.html.de</code>. Le fichier de correspondances de types se nommera <code>document.html.var</code> et contiendra ce qui suit :</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> URI: document.html<br /> <br /> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.xml.ja index b6b0ff8491..847f30e857 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_negotiation.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1149182 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_nw_ssl.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_nw_ssl.html.en index cfe02fb35b..7c62acd7ee 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_nw_ssl.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_nw_ssl.html.en @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <h3>Summary</h3> <p>This module enables SSL encryption for a specified port. It - takes advantage of the SSL encryption functionality that is + takes advantage of the SSL encryption functionality that is built into the NetWare operating system.</p> </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </table> <p>Specifies a list of client certificate files (DER format) that are used when creating a proxied SSL connection. Each - client certificate used by a server must be listed separately + client certificate used by a server must be listed separately in its own <code>.der</code> file.</p> </div> @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_nw_ssl</td></tr> </table> - <p>Allow a connection that was created on the specified address + <p>Allow a connection that was created on the specified address and/or port to be upgraded to an SSL connection upon request from - the client. The address and/or port must have already be defined - previously with a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> + the client. The address and/or port must have already be defined + previously with a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directive.</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.html.en index 70561a281a..9f37034070 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.html.en @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in version 2.1 and later</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> - <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>. It provides support for the + <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>. It provides support for the <code>Apache JServ Protocol version 1.3</code> (hereafter <em>AJP13</em>).</p> @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="env" id="env">Environment Variables</a></h2> - <p>Environment variables whose names have the prefix <code>AJP_</code> - are forwarded to the origin server as AJP request attributes + <p>Environment variables whose names have the prefix <code>AJP_</code> + are forwarded to the origin server as AJP request attributes (with the AJP_ prefix removed from the name of the key).</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ AJP13_FORWARD_REQUEST := </pre></div> <p>The <code>request_headers</code> have the following structure: </p><div class="example"><pre> -req_header_name := +req_header_name := sc_req_header_name | (string) [see below for how this is parsed] sc_req_header_name := 0xA0xx (integer) @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ attribute_value := (string) <tr><td>BASELINE_CONTROL</td><td>26</td></tr> <tr><td>MKACTIVITY</td><td>27</td></tr> </table> - <p>Later version of ajp13, will transport + <p>Later version of ajp13, will transport additional methods, even if they are not in this list.</p> <h3>protocol, req_uri, remote_addr, remote_host, server_name, diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.xml.ja index 2e894f1b80..03f69f1daf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_ajp.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 669473:1031731 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 669473:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html.en index 89e42b1e15..9b81a91a50 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html.en @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <p>At present, there are 3 load balancer scheduler algorithms available for use: Request Counting, Weighted Traffic Counting and Pending Request Counting. These are controlled via the <code>lbmethod</code> value of - the Balancer definition. See the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypass">ProxyPass</a></code> + the Balancer definition. See the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypass">ProxyPass</a></code> directive for more information, especially regarding how to configure the Balancer and BalancerMembers.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -147,14 +147,14 @@ <dt><var><a name="balancer_session_route" id="balancer_session_route">BALANCER_SESSION_ROUTE</a></var></dt> <dd> - <p>This is assigned the <var>route</var> parsed from the current + <p>This is assigned the <var>route</var> parsed from the current request.</p> </dd> <dt><var><a name="balancer_name" id="balancer_name">BALANCER_NAME</a></var></dt> <dd> - <p>This is assigned the name of the balancer used for the current + <p>This is assigned the name of the balancer used for the current request. The value is something like <code>balancer://foo</code>.</p> </dd> @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ <dt><var><a name="balancer_worker_route" id="balancer_worker_route">BALANCER_WORKER_ROUTE</a></var></dt> <dd> - <p>This is assigned the <var>route</var> of the worker that will be + <p>This is assigned the <var>route</var> of the worker that will be used for the current request.</p> </dd> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <div class="section"> <h2><a name="balancer_manager" id="balancer_manager">Enabling Balancer Manager Support</a></h2> - <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of + <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_status.html">mod_status</a></code>. Balancer manager enables dynamic update of balancer members. You can use balancer manager to change the balance diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.xml.ja index 44a2a1c9bd..009a7f52a7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_balancer.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 395228:1058629 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 395228:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_express.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_express.html.en index 218f4cb39f..a4043870fc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_express.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_express.html.en @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ dynamic growth, but is intended to handle much, much larger numbers of backends. It is ideally suited as a front-end HTTP switch.</p> - + <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>.</p> <div class="warning"><h3>Warning</h3> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>The file is constructed from a plain text file format using - the <code><a href="../programs/httxt2dbm.html">httxt2dbm</a></code> + the <code><a href="../programs/httxt2dbm.html">httxt2dbm</a></code> utility.</p> <div class="example"><h3>ProxyExpress map file</h3><p><code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html.en index 5b0ed537a2..71d3edfef6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html.en @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in version 2.3 and later</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> - <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>. It provides support for the + <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>. It provides support for the <a href="http://www.fastcgi.com/">FastCGI</a> protocol.</p> <p>Thus, in order to get the ability of handling the <code>FastCGI</code> @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html">mod_proxy_fcgi</a></code> have to be present in the server.</p> <p>Unlike <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/mod_fcgid/">mod_fcgid</a> - and <a href="http://www.fastcgi.com/">mod_fastcgi</a>, + and <a href="http://www.fastcgi.com/">mod_fastcgi</a>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy_fcgi.html">mod_proxy_fcgi</a></code> has no provision for starting the application process; <code class="program"><a href="../programs/fcgistarter.html">fcgistarter</a></code> is provided for that purpose.</p> @@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ </code></p></div> <p>This application should be able to handle multiple concurrent - connections. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code> enables connection reuse by + connections. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code> enables connection reuse by default, so after a request has been completed the connection will be held open by that httpd child process and won't be reused until that - httpd process routes another request to the application. If the + httpd process routes another request to the application. If the FastCGI application is unable to handle enough concurrent connections from httpd, requests can block waiting for the application to close an existing connection. One way to resolve this is to disable connection @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ </code></p></div> <p>The balanced gateway needs <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html">mod_proxy_balancer</a></code> and - at least one load balancer algorithm module, such as + at least one load balancer algorithm module, such as <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html">mod_lbmethod_byrequests</a></code>, in addition to the proxy modules listed above. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html">mod_lbmethod_byrequests</a></code> is the default, and will be used for this example configuration.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fdpass.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fdpass.html.en index 79c533ae9b..29885e06b9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fdpass.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_fdpass.html.en @@ -34,19 +34,19 @@ <p>This module <em>requires</em> the service of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code>. It provides support for the passing the socket of the client to another process.</p> - <p><code>mod_proxy_fdpass</code> uses the ability of AF_UNIX domain - sockets to <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=recv">pass an + <p><code>mod_proxy_fdpass</code> uses the ability of AF_UNIX domain + sockets to <a href="http://www.freebsd.org/cgi/man.cgi?query=recv">pass an open file descriptor</a> to allow another process to finish handling a request. </p> - <p>The module has a <code>proxy_fdpass_flusher</code> provider interface, + <p>The module has a <code>proxy_fdpass_flusher</code> provider interface, which allows another module to optionally send the response headers, or even the start of the response body. The default flush provider disables keep-alive, and sends the response headers, letting the external process just send a response body.</p> - <p>At this time the only data passed to the external process is the client - socket. To receive a client socket, call recvfrom with an allocated + <p>At this time the only data passed to the external process is the client + socket. To receive a client socket, call recvfrom with an allocated <a href="http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man3/cmsg.3.html"><code>struct cmsghdr</code></a>. Future versions of this module may include more data after the client socket, but this is not implemented at this time. </p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_scgi.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_scgi.html.en index 679ec7c767..e6eb5f113f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_scgi.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_proxy_scgi.html.en @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ </code></p></div> <p>The balanced gateway needs <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html">mod_proxy_balancer</a></code> and - at least one load balancer algorithm module, such as + at least one load balancer algorithm module, such as <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html">mod_lbmethod_byrequests</a></code>, in addition to the proxy modules listed above. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.html">mod_lbmethod_byrequests</a></code> is the default, and will be used for this example configuration.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ratelimit.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ratelimit.html.en index 172c21f5c3..37ff6f762d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ratelimit.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ratelimit.html.en @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ <h3>Summary</h3> -<p>Provides a <code>rate_limit</code> filter to limit client bandwidth. -The connection speed to be simulated is specified, in kb/s, using the environment +<p>Provides a <code>rate_limit</code> filter to limit client bandwidth. +The connection speed to be simulated is specified, in kb/s, using the environment variable <code>rate-limit</code>.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example Configuration</h3><p><code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_remoteip.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_remoteip.html.en index e16efceb4b..02be77c315 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_remoteip.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_remoteip.html.en @@ -24,8 +24,8 @@ <p><span>Available Languages: </span><a href="../en/mod/mod_remoteip.html" title="English"> en </a> | <a href="../fr/mod/mod_remoteip.html" hreflang="fr" rel="alternate" title="Franais"> fr </a></p> </div> -<table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname -for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load +<table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Replaces the apparent client remote IP address and hostname +for the request with the IP address list presented by a proxies or a load balancer via the request headers. </td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ balancer via the request headers. <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#SourceFile">SourceFile:</a></th><td>mod_remoteip.c</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> - <p>This module is used to treat the remote host which initiated the + <p>This module is used to treat the remote host which initiated the request as the originating remote host as identified by httpd for the purposes of authorization and logging, even where that remote host is behind a load balancer, front end server, or proxy server.</p> - <p>The module replaces the apparent remote (client) IP/hostname for + <p>The module replaces the apparent remote (client) IP/hostname for the request with the IP address reported in the request header configured with the <code class="directive">RemoteIPHeader</code> directive.</p> @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ balancer via the request headers. and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_authz_host.html#require ip"><Require ip></a></code>, is reported by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_status.html">mod_status</a></code>, and is recorded by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_log_config.html">mod_log_config</a></code> <code>%a</code> and <code>%h</code> - directives. It also determines the machine probed for an inetd - identity by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ident.html">mod_ident</a></code> based on the + directives. It also determines the machine probed for an inetd + identity by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ident.html">mod_ident</a></code> based on the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ident.html#identitycheck">IdentityCheck</a></code> configuration.</p> <div class="warning">It is critical to only enable this behavior from @@ -81,19 +81,19 @@ balancer via the request headers. <h2><a name="processing" id="processing">Remote IP Processing</a></h2> <p>Apache identifies the client with the connection's remote_ip value, - and the connection remote_host and remote_logname are derived from this - value. These fields play a role in authentication, authorization and + and the connection remote_host and remote_logname are derived from this + value. These fields play a role in authentication, authorization and logging and other purposes by other loadable modules.</p> <p>mod_remoteip replaces the true remote_ip with the advertised remote_ip as provided by a proxy, for every evaluation of the client that occurs in the - server, and resets the remote_host and remote_logname values to trigger a + server, and resets the remote_host and remote_logname values to trigger a fresh dns or ident query of the remote IP address.</p> - <p>When multiple, comma delimited remote IP addresses are listed in the + <p>When multiple, comma delimited remote IP addresses are listed in the header value, they are processed in Right-to-Left order. Processing halts when a given remote IP address is not trusted to present the - preceeding IP address. The header field is updated to this remaining + preceeding IP address. The header field is updated to this remaining list of unconfirmed IP addresses, or if all IP addresses were trusted, this header is removed from the request altogether.</p> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ balancer via the request headers. All internal addresses 10/8, 172.16/12, 192.168/16, 169.254/16 and 127/8 blocks (and IPv6 addresses outside of the public 2000::/3 block) are only evaluated by mod_remoteip when <code class="directive">RemoteIPInternalProxy</code> - internal (intranet) proxies are registered.</div> + internal (intranet) proxies are registered.</div> </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -124,10 +124,10 @@ balancer via the request headers. <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Base</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_remoteip</td></tr> </table> - <p>The <code class="directive">RemoteIPHeader</code> directive triggers + <p>The <code class="directive">RemoteIPHeader</code> directive triggers <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></code> to treat the value of the specified <var>header-field</var> header as the client IP address, or list - of intermediate client IP addresses, subject to further configuration + of intermediate client IP addresses, subject to further configuration of the <code class="directive">RemoteIPInternalProxy</code> and <code class="directive">RemoteIPTrustedProxy</code> directives. Unless these other directives are used, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></code> will trust all @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ balancer via the request headers. or more addresses (or address blocks) to trust as presenting a valid RemoteIPHeader value of the client IP. Unlike the <code class="directive">RemoteIPTrustedProxy</code> directive, any IP address - presented in this header, including private intranet addresses, are + presented in this header, including private intranet addresses, are trusted when passed from these proxies.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Internal (Load Balancer) Example</h3><p><code> @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ balancer via the request headers. a header into which <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_remoteip.html">mod_remoteip</a></code> will collect a list of all of the intermediate client IP addresses trusted to resolve the actual remote IP. Note that intermediate <code class="directive">RemoteIPTrustedProxy</code> - addresses are recorded in this header, while any intermediate + addresses are recorded in this header, while any intermediate <code class="directive">RemoteIPInternalProxy</code> addresses are discarded.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> @@ -228,10 +228,10 @@ balancer via the request headers. <p>The <code class="directive">RemoteIPTrustedProxy</code> directive adds one or more addresses (or address blocks) to trust as presenting a valid RemoteIPHeader value of the client IP. Unlike the - <code class="directive">RemoteIPInternalProxy</code> directive, any intranet + <code class="directive">RemoteIPInternalProxy</code> directive, any intranet or private IP address reported by such proxies, including the 10/8, 172.16/12, 192.168/16, 169.254/16 and 127/8 blocks (or outside of the IPv6 public - 2000::/3 block) are not trusted as the remote IP, and are left in the + 2000::/3 block) are not trusted as the remote IP, and are left in the <code class="directive">RemoteIPHeader</code> header's value.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Trusted (Load Balancer) Example</h3><p><code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.en index 71c932edf2..e54c392955 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.en @@ -31,21 +31,21 @@ URLs on the fly</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#SourceFile">SourceFile:</a></th><td>mod_rewrite.c</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> - <p>The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> module uses a rule-based rewriting + <p>The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> module uses a rule-based rewriting engine, based on a regular-expression parser, to rewrite requested URLs on - the fly. By default, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> maps a URL to a filesystem + the fly. By default, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> maps a URL to a filesystem path. However, it can also be used to redirect one URL to another URL, or to invoke an internal proxy fetch.</p> - <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> provides a flexible and powerful way to - manipulate URLs using an unlimited number of rules. Each rule can have an + <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> provides a flexible and powerful way to + manipulate URLs using an unlimited number of rules. Each rule can have an unlimited number of attached rule conditions, to allow you to rewrite URL - based on server variables, environment variables, HTTP headers, or time + based on server variables, environment variables, HTTP headers, or time stamps.</p> <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> operates on the full URL path, including the - path-info section. A rewrite rule can be invoked in - <code>httpd.conf</code> or in <code>.htaccess</code>. The path generated - by a rewrite rule can include a query string, or can lead to internal - sub-processing, external request redirection, or internal proxy + path-info section. A rewrite rule can be invoked in + <code>httpd.conf</code> or in <code>.htaccess</code>. The path generated + by a rewrite rule can include a query string, or can lead to internal + sub-processing, external request redirection, or internal proxy throughput.</p> <p>Further details, discussion, and examples, are provided in the @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@ URLs on the fly</td></tr> that result in the substitution of a relative path. When you use a <code class="directive"><a href="#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> in a <code>.htaccess</code> file, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> strips off - the local directory prefix before processing, then rewrites the rest of + the local directory prefix before processing, then rewrites the rest of the URL. When the rewrite is completed, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> automatically adds the local directory prefix (or the - <code class="directive">RewriteBase</code> when set) back on to the substitution + <code class="directive">RewriteBase</code> when set) back on to the substitution before handing it back to the core of the server as if it were the original URL.</p> - + <p>This directive is <em>required</em> for per-directory rewrites whose context is a directory made available via the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#alias">Alias</a></code> directive, when the substitution uses a relative path.</p> @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ URLs on the fly</td></tr> you must use <code class="directive">RewriteBase</code> in every <code>.htaccess</code> file where you want to use <code class="directive"><a href="#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> directives.</p> - <p>The example below demonstrates how to map - http://example.com/myapp/index.html to - /home/www/example/newsite.html, in a <code>.htaccess</code> file. This + <p>The example below demonstrates how to map + http://example.com/myapp/index.html to + /home/www/example/newsite.html, in a <code>.htaccess</code> file. This assumes that the content available at http://example.com/ is on disk at /home/www/example/</p> <div class="example"><pre> @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ RewriteRule ^index\.html$ newsite.html Most are documented elsewhere in the Manual or in the CGI specification.</p> - <p>SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT depend on the values of + <p>SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT depend on the values of <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code> and <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#usecanonicalphysicalport">UseCanonicalPhysicalPort</a></code> respectively.</p> @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ RewriteRule ^index\.html$ newsite.html browser to the server (e.g., "<code>GET /index.html HTTP/1.1</code>"). This does not include any additional headers sent by the - browser. This value has not been unescaped + browser. This value has not been unescaped (decoded), unlike most other variables below.</dd> <dt><code>REQUEST_URI</code></dt> @@ -326,9 +326,9 @@ RewriteRule ^index\.html$ newsite.html <dd>The full local filesystem path to the file or script matching the request, if this has already - been determined by the server at the time - <code>REQUEST_FILENAME</code> is referenced. Otherwise, - such as when used in virtual host context, the same + been determined by the server at the time + <code>REQUEST_FILENAME</code> is referenced. Otherwise, + such as when used in virtual host context, the same value as <code>REQUEST_URI</code>.</dd> <dt><code>HTTPS</code></dt> @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ RewriteRule ^index\.html$ newsite.html numerically compared to the <em>CondPattern</em>. True if the <em>TestString</em> is numerically greater than or equal to the <em>CondPattern</em>.</li> - + <li>'<strong>-gt</strong>' (is numerically <strong>g</strong>reater <strong>t</strong>han)<br /> The <em>TestString</em> is treated as an integer, and is @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ RewriteRule ^index\.html$ newsite.html to the <em>CondPattern</em>. Avoid confusion with the <strong>-l</strong> by using the <strong>-L</strong> or <strong>-h</strong> variant.</li> - + <li>'<strong>-lt</strong>' (is numerically <strong>l</strong>ess <strong>t</strong>han)<br /> The <em>TestString</em> is treated as an integer, and is @@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ Apache HTTP Server 2.0.41 and later</td></tr> <dt>dbm</dt> <dd>Looks up an entry in a dbm file containing name, value pairs. Hash is constructed from a plain text file format using - the <code><a href="../programs/httxt2dbm.html">httxt2dbm</a></code> + the <code><a href="../programs/httxt2dbm.html">httxt2dbm</a></code> utility. (<a href="../rewrite/rewritemap.html#dbm">Details ...</a>)</dd> <dt>int</dt> @@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ later</td></tr> <dl> <dt><code>Inherit</code></dt> <dd> - + <p>This forces the current configuration to inherit the configuration of the parent. In per-virtual-server context, this means that the maps, conditions and rules of the main @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ later</td></tr> of local rules - has no influence on this behavior. If local rules forced the rewriting to stop, the inherited rules won't be processed.</p> - + <div class="warning"> Rules inherited from the parent scope are applied <strong>after</strong> rules specified in the child scope. @@ -867,10 +867,10 @@ later</td></tr> <dt><code>InheritBefore</code></dt> <dd> <p> Like <code>Inherit</code> above, but the rules from the parent scope - are applied <strong>before</strong> rules specified in the child scope. + are applied <strong>before</strong> rules specified in the child scope. Available in Apache HTTP Server 2.3.10 and later.</p> </dd> - + </dl> @@ -900,16 +900,16 @@ later</td></tr> RewriteRule.</p> <div class="note"><h3>What is matched?</h3> - <p>In <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost">VirtualHost</a></code> context, + <p>In <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost">VirtualHost</a></code> context, The <em>Pattern</em> will initially be matched against the part of the URL after the hostname and port, and before the query string (e.g. "/app1/index.html").</p> <p>In <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#directory">Directory</a></code> and htaccess context, - the <em>Pattern</em> will initially be matched against the + the <em>Pattern</em> will initially be matched against the <em>filesystem</em> path, after removing the prefix that lead the server - to the current <code class="directive">RewriteRule</code> (e.g. "app1/index.html" + to the current <code class="directive">RewriteRule</code> (e.g. "app1/index.html" or "index.html" depending on where the directives are defined).</p> - + <p>If you wish to match against the hostname, port, or query string, use a <code class="directive"><a href="#rewritecond">RewriteCond</a></code> with the <code>%{HTTP_HOST}</code>, <code>%{SERVER_PORT}</code>, or @@ -933,12 +933,12 @@ restriction is required for security reasons.</li> per-directory prefix (which always is the same for a specific directory) is automatically <em>removed</em> for the RewriteRule pattern matching and automatically <em>added</em> after any relative (not starting with a -slash or protocol name) substitution encounters the end of a rule set. -See the <code class="directive"><a href="#rewritebase">RewriteBase</a></code> -directive for more information regarding what prefix will be added back to +slash or protocol name) substitution encounters the end of a rule set. +See the <code class="directive"><a href="#rewritebase">RewriteBase</a></code> +directive for more information regarding what prefix will be added back to relative substutions.</li> -<li> If you wish to match against the full URL-path in a per-directory +<li> If you wish to match against the full URL-path in a per-directory (htaccess) RewriteRule, use the <code>%{REQUEST_URI}</code> variable in a <code class="directive">RewriteCond</code>.</li> @@ -1088,14 +1088,14 @@ cannot use <code>$N</code> in the substitution string! </tr> <tr> <td>cookie|CO=<em>NAME</em>:<em>VAL</em></td> - <td>Sets a cookie in the client browser. Full syntax is: + <td>Sets a cookie in the client browser. Full syntax is: CO=<em>NAME</em>:<em>VAL</em>:<em>domain</em>[:<em>lifetime</em>[:<em>path</em>[:<em>secure</em>[:<em>httponly</em>]]]] <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_co">details ...</a></em> </td> </tr> <tr> <td>discardpath|DPI</td> <td>Causes the PATH_INFO portion of the rewritten URI to be - discarded. <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_dpi">details + discarded. <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_dpi">details ...</a></em></td> </tr> <tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.fr index 1384ba953d..123f835d86 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_rewrite.html.fr @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ rpertoire</td></tr> <code>.htaccess</code>. On suppose que le contenu disponible http://example.com/ se situe sur le disque /home/www/exemple/.</p> - + <div class="example"><pre> RewriteEngine On # Le chemin URL utilis pour arriver dans ce contexte, et non le chemin @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue <p><em>TestString</em> est une chane qui peut contenir les extensions suivantes en plus du texte simple :</p> - + <ul> <li> <strong>rfrences arrires de rgle de rcriture</strong> : @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue </td> </tr> </table> - + <p>Ces variables correspondent toutes aux en-ttes MIME HTTP de mmes noms, au variables C du serveur HTTP Apache, ou aux champs <code>struct tm</code> du systme Unix. La @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue <p>SERVER_NAME et SERVER_PORT dpendent respectivement des valeurs des directives <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code> et <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#usecanonicalphysicalport">UseCanonicalPhysicalPort</a></code>.</p> - + <p>Parmi les variables spcifiques mod_rewrite, ou trouve les suivantes :</p> <div class="note"> @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue charg, cette variable contiendra toujours une chane vide. Exemple : <code>%{SSL:SSL_CIPHER_USEKEYSIZE}</code> pourra contenir la valeur <code>128</code>.</li> - + <li> On peut utiliser <code>%{HTTP:en-tte}</code>, o <em>en-tte</em> peut correspondre tout nom d'en-tte MIME @@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ la rcriture soit effectue dterminer la valeur finale de <em>variable</em>. La plupart du temps, elle est identique LA-U (voir ci-dessus).</li> </ol> - - + + <p><em>expression de comparaison</em> est une expression rationnelle qui est applique l'instance actuelle de <em>chane de test</em>. <em>chane de test</em> est d'abord @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue comparaison</em>. Vrai si <em>chane de test</em> est numriquement suprieure ou gale <em>expression de comparaison</em>.</li> - + <li>'<strong>-gt</strong>' (est numriquement suprieur )<br /> La <em>chane de test</em> est considre comme un entier, et est compare numriquement l'<em>expression de @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ la rcriture soit effectue Attention la confusion avec le drapeau <strong>-l</strong> en utilisant la variante the <strong>-L</strong> ou <strong>-h</strong>.</li> - + <li>'<strong>-lt</strong>' (est numriquement infrieur )<br /> La <em>chane de test</em> est considre comme un entier, et est compare numriquement l'<em>expression de @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ bases de donnes depuis la version 2.0.41 du serveur HTTP Apache</td></tr> <dd>Une commande SQL SELECT excuter pour rechercher la cible de rcriture (<a href="../rewrite/rewritemap.html#int">Dtails ...</a>).</dd> - </dl> + </dl> <p>Vous trouverez plus de dtails et de nombreux exemples dans le <a href="../rewrite/rewritemap.html">RewriteMap HowTo</a>.</p> @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ la version version 2.1</td></tr> la dernire rgle de rcriture qui a t applique.</p> <div class="note"><h3>Qu'est-ce qui est compar ?</h3> - + <p>Dans un contexte de serveur virtuel <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost">VirtualHost</a></code>, le <em>modle</em> est tout d'abord compar la portion de l'URL situe entre le nom d'hte ventuellement accompagn du port, et la chane de paramtres (par @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ la version version 2.1</td></tr> ayant conduit la rgle <code class="directive">RewriteRule</code> (par exemple "app1/index.html" ou "index.html" selon l'endroit o les directives sont dfinies).</p> - + <p>Si vous souhaitez faire une comparaison sur le nom d'hte, le port, ou la chane de requte, utilisez une directive <code class="directive"><a href="#rewritecond">RewriteCond</a></code> @@ -1194,7 +1194,7 @@ substitution ! </tr> <tr> <td>discardpath|DPI</td> - <td>Supprime la partie PATH_INFO de l'URI rcrit. <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_dpi">dtails + <td>Supprime la partie PATH_INFO de l'URI rcrit. <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_dpi">dtails ...</a></em></td> </tr> <tr> @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ substitution ! spcifi au fichier cible. <em><a href="../rewrite/flags.html#flag_t">dtails ...</a></em></td> </tr> </table> - + <div class="note"><h3>Dveloppement du rpertoire home</h3> <p> Quand la chane de substitution commence par quelque chose comme "/~user" (de manire explicite ou par rfrences arrires), mod_rewrite @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ redondant)</td> <td>^/somepath(.*) http://otherhost/otherpath$1 [P]</td> <td>http://otherhost/otherpath/pathinfo via internal proxy</td> </tr> -</table> +</table> <p><strong>Dans une configuration de niveau rpertoire pour <code>/chemin</code><br /> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session.html.en index 5813293261..fc287626d2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session.html.en @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ interface. Sessions can be used for keeping track of whether a user has been logged in, or for other per user information that should be kept available across requests.</p> - + <p>Sessions may be stored on the server, or may be stored on the browser. Sessions may also be optionally encrypted for added security. These features are divided into several modules in addition to @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <p>Sessions may be manipulated from other modules that depend on the session, or the session may be read from and written to using environment variables and HTTP headers, as appropriate.</p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ <h2><a name="whatisasession" id="whatisasession">What is a session?</a></h2> <p>At the core of the session interface is a table of key and value pairs that are made accessible across browser requests.</p> - + <p>These pairs can be set to any valid string, as needed by the application making use of the session.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="whocanuseasession" id="whocanuseasession">Who can use a session?</a></h2> @@ -107,17 +107,17 @@ <p>Apache can be configured to keep track of per user sessions stored on a particular server or group of servers. This functionality is similar to the sessions available in typical application servers.</p> - + <p>If configured, sessions are tracked through the use of a session ID that is stored inside a cookie, or extracted from the parameters embedded within the URL query string, as found in a typical GET request.</p> - + <p>As the contents of the session are stored exclusively on the server, there is an expectation of privacy of the contents of the session. This does have performance and resource implications should a large number of sessions be present, or where a large number of webservers have to share sessions with one another.</p> - + <p>The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_dbd.html">mod_session_dbd</a></code> module allows the storage of user sessions within a SQL database via <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_dbd.html">mod_dbd</a></code>.</p> @@ -127,11 +127,11 @@ <p>Where keeping track of a session on a server is too resource intensive or inconvenient, the option exists to store the contents of the session within a cookie on the client browser instead.</p> - + <p>This has the advantage that minimal resources are required on the server to keep track of sessions, and multiple servers within a server farm have no need to share session information.</p> - + <p>The contents of the session however are exposed to the client, with a corresponding risk of a loss of privacy. The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_crypto.html">mod_session_crypto</a></code> module can be configured to encrypt the @@ -143,11 +143,11 @@ </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="basicexamples" id="basicexamples">Basic Examples</a></h2> - + <p>Creating a session is as simple as turning the session on, and deciding where the session will be stored. In this example, the session will be stored on the browser, in a cookie called <code>session</code>.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Browser based session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ following example shows how values can be injected into the session through the use of a predetermined HTTP response header called <code>X-Replace-Session</code>.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Writing to a session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ <p>The header should contain name value pairs expressed in the same format as a query string in a URL, as in the example below. Setting a key to the empty string has the effect of removing that key from the session.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>CGI to write to a session</h3><p><code> #!/bin/bash<br /> echo "Content-Type: text/plain"<br /> @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ environment variable. By default, the session is kept private, so this has to be explicitly turned on with the <code class="directive"><a href="#sessionenv">SessionEnv</a></code> directive.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Read from a session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionEnv On<br /> @@ -194,32 +194,32 @@ </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="sessionprivacy" id="sessionprivacy">Session Privacy</a></h2> - + <p>Using the "show cookies" feature of your browser, you would have seen a clear text representation of the session. This could potentially be a problem should the end user need to be kept unaware of the contents of the session, or where a third party could gain unauthorised access to the data within the session.</p> - + <p>The contents of the session can be optionally encrypted before being placed on the browser using the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_crypto.html">mod_session_crypto</a></code> module.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Browser based encrypted session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>The session will be automatically decrypted on load, and encrypted on save by Apache, the underlying application using the session need have no knowledge that encryption is taking place.</p> - + <p>Sessions stored on the server rather than on the browser can also be encrypted as needed, offering privacy where potentially sensitive information is being shared between webservers in a server farm using the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_dbd.html">mod_session_dbd</a></code> module.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="cookieprivacy" id="cookieprivacy">Cookie Privacy</a></h2> @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ ability to restrict cookie transport to SSL protected pages only, or to prevent browser based javascript from gaining access to the contents of the cookie.</p> - + <div class="warning"><h3>Warning</h3> <p>Some of the HTTP cookie privacy features are either non-standard, or are not implemented consistently across browsers. The session modules @@ -241,13 +241,13 @@ <p>Standard cookie parameters can be specified after the name of the cookie, as in the example below.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Setting cookie parameters</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/private;domain=example.com;httponly;secure;<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>In cases where the Apache server forms the frontend for backend origin servers, it is possible to have the session cookies removed from the incoming HTTP headers using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_session_cookie.html#sessioncookieremove">SessionCookieRemove</a></code> directive. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ AuthName realm<br /> ...<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>See the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code> module for documentation and complete examples.</p> @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ <p>If set to <var>On</var>, the <code class="directive">SessionEnv</code> directive causes the contents of the session to be written to a CGI environment variable called <var>HTTP_SESSION</var>.</p> - + <p>The string is written in the URL query format, for example:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -356,13 +356,13 @@ <p>The <code class="directive">SessionHeader</code> directive defines the name of an HTTP response header which, if present, will be parsed and written to the current session.</p> - + <p>The header value is expected to be in the URL query format, for example:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> <code>key1=foo&key2=&key3=bar</code> </code></p></div> - + <p>Where a key is set to the empty string, that key will be removed from the session.</p> @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ website more efficient, by targeting a more precise URL space for which a session should be maintained. By default, all URLs within the directory or location are included in the session.</p> - + <div class="warning"><h3>Warning</h3> <p>This directive has a similar purpose to the <var>path</var> attribute in HTTP cookies, but should not be confused with this attribute. This @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ the session, the session will time out and be removed. Where a session is used to stored user login details, this has the effect of logging the user out automatically after the given time.</p> - + <p>Setting the maxage to zero disables session expiry.</p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_cookie.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_cookie.html.en index 659fa13a4b..d6b82e9258 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_cookie.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_cookie.html.en @@ -40,19 +40,19 @@ <p>This submodule of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> provides support for the storage of user sessions on the remote browser within HTTP cookies.</p> - + <p>Using cookies to store a session removes the need for the server or a group of servers to store the session locally, or collaborate to share a session, and can be useful for high traffic environments where a server based session might be too resource intensive.</p> - + <p>If session privacy is required, the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_crypto.html">mod_session_crypto</a></code> module can be used to encrypt the contents of the session before writing the session to the client.</p> - + <p>For more details on the session interface, see the documentation for the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> module.</p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> @@ -72,19 +72,19 @@ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="basicexamples" id="basicexamples">Basic Examples</a></h2> - + <p>To create a simple session and store it in a cookie called <var>session</var>, configure the session as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Browser based session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>For more examples on how the session can be configured to be read from and written to by a CGI application, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> examples section.</p> - + <p>For documentation on how the session can be used to store username and password details, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code> module.</p> @@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ optional attributes of an RFC2109 compliant cookie inside which the session will be stored. RFC2109 cookies are set using the <code>Set-Cookie</code> HTTP header. </p> - + <p>An optional list of cookie attributes can be specified, as per the example below. These attributes are inserted into the cookie as is, and are not interpreted by Apache. Ensure that your attributes are defined correctly as per the cookie specification. </p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Cookie with attributes</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/private;domain=example.com;httponly;secure;version=1;<br /> @@ -130,12 +130,12 @@ optional attributes of an RFC2965 compliant cookie inside which the session will be stored. RFC2965 cookies are set using the <code>Set-Cookie2</code> HTTP header. </p> - + <p>An optional list of cookie attributes can be specified, as per the example below. These attributes are inserted into the cookie as is, and are not interpreted by Apache. Ensure that your attributes are defined correctly as per the cookie specification. </p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Cookie2 with attributes</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName2 session path=/private;domain=example.com;httponly;secure;version=1;<br /> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ </table> <p>The <code class="directive">SessionCookieRemove</code> flag controls whether the cookies containing the session will be removed from the headers during request processing.</p> - + <p>In a reverse proxy situation where the Apache server acts as a server frontend for a backend origin server, revealing the contents of the session cookie to the backend could be a potential privacy violation. When set to on, the session cookie will be diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_crypto.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_crypto.html.en index 45968286f8..2d4cdd0ea0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_crypto.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_crypto.html.en @@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ <p>This submodule of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> provides support for the encryption of user sessions before being written to a local database, or written to a remote browser via an HTTP cookie.</p> - + <p>This can help provide privacy to user sessions where the contents of the session should be kept private from the user, or where protection is needed against the effects of cross site scripting attacks.</p> - + <p>For more details on the session interface, see the documentation for the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> module.</p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> @@ -67,23 +67,23 @@ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="basicusage" id="basicusage">Basic Usage</a></h2> - + <p>To create a simple encrypted session and store it in a cookie called <var>session</var>, configure the session as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Browser based encrypted session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionCookieName session path=/<br /> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret </code></p></div> - + <p>The session will be encrypted with the given key. Different servers can be configured to share sessions by ensuring the same encryption key is used on each server.</p> - + <p>If the encryption key is changed, sessions will be invalidated automatically.</p> - + <p>For documentation on how the session can be used to store username and password details, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code> module.</p> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ <p>The cipher can be set to <var>3des192</var> or <var>aes256</var> using the <var>cipher</var> parameter as per the example below. If not set, the cipher defaults to <var>aes256</var>.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Cipher</h3><p><code> SessionCryptoPassphrase secret cipher=aes256 </code></p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_dbd.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_dbd.html.en index 5cd50d92f3..499d3fdfc0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_dbd.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_session_dbd.html.en @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ <p>SQL based sessions are hidden from the browser, and so offer a measure of privacy without the need for encryption.</p> - + <p>Different webservers within a server farm may choose to share a database, and so share sessions with one another.</p> - + <p>For more details on the session interface, see the documentation for the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> module.</p> - + </div> <div id="quickview"><h3 class="directives">Directives</h3> <ul id="toc"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <p>Before the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_dbd.html">mod_session_dbd</a></code> module can be configured to maintain a session, the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_dbd.html">mod_dbd</a></code> module must be configured to make the various database queries available to the server.</p> - + <p>There are four queries required to keep a session maintained, to select an existing session, to update an existing session, to insert a new session, and to delete an expired or empty session. These queries are configured as per the example below.</p> @@ -106,58 +106,58 @@ </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="anonymous" id="anonymous">Anonymous Sessions</a></h2> - + <p>Anonymous sessions are keyed against a unique UUID, and stored on the browser within an HTTP cookie. This method is similar to that used by most application servers to store session information.</p> - + <p>To create a simple anonymous session and store it in a postgres database table called <var>apachesession</var>, and save the session ID in a cookie called <var>session</var>, configure the session as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>SQL based anonymous session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionDBDCookieName session path=/<br /> </code></p></div> - + <p>For more examples on how the session can be configured to be read from and written to by a CGI application, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session.html">mod_session</a></code> examples section.</p> - + <p>For documentation on how the session can be used to store username and password details, see the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code> module.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="peruser" id="peruser">Per User Sessions</a></h2> - + <p>Per user sessions are keyed against the username of a successfully authenticated user. It offers the most privacy, as no external handle to the session exists outside of the authenticated realm.</p> - + <p>Per user sessions work within a correctly configured authenticated environment, be that using basic authentication, digest authentication or SSL client certificates. Due to the limitations of who came first, the chicken or the egg, per user sessions cannot be used to store authentication credentials from a module like <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_form.html">mod_auth_form</a></code>.</p> - + <p>To create a simple per user session and store it in a postgres database table called <var>apachesession</var>, and with the session keyed to the userid, configure the session as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>SQL based per user session</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionDBDPerUser On<br /> </code></p></div> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="housekeeping" id="housekeeping">Database Housekeeping</a></h2> <p>Over the course of time, the database can be expected to start accumulating expired sessions. At this point, the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_session_dbd.html">mod_session_dbd</a></code> module is not yet able to handle session expiry automatically.</p> - + <div class="warning"><h3>Warning</h3> <p>The administrator will need to set up an external process via cron to clean out expired sessions.</p> @@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ optional attributes of an RFC2965 compliant cookie inside which the session ID will be stored. RFC2965 cookies are set using the <code>Set-Cookie2</code> HTTP header. </p> - + <p>An optional list of cookie attributes can be specified, as per the example below. These attributes are inserted into the cookie as is, and are not interpreted by Apache. Ensure that your attributes are defined correctly as per the cookie specification. </p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Cookie2 with attributes</h3><p><code> Session On<br /> SessionDBDCookieName2 session path=/private;domain=example.com;httponly;secure;version=1;<br /> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.html.en index 17537baaf3..b3d1966f78 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.html.en @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ on characteristics of the request</td></tr> <code>User-Agent</code> HTTP request header. The following two lines have the same effect:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> - BrowserMatchNoCase Robot is_a_robot<br /> - SetEnvIfNoCase User-Agent Robot is_a_robot<br /> + BrowserMatchNoCase Robot is_a_robot<br /> + SetEnvIfNoCase User-Agent Robot is_a_robot<br /> </code></p></div> <p>Some additional examples:</p> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ respect to case</td></tr> <ol> <li>An HTTP request header field (see <a href="http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt">RFC2616</a> for more information about these); for example: <code>Host</code>, - <code>User-Agent</code>, <code>Referer</code>, and + <code>User-Agent</code>, <code>Referer</code>, and <code>Accept-Language</code>. A regular expression may be used to specify a set of request headers.</li> @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ results.</li> <table class="directive"> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Sets environment variables based on attributes of the request without respect to case</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host, directory, .htaccess</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ja index e55cd5e43c..51dcda04cd 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 658546:1132802 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 658546:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ko index 9cc92ca44e..52a7f5ce73 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1132802 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.tr index 7c7e071627..23184126df 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_setenvif.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 658546:1132802 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 658546:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.html.en index 92498ae967..406968b5b3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.html.en @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ modules into the server at start-up or restart time</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">ModuleIdentifier:</a></th><td>so_module</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#SourceFile">SourceFile:</a></th><td>mod_so.c</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>This is a Base module (always included) on +<tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>This is a Base module (always included) on Windows</td></tr></table> <h3>Summary</h3> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ja index e241b71c74..d78a58ae0b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:932389 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ko index a6cd1e46d6..14ee37fde3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:932389 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.tr index 59722541bd..e086871c73 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_so.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:932389 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.html.en index ddd7db9f4c..bae5be0613 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.html.en @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ misspellings.</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_speling</td></tr> </table> - <p>When set, this directive limits the action of the spelling correction to lower/upper case changes. + <p>When set, this directive limits the action of the spelling correction to lower/upper case changes. Other potential corrections are not performed.</p> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ misspellings.</td></tr> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="CheckSpelling" id="CheckSpelling">CheckSpelling</a> <a name="checkspelling" id="checkspelling">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Enables the spelling +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>CheckSpelling on|off</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>CheckSpelling Off</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ja index 9b2c1e68ec..8ba4b27328 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:945103 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ko index 501d5dddb3..61e1dfed72 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_speling.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 395228:945103 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 395228:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ssl.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ssl.html.en index 98895b33f1..6d59e5dc95 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_ssl.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_ssl.html.en @@ -114,10 +114,10 @@ to provide the cryptography engine.</p> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="envvars" id="envvars">Environment Variables</a></h2> -<p>This module can be configured to provide several items of SSL information +<p>This module can be configured to provide several items of SSL information as additional environment variables to the SSI and CGI namespace. This information is not provided by default for performance reasons. (See -<code class="directive">SSLOptions</code> StdEnvVars, below.) The generated variables +<code class="directive">SSLOptions</code> StdEnvVars, below.) The generated variables are listed in the table below. For backward compatibility the information can be made available under different names, too. Look in the <a href="../ssl/ssl_compat.html">Compatibility</a> chapter for details on the compatibility variables.</p> @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ REQUEST_URI REMOTE_USER</pre></div> <dt><code>ENV:<em>variablename</em></code></dt> <dd>This will expand to the standard environment variable <em>variablename</em>.</dd> - + <dt><code>HTTP:<em>headername</em></code></dt> <dd>This will expand to the value of the request header with name <em>headername</em>.</dd> @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ REQUEST_URI REMOTE_USER</pre></div> <h2><a name="logformats" id="logformats">Custom Log Formats</a></h2> <p>When <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> is built into Apache or at least -loaded (under DSO situation) additional functions exist for the <a href="mod_log_config.html#formats">Custom Log Format</a> of +loaded (under DSO situation) additional functions exist for the <a href="mod_log_config.html#formats">Custom Log Format</a> of <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_log_config.html">mod_log_config</a></code>. First there is an additional ``<code>%{</code><em>varname</em><code>}x</code>'' eXtension format function which can be used to expand any variables @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ string in <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_log_config.html">mod_log_conf <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCACertificateFile" id="SSLCACertificateFile">SSLCACertificateFile</a> <a name="sslcacertificatefile" id="sslcacertificatefile">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ This directive sets the <em>all-in-one</em> file where you can assemble the Certificates of Certification Authorities (CA) whose <em>clients</em> you deal with. These are used for Client Authentication. Such a file is simply the concatenation of the various PEM-encoded Certificate files, in order of -preference. This can be used alternatively and/or additionally to +preference. This can be used alternatively and/or additionally to <code class="directive"><a href="#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath</a></code>.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> SSLCACertificateFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crt/ca-bundle-client.crt @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ SSLCACertificateFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crt/ca-bundle-client.crt <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCACertificatePath" id="SSLCACertificatePath">SSLCACertificatePath</a> <a name="sslcacertificatepath" id="sslcacertificatepath">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ SSLCACertificatePath /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crt/ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCADNRequestFile" id="SSLCADNRequestFile">SSLCADNRequestFile</a> <a name="sslcadnrequestfile" id="sslcadnrequestfile">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ SSLCADNRequestFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ca-names.crt <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCADNRequestPath" id="SSLCADNRequestPath">SSLCADNRequestPath</a> <a name="sslcadnrequestpath" id="sslcadnrequestpath">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ SSLCARevocationCheck chain <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCARevocationFile" id="SSLCARevocationFile">SSLCARevocationFile</a> <a name="sslcarevocationfile" id="sslcarevocationfile">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ SSLCARevocationFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crl/ca-bundle-client.crl <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCARevocationPath" id="SSLCARevocationPath">SSLCARevocationPath</a> <a name="sslcarevocationpath" id="sslcarevocationpath">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ SSLCertificateKeyFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.key/server.key <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLCipherSuite" id="SSLCipherSuite">SSLCipherSuite</a> <a name="sslciphersuite" id="sslciphersuite">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>SSLCipherSuite DEFAULT (depends on OpenSSL version)</code></td></tr> @@ -796,9 +796,9 @@ SSLEngine on<br /> ...<br /> </VirtualHost> </code></p></div> -<p>In Apache 2.1 and later, <code class="directive">SSLEngine</code> can be set to -<code>optional</code>. This enables support for -<a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2817.txt">RFC 2817</a>, Upgrading to TLS +<p>In Apache 2.1 and later, <code class="directive">SSLEngine</code> can be set to +<code>optional</code>. This enables support for +<a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2817.txt">RFC 2817</a>, Upgrading to TLS Within HTTP/1.1. At this time no web browsers support RFC 2817.</p> </div> @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Within HTTP/1.1. At this time no web browsers support RFC 2817.</p> <p> This directive toggles the usage of the SSL library FIPS_mode flag. It must be set in the global server context and cannot be configured -with conflicting settings (SSLFIPS on followed by SSLFIPS off or +with conflicting settings (SSLFIPS on followed by SSLFIPS off or similar). The mode applies to all SSL library operations. </p> <p> @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth -StrictRequire<br /> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLPassPhraseDialog" id="SSLPassPhraseDialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog</a> <a name="sslpassphrasedialog" id="sslpassphrasedialog">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>SSLPassPhraseDialog builtin</code></td></tr> @@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ query can be done in two ways which can be configured by dialog (i.e. when you use a single Pass Phrase for all N Private Key files this Pass Phrase is queried only once).</p></li> -<li><code>|/path/to/program [args...]</code> +<li><code>|/path/to/program [args...]</code> <p>This mode allows an external program to be used which acts as a pipe to a particular input device; the program is sent the standard @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@ SSLPassPhraseDialog exec:/usr/local/apache/sbin/pp-filter <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td>mod_ssl</td></tr> </table> <p> -This directive can be used to control which versions of the SSL protocol +This directive can be used to control which versions of the SSL protocol will be accepted in new connections.</p> <p> The available (case-insensitive) <em>protocol</em>s are:</p> @@ -1206,21 +1206,21 @@ The available (case-insensitive) <em>protocol</em>s are:</p> <li><code>SSLv3</code> <p> This is the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol, version 3.0, from - the Netscape Corporation. + the Netscape Corporation. It is the successor to SSLv2 and the predecessor to TLSv1. It's supported by almost all popular browsers.</p></li> <li><code>TLSv1</code> <p> This is the Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol, version 1.0. It is the - successor to SSLv3 and is defined in <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2246.txt">RFC2246</a>. + successor to SSLv3 and is defined in <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2246.txt">RFC2246</a>. Which has been obsoleted by <a href="http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4346.txt">RFC4346</a>.</p></li> <li><code>All</code> <p> This is a shortcut for ``<code>+SSLv2 +SSLv3 +TLSv1</code>'' and a convenient way for enabling all protocols except one when used in - combination with the minus sign on a protocol as the example above + combination with the minus sign on a protocol as the example above shows.</p></li> </ul> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> @@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ SSLProtocol all -SSLv2 <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLProxyCACertificateFile" id="SSLProxyCACertificateFile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile</a> <a name="sslproxycacertificatefile" id="sslproxycacertificatefile">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ This directive sets the <em>all-in-one</em> file where you can assemble the Certificates of Certification Authorities (CA) whose <em>remote servers</em> you deal with. These are used for Remote Server Authentication. Such a file is simply the concatenation of the various PEM-encoded Certificate files, in order of -preference. This can be used alternatively and/or additionally to +preference. This can be used alternatively and/or additionally to <code class="directive"><a href="#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath</a></code>.</p> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> SSLProxyCACertificateFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crt/ca-bundle-remote-server.crt @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ SSLProxyCACertificateFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crt/ca-bundle-remote-serve <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLProxyCACertificatePath" id="SSLProxyCACertificatePath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath</a> <a name="sslproxycacertificatepath" id="sslproxycacertificatepath">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -1318,7 +1318,7 @@ SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLProxyCARevocationFile" id="SSLProxyCARevocationFile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile</a> <a name="sslproxycarevocationfile" id="sslproxycarevocationfile">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ SSLProxyCARevocationFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/ssl.crl/ca-bundle-remote-server <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLProxyCARevocationPath" id="SSLProxyCARevocationPath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath</a> <a name="sslproxycarevocationpath" id="sslproxycarevocationpath">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config, virtual host</td></tr> @@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLProxyCipherSuite" id="SSLProxyCipherSuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite</a> <a name="sslproxyciphersuite" id="sslproxyciphersuite">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>SSLProxyCipherSuite ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+HIGH:+MEDIUM:+LOW:+SSLv2:+EXP</code></td></tr> @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ comes with mod_ssl to accomplish this task. </div> <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> SSLProxyMachineCertificatePath /usr/local/apache2/conf/proxy.crt/ -</code></p></div> +</code></p></div> </div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -1619,9 +1619,9 @@ SSLProxyVerifyDepth 10 <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLRandomSeed" id="SSLRandomSeed">SSLRandomSeed</a> <a name="sslrandomseed" id="sslrandomseed">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> [<em>bytes</em>]</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>server config</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Status">Status:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ SSLRenegBufferSize 262144 <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLRequire" id="SSLRequire">SSLRequire</a> <a name="sslrequire" id="sslrequire">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLRequire <em>expression</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>directory, .htaccess</td></tr> @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ a superset of the syntax of <code>SSLRequire</code>, with the following exception:</p> <p>In <code>SSLRequire</code>, the comparison operators <code><</code>, -<code><=</code>, ... completely equivalent to the operators +<code><=</code>, ... are completely equivalent to the operators <code>lt</code>, <code>le</code>, ... and work in a somewhat pecular way that first compares the length of two strings and then the lexical order. On the other hand, <a href="../expr.html">ap_expr</a> has two sets of @@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ for additional examples. <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLRequireSSL" id="SSLRequireSSL">SSLRequireSSL</a> <a name="sslrequiressl" id="sslrequiressl">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLRequireSSL</code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Context">Context:</a></th><td>directory, .htaccess</td></tr> @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ SSLRequireSSL <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLSessionCache" id="SSLSessionCache">SSLSessionCache</a> <a name="sslsessioncache" id="sslsessioncache">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>SSLSessionCache none</code></td></tr> @@ -2277,7 +2277,7 @@ SSLVerifyClient require <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="SSLVerifyDepth" id="SSLVerifyDepth">SSLVerifyDepth</a> <a name="sslverifydepth" id="sslverifydepth">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>SSLVerifyDepth 1</code></td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.en index 71a3e79998..a9e2853470 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.en @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ performance</td></tr> <li>The current hosts and requests being processed (*)</li> </ul> - <p>The lines marked "(*)" are only available if - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#extendedstatus">ExtendedStatus</a></code> + <p>The lines marked "(*)" are only available if + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#extendedstatus">ExtendedStatus</a></code> is <code>On</code>. In version 2.3.6, loading mod_status will toggle <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#extendedstatus">ExtendedStatus</a></code> On by default.</p> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ performance</td></tr> accessing the page <code>http://your.server.name/server-status?auto</code>. This is useful when automatically run, see the Perl program - <code>log_server_status</code>, which you will find in the + <code>log_server_status</code>, which you will find in the <code>/support</code> directory of your Apache HTTP Server installation.</p> <div class="note"> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ performance</td></tr> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="troubleshoot" id="troubleshoot">Using server-status to troubleshoot</a></h2> - + <p>The <code>server-status</code> page may be used as a starting place for troubleshooting a situation where your server is consuming all available resources (CPU or memory), and you wish to identify diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.fr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.fr index 7fc25e35ed..2bcf89562f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.html.fr @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ du serveur</td></tr> <h2><a name="troubleshoot" id="troubleshoot">Utilisation de server-status pour la recherche de dfauts de fonctionnement</a></h2> - + <p>La page <code>server-status</code> peut servir de point de dpart la recherche de dfauts de fonctionnement lorsque votre serveur mobilise toutes les ressources disponibles (CPU ou mmoire), pour diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ja index 2119d59b58..9fe3a87184 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ja @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> <modulesynopsis metafile="mod_status.xml.meta"> -<!-- English Revision: 668628:1150943 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 668628:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ko index 408be38595..474a5d7ca0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1150943 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.tr index 15e4c49a0e..99fafa85fc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_status.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 779139:1150943 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 779139:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_substitute.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_substitute.html.en index 4afe9785aa..29add5578d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_substitute.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_substitute.html.en @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ </table> <p>The <code class="directive">Substitute</code> directive specifies a search and replace pattern to apply to the response body.</p> - + <p>The meaning of the pattern can be modified by using any combination of these flags:</p> - + <dl> <dt><code>i</code></dt> <dd>Perform a case-insensitive match.</dd> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ that the result of one substitution will ever match a pattern or regex of a subsequent one.</dd> </dl> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example</h3><p><code> <Location /> <span class="indent"> @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ </span> </Location> </code></p></div> - + <p>If either the pattern or the substitution contain a slash character then an alternative delimiter should be used:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>Example of using an alternate delimiter</h3><p><code> <Location /> <span class="indent"> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.html.en index c9bc756bcc..3dd7a94b8d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.html.en @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ tutorial</a></li> directive was present.</p> <div class="note"><h3>Merging details</h3> - <p> Lists of specific enabled and disabled users are replaced, not merged, + <p> Lists of specific enabled and disabled users are replaced, not merged, from global to virtual host scope</p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ja index 74893f8ea2..f711e93f85 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 657842:1042091 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 657842:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ko index 1dadea49a1..8ff4a4ee3e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1042091 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.tr index 582669830a..9303cdb6df 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_userdir.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 791344:1042091 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 791344:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_usertrack.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_usertrack.html.en index afc75836f2..5adea10b5d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_usertrack.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_usertrack.html.en @@ -77,20 +77,20 @@ <p>The domain string <strong>must</strong> begin with a dot, and <strong>must</strong> include at least one embedded dot. That is, - <code>.example.com</code> is legal, but <code>www.example.com</code> and + <code>.example.com</code> is legal, but <code>www.example.com</code> and <code>.com</code> are not.</p> <div class="note">Most browsers in use today will not allow cookies to be set - for a two-part top level domain, such as <code>.co.uk</code>, + for a two-part top level domain, such as <code>.co.uk</code>, although such a domain ostensibly fulfills the requirements - above.<br /> - + above.<br /> + These domains are equivalent to top level domains such as <code>.com</code>, and allowing such cookies may be a security risk. Thus, if you are under a two-part top level domain, you should still use your actual domain, as you would with any other top level domain (for example <code>.example.co.uk</code>). - </div> + </div> <div class="example"><p><code> CookieDomain .example.com @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ user-tracking cookie for all new requests. This directive can be used to turn this behavior on or off on a per-server or per-directory basis. By default, enabling - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_usertrack.html">mod_usertrack</a></code> will <strong>not</strong> + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_usertrack.html">mod_usertrack</a></code> will <strong>not</strong> activate cookies. </p> <div class="example"><p><code> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.en index 02739ce294..8d6e25b96f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.en @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ </IfVersion> </code></p></div> - <p>Besides the numerical comparison it is possible to match a - <a class="glossarylink" href="../glossary.html#regex" title="see glossary">regular expression</a> + <p>Besides the numerical comparison it is possible to match a + <a class="glossarylink" href="../glossary.html#regex" title="see glossary">regular expression</a> against the httpd version. There are two ways to write it:</p> <table class="bordered"><tr class="header"><th><var>operator</var></th><th>description</th></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.ja.utf8 index 53c13e26d1..40daffe3d3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.html.ja.utf8 @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ <a href="../ja/mod/mod_version.html" title="Japanese"> ja </a> | <a href="../ko/mod/mod_version.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <table class="module"><tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Description">説明:</a></th><td>バージョン依存の設定</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#Status">ステータス:</a></th><td>Extension</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="module-dict.html#ModuleIdentifier">モジュール識別子:</a></th><td>version_module</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ja index 450c6d9cb7..87834fedbc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ko index 46d6fcfeb8..406db2dd15 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:420993 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.meta b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.meta index 4fbd74a3a1..deea5231fc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_version.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.html.en index fc0d8fb970..9aa8a34cfc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.html.en @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ hosting</td></tr> the HTTP request to be used as part of the pathname to determine what files to serve. This allows for easy use of a huge number of virtual hosts with similar configurations.</p> - + <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> <p>If <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html">mod_alias</a></code> or <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_userdir.html">mod_userdir</a></code> are used for translating URIs to filenames, they will override the @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ hosting</td></tr> </ul><h3>See also</h3> <ul class="seealso"> <li><code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#usecanonicalname">UseCanonicalName</a></code></li> -<li><a href="../vhosts/mass.html">Dynamically configured mass +<li><a href="../vhosts/mass.html">Dynamically configured mass virtual hosting</a></li> </ul></div> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ hosting</td></tr> <tr><td><code>%N.M</code></td> <td>insert (part of) the name</td></tr> - + </table> <p><code>N</code> and <code>M</code> are used to specify @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ hosting</td></tr> <code>http://www.example.com/directory/file.html</code> will be satisfied by the file <code>/usr/local/apache/vhosts/www.example.com/directory/file.html</code>. - </p> + </p> <p>For a very large number of virtual hosts it is a good idea to arrange the files to reduce the size of the @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ hosting</td></tr> <code>http://www.domain.example.com/directory/file.html</code> will be satisfied by the file <code>/usr/local/apache/vhosts/domain.example/directory/file.html</code>.</p> - + <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_log_config.html#logformat">LogFormat</a></code> directives <code>%V</code> and <code>%A</code> are useful in conjunction with this module.</p> @@ -238,9 +238,9 @@ for a given virtual host</td></tr> determine where Apache HTTP Server will find your documents based on the value of the server name. The result of expanding <em>interpolated-directory</em> is used as the root of the - document tree in a similar manner to the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#documentroot">DocumentRoot</a></code> directive's argument. + document tree in a similar manner to the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#documentroot">DocumentRoot</a></code> directive's argument. If <em>interpolated-directory</em> is <code>none</code> then - <code class="directive">VirtualDocumentRoot</code> is turned off. This directive + <code class="directive">VirtualDocumentRoot</code> is turned off. This directive cannot be used in the same context as <code class="directive"><a href="#virtualdocumentrootip">VirtualDocumentRootIP</a></code>.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.xml.tr index aa55213f5b..6c14c11af7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mod_vhost_alias.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:926543 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.html.en index 8fbc40433b..907d31c72c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.html.en @@ -68,16 +68,16 @@ switch before dumping core</td></tr> </table> <p>This controls the directory to which Apache httpd attempts to switch before dumping core. If your operating system is configured to - create core files in the working directory of the crashing process, + create core files in the working directory of the crashing process, <code class="directive">CoreDumpDirectory</code> is necessary to change working - directory from the default <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#serverroot">ServerRoot</a></code> + directory from the default <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#serverroot">ServerRoot</a></code> directory, which should not be writable by the user the server runs as.</p> - <p>If you want a core dump for debugging, you can use this directive to + <p>If you want a core dump for debugging, you can use this directive to place it in a different location. This directive has no effect if your operating system is not configured to write core files to the working directory of the crashing processes.</p> - + <div class="note"><h3>Core Dumps on Linux</h3> <p>If Apache httpd starts as root and switches to another user, the Linux kernel <em>disables</em> core dumps even if the directory is @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ switch before dumping core</td></tr> </div> <div class="note"><h3>Specific signals</h3> - <p><code class="directive">CoreDumpDirectory</code> processing only occurs for - a select set of fatal signals: SIGFPE, SIGILL, SIGABORT, + <p><code class="directive">CoreDumpDirectory</code> processing only occurs for + a select set of fatal signals: SIGFPE, SIGILL, SIGABORT, SIGSEGV, and SIGBUS.</p> <p>On some operating systems, SIGQUIT also results in a core dump but does not go through <code class="directive">CoreDumpDirectory</code> or @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ after a crash</td></tr> configured with the <code>--enable-exception-hook</code> option. It enables a hook that allows external modules to plug in and do something after a child crashed.</p> - + <p>There are already two modules, <code>mod_whatkilledus</code> and <code>mod_backtrace</code> that make use of this hook. Please have a look at Jeff Trawick's <a href="http://www.apache.org/~trawick/exception_hook.html">EnableExceptionHook site</a> for more information about these.</p> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ will exit.</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in version 2.2 and later</td></tr> </table> <p>The <code class="directive">GracefulShutdownTimeout</code> specifies - how many seconds after receiving a "graceful-stop" signal, a + how many seconds after receiving a "graceful-stop" signal, a server should continue to run, handling the existing connections.</p> <p>Setting this value to zero means that the server will wait @@ -199,14 +199,14 @@ The <var>protocol</var> argument was added in 2.1.5</td></tr> Listen [2001:db8::a00:20ff:fea7:ccea]:80 </code></p></div> - <p>The optional <var>protocol</var> argument is not required for most - configurations. If not specified, <code>https</code> is the default for - port 443 and <code>http</code> the default for all other ports. The + <p>The optional <var>protocol</var> argument is not required for most + configurations. If not specified, <code>https</code> is the default for + port 443 and <code>http</code> the default for all other ports. The protocol is used to determine which module should handle a request, and - to apply protocol specific optimizations with the + to apply protocol specific optimizations with the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#acceptfilter">AcceptFilter</a></code> directive.</p> - <p>You only need to set the protocol if you are running on non-standard + <p>You only need to set the protocol if you are running on non-standard ports. For example, running an <code>https</code> site on port 8443:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ simultaneously</td></tr> <p>Maximum number of idle threads. Different MPMs deal with this directive differently.</p> - <p>For <code class="module"><a href="../mod/worker.html">worker</a></code>, the default is + <p>For <code class="module"><a href="../mod/worker.html">worker</a></code>, the default is <code>MaxSpareThreads 250</code>. This MPM deals with idle threads on a server-wide basis. If there are too many idle threads in the server then child processes are killed until the number of idle @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Apache HTTP Server</a></li> </table> <p>Sets the server's TCP send buffer size to the number of bytes specified. It is often useful to set this past the OS's standard - default value on high speed, high latency conections + default value on high speed, high latency conections (<em>i.e.</em>, 100ms or so, such as transcontinental fast pipes).</p> <p>If set to the value of <code>0</code>, the server will use the @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Apache HTTP Server</a></li> there is usually little reason to adjust this parameter.</p> <p>The default value differs from MPM to MPM. <code class="module"><a href="../mod/worker.html">worker</a></code> - defaults to <code>StartServers 3</code>; <code class="module"><a href="../mod/prefork.html">prefork</a></code> + defaults to <code>StartServers 3</code>; <code class="module"><a href="../mod/prefork.html">prefork</a></code> defaults to <code>5</code>; <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpmt_os2.html">mpmt_os2</a></code> defaults to <code>2</code>.</p> @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ and later</td></tr> <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="directive-section"><h2><a name="ThreadStackSize" id="ThreadStackSize">ThreadStackSize</a> <a name="threadstacksize" id="threadstacksize">Directive</a></h2> <table class="directive"> -<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling +<tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Description">Description:</a></th><td>The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling client connections</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Syntax">Syntax:</a></th><td><code>ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Default">Default:</a></th><td><code>65536 on NetWare; varies on other operating systems</code></td></tr> @@ -711,11 +711,11 @@ client connections</td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Module">Module:</a></th><td><code class="module"><a href="../mod/event.html">event</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpm_netware.html">mpm_netware</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpmt_os2.html">mpmt_os2</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mpm_winnt.html">mpm_winnt</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/worker.html">worker</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/event.html">event</a></code></td></tr> <tr><th><a href="directive-dict.html#Compatibility">Compatibility:</a></th><td>Available in Apache HTTP Server 2.1 and later</td></tr> </table> - <p>The <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> directive sets the + <p>The <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> directive sets the size of the stack (for autodata) of threads which handle client - connections and call modules to help process those connections. - In most cases the operating system default for stack size is - reasonable, but there are some conditions where it may need to be + connections and call modules to help process those connections. + In most cases the operating system default for stack size is + reasonable, but there are some conditions where it may need to be adjusted:</p> <ul> @@ -724,13 +724,13 @@ client connections</td></tr> which use a relatively large amount of autodata storage. Those same modules may have worked fine on other platforms where the default thread stack size is larger. This type of crash is - resolved by setting <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> to a - value higher than the operating system default. This type of - adjustment is necessary only if the provider of the third-party + resolved by setting <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> to a + value higher than the operating system default. This type of + adjustment is necessary only if the provider of the third-party module specifies that it is required, or if diagnosis of an Apache httpd crash indicates that the thread stack size was too small.</li> - <li>On platforms where the default thread stack size is + <li>On platforms where the default thread stack size is significantly larger than necessary for the web server configuration, a higher number of threads per child process will be achievable if <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> is @@ -743,9 +743,9 @@ client connections</td></tr> the current <code class="directive">ThreadStackSize</code> setting.</li> <li>On Linux, this directive can only be used to increase the default - stack size, as the underlying system call uses the value as a - <em>minimum</em> stack size. The (often large) soft limit for - <code>ulimit -s</code> (8MB if unlimited) is used as the default stack + stack size, as the underlying system call uses the value as a + <em>minimum</em> stack size. The (often large) soft limit for + <code>ulimit -s</code> (8MB if unlimited) is used as the default stack size.</li> </ul> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.de b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.de index dc2d800915..dc729491a9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.ja index 66a03c13ad..dbf9da8c06 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 674934:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 674934:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.tr index 0303cbf257..c24be1156a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mpm_common.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 804678:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 804678:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/mpmt_os2.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/mpmt_os2.html.en index 0dfa608e4e..dec1ce37e3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/mpmt_os2.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/mpmt_os2.html.en @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ involves spawning children as required to ensure there are always <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers</a></code> processes accepting connections.</p> - + <p>Each child process consists of a a pool of worker threads and a main thread that accepts connections and passes them to the workers via a work queue. The worker thread pool is dynamic, managed by a diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.de b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.de index ecfb8794e9..c8ab2ce97b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.de +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.de @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Legt fest, ob kodierte Pfadtrennzeichen in URLs durchgereicht werden drfen</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>Direktiven-Typ</var> [<var>Direktiven-Typ</var>] ...</a></td><td> All </td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Direktiven-Typen, die in <code>.htaccess</code>-Dateien @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire">CacheMinExpire <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of a document to be placed in the cache</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler">CacheQuickHandler <var>on|off</var></a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize">CacheReadSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ CGI-Skripte</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetoptions">CharsetOptions <var>option</var> [<var>option</var>] ...</a></td><td> ImplicitAdd </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures charset translation behavior</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc <var>charset</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Source charset of files</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkcaseonly">CheckCaseOnly on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Limits the action of the speling module to case corrections</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling +<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_unixd.html#chrootdir">ChrootDir <var>/path/to/directory</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory for apache to run chroot(8) after startup.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#contentdigest">ContentDigest On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Aktiviert die Generierung von <code>Content-MD5</code> @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ werden</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex disabled | <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">List of resources to look for when the client requests a directory</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ beziehen</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>svd</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>MIME-Type</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Erzwingt die Auslieferung aller passendenden Dateien mit dem angegebenen MIME-Content-Type</td></tr> @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ Dokumenten</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifexpr">SetEnvIfExpr <em>expr [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on an ap_expr expression</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on attributes of the request without respect to case</td></tr> @@ -850,23 +850,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -880,23 +880,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -906,15 +906,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>Anzahl</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Anzahl der Kindprozesse des Servers, die beim Start erstellt werden</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.en index ad1c2f2645..3f0a039013 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.en @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off|NoDecode</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Determines whether encoded path separators in URLs are allowed to be passed through</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>directive-type</var> [<var>directive-type</var>] ...</a></td><td> None (2.3.9 and lat +</td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Types of directives that are allowed in @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire">CacheMinExpire <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of a document to be placed in the cache</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler">CacheQuickHandler <var>on|off</var></a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize">CacheReadSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ scripts</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetoptions">CharsetOptions <var>option</var> [<var>option</var>] ...</a></td><td> ImplicitAdd </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures charset translation behavior</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc <var>charset</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Source charset of files</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkcaseonly">CheckCaseOnly on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Limits the action of the speling module to case corrections</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling +<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_unixd.html#chrootdir">ChrootDir <var>/path/to/directory</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory for apache to run chroot(8) after startup.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#contentdigest">ContentDigest On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the generation of <code>Content-MD5</code> HTTP Response @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ named file-system directory, sub-directories, and their contents.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex disabled | <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">List of resources to look for when the client requests a directory</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ filenames</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>svd</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>media-type</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Forces all matching files to be served with the specified media type in the HTTP Content-Type header field</td></tr> @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ header</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifexpr">SetEnvIfExpr <em>expr [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on an ap_expr expression</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on attributes of the request without respect to case</td></tr> @@ -835,23 +835,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -865,23 +865,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -891,15 +891,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of child server processes created at startup</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startthreads">StartThreads <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created on startup</td></tr> @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadlimit" id="T" name="T">ThreadLimit <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the upper limit on the configurable number of threads per child process</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created by each child process</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling client connections</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#timeout">TimeOut <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Amount of time the server will wait for certain events before failing a request</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.es b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.es index 178398e4e4..75930ef689 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.es +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.es @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Determines whether encoded path separators in URLs are allowed to be passed through</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>directive-type</var> [<var>directive-type</var>] ...</a></td><td> None (2.3.9 and lat +</td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Types of directives that are allowed in @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire">CacheMinExpire <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of a document to be placed in the cache</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler">CacheQuickHandler <var>on|off</var></a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize">CacheReadSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ scripts</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetoptions">CharsetOptions <var>option</var> [<var>option</var>] ...</a></td><td> ImplicitAdd </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures charset translation behavior</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc <var>charset</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Source charset of files</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkcaseonly">CheckCaseOnly on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Limits the action of the speling module to case corrections</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling +<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_unixd.html#chrootdir">ChrootDir <var>/path/to/directory</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory for apache to run chroot(8) after startup.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#contentdigest">ContentDigest On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the generation of <code>Content-MD5</code> HTTP Response @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ named file-system directory, sub-directories, and their contents.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex disabled | <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">List of resources to look for when the client requests a directory</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ filenames</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>svd</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>media-type</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Forces all matching files to be served with the specified media type in the HTTP Content-Type header field</td></tr> @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ header</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifexpr">SetEnvIfExpr <em>expr [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on an ap_expr expression</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on attributes of the request without respect to case</td></tr> @@ -842,23 +842,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -872,23 +872,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -898,15 +898,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of child server processes created at startup</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startthreads">StartThreads <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created on startup</td></tr> @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadlimit" id="T" name="T">ThreadLimit <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the upper limit on the configurable number of threads per child process</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created by each child process</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling client connections</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#timeout">TimeOut <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Amount of time the server will wait for certain events before failing a request</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ja.utf8 index eae04be56c..0e893cd053 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ja.utf8 @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ MIME タイプによって選択</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">URL 中の符号化されたパス分離文字が先に伝えられるのを許可するかどうかを 決定する</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>directive-type</var> [<var>directive-type</var>] ...</a></td><td> All </td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4"><code>.htaccess</code> で許可されるディレクティブの種類</td></tr> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ authentication succeeds but authorization fails <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">クライアントがディレクトリをリクエストしたときに調べる リソースのリスト</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ mod_include.</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -773,23 +773,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssistarttag">SSIStartTag <var>tag</var></a></td><td> "<!--#" </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">include 要素を開始する文字列</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">日付けを現す文字列の書式を設定する</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">未定義の変数が echo されたときに表示される文字列</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -803,23 +803,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -829,15 +829,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">起動時に生成される子サーバプロセスの数</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startthreads">StartThreads <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">起動時に生成されるスレッドの数</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ko.euc-kr b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ko.euc-kr index 037141b385..ea8d1ac5bf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ko.euc-kr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.ko.euc-kr @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off|NoDecode</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Determines whether encoded path separators in URLs are allowed to be passed through</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>directive-type</var> [<var>directive-type</var>] ...</a></td><td> None (2.3.9 and lat +</td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Types of directives that are allowed in @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdquery">AuthzDBDQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify the SQL Query for the required operation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">ȣ ϴ ͺ̽ Ѵ</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ authentication succeeds but authorization fails <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachemaxfilesize">CacheMaxFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1000000 </td><td>sv</td><td>X</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">ij ִũ (Ʈ )</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire" /></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>X</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">ij ּũ (Ʈ )</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler" /></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>X</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize" /></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached before sending the data downstream</td></tr> @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ server</td></tr> named file-system directory, sub-directories, and their contents.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Ŭ̾Ʈ 丮 ûҶ ãƺ ڿ </td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ filenames</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>svd</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>media-type</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Forces all matching files to be served with the specified media type in the HTTP Content-Type header field</td></tr> @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -798,23 +798,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -828,23 +828,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -854,15 +854,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of child server processes created at startup</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startthreads">StartThreads <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created on startup</td></tr> @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadlimit" id="T" name="T">ThreadLimit <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the upper limit on the configurable number of threads per child process</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created by each child process</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling client connections</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#timeout">TimeOut <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Amount of time the server will wait for certain events before failing a request</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.tr.utf8 index dadc5b4809..e85442e2bb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.tr.utf8 @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sk</td><td>Ç</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Kodlanmış dosya yolu ayracı içeren URL’lere izin verilip verilmeyeceğini belirler.</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>D</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>yönerge-türü</var> [<var>yönerge-türü</var>] ...</a></td><td> All </td><td>d</td><td>Ç</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4"><code>.htaccess</code> dosyalarında bulunmasına izin verilen @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire">CacheMinExpire <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of a document to be placed in the cache</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sk</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sk</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler">CacheQuickHandler <var>on|off</var></a></td><td> on </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize">CacheReadSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ stored</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetoptions">CharsetOptions <var>option</var> [<var>option</var>] ...</a></td><td> ImplicitAdd </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures charset translation behavior</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc <var>charset</var></a></td><td></td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Source charset of files</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkcaseonly">CheckCaseOnly on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Limits the action of the speling module to case corrections</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling +<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_unixd.html#chrootdir">ChrootDir <var>/dizin/yolu</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sunucunun başlatıldıktan sonra chroot(8) yapacağı dizini belirler.</td></tr> @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ server</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex disabled | <var>yerel-url</var> [<var>yerel-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">İstemci bir dizin istediğinde dizin içeriğini listeler. </td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ request</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>skd</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>ortam-türü</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>Ç</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Bütün dosyaların belirtilen ortam türüyle sunulmasına sebep olur.</td></tr> @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -831,23 +831,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>skdh</td><td>T</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -861,23 +861,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -887,15 +887,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sk</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>skdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>sayı</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sunucunun başlatılması sırasında oluşturulan çocuk süreçlerin sayısını belirler.</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.zh-cn b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.zh-cn index 4005ce468a..274bfdd9e3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.zh-cn +++ b/docs/manual/mod/quickreference.html.zh-cn @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ server</td></tr> proxy</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes On|Off|NoDecode</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Determines whether encoded path separators in URLs are allowed to be passed through</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> +<tr><td><a href="mod_allowmethods.html#allowmethods">AllowMethods reset|<em>HTTP-method</em> [<em>HTTP-method</em>]...</a></td><td> reset </td><td>d</td><td>X</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Restrict access to the listed HTTP methods</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="core.html#allowoverride">AllowOverride All|None|<var>directive-type</var> [<var>directive-type</var>] ...</a></td><td> None (2.3.9 and lat +</td><td>d</td><td>C</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Types of directives that are allowed in @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ header is present</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_authz_dbd.html#authzdbdredirectquery">AuthzDBDRedirectQuery <var>query</var></a></td><td></td><td>d</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specify a query to look up a login page for the user</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_authz_dbm.html#authzdbmtype">AuthzDBMType default|SDBM|GDBM|NDBM|DB</a></td><td> default </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the type of database file that is used to store list of user groups</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> +<tr><td><a href="mod_authz_core.html#authzprovideralias"><AuthzProviderAlias <var>baseProvider Alias Require-Parameters</var>> ... </AuthzProviderAlias> </a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enclose a group of directives that represent an extension of a base authorization provider and referenced by the specified @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ cache</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cacheminexpire">CacheMinExpire <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum time in seconds to cache a document</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cacheminfilesize">CacheMinFileSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of a document to be placed in the cache</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be +<tr><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#cachenegotiateddocs">CacheNegotiatedDocs On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>sv</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allows content-negotiated documents to be cached by proxy servers</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_cache.html#cachequickhandler">CacheQuickHandler <var>on|off</var></a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Run the cache from the quick handler.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_cache_disk.html#cachereadsize">CacheReadSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 0 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">The minimum size (in bytes) of the document to read and be cached @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ scripts</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetoptions">CharsetOptions <var>option</var> [<var>option</var>] ...</a></td><td> ImplicitAdd </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures charset translation behavior</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_charset_lite.html#charsetsourceenc">CharsetSourceEnc <var>charset</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Source charset of files</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkcaseonly">CheckCaseOnly on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Limits the action of the speling module to case corrections</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling +<tr><td><a href="mod_speling.html#checkspelling">CheckSpelling on|off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the spelling module</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_unixd.html#chrootdir">ChrootDir <var>/path/to/directory</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory for apache to run chroot(8) after startup.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#contentdigest">ContentDigest On|Off</a></td><td> Off </td><td>svdh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enables the generation of <code>Content-MD5</code> HTTP Response @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ named file-system directory, sub-directories, and their contents.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindex">DirectoryIndex disabled | <var>local-url</var> [<var>local-url</var>] ...</a></td><td> index.html </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">List of resources to look for when the client requests a directory</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_dir.html#directoryindexredirect">DirectoryIndexRedirect on | off | permanent | temp | seeother | <var>3xx-code</var> </a></td><td> off </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures an external redirect for directory indexes. </td></tr> @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ filenames</td></tr> <var>expression</var></a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Register a content filter</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_filter.html#filtertrace">FilterTrace <var>filter-name</var> <var>level</var></a></td><td></td><td>svd</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Get debug/diagnostic information from <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_filter.html">mod_filter</a></code></td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_negotiation.html#forcelanguagepriority">ForceLanguagePriority None|Prefer|Fallback [Prefer|Fallback]</a></td><td> Prefer </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Action to take if a single acceptable document is not found</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#forcetype">ForceType <var>media-type</var>|None</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Forces all matching files to be served with the specified media type in the HTTP Content-Type header field</td></tr> @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ the client does not express a preference</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectionpoolttl">LDAPConnectionPoolTTL <var>n</var></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Discard backend connections that have been sitting in the connection pool too long</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapconnectiontimeout">LDAPConnectionTimeout <var>seconds</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Specifies the socket connection timeout in seconds</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldaplibrarydebug">LDAPLibraryDebug <var>7</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable debugging in the LDAP SDK</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare +<tr><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcacheentries">LDAPOpCacheEntries <var>number</var></a></td><td> 1024 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of entries used to cache LDAP compare operations</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ldap.html#ldapopcachettl">LDAPOpCacheTTL <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 600 </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Time that entries in the operation cache remain valid</td></tr> @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ header</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifexpr">SetEnvIfExpr <em>expr [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on an ap_expr expression</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_setenvif.html#setenvifnocase">SetEnvIfNoCase <em>attribute regex [!]env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>] [[!]<em>env-variable</em>[=<em>value</em>]] ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets environment variables based on attributes of the request without respect to case</td></tr> @@ -829,23 +829,23 @@ server.</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssitimeformat">SSITimeFormat <var>formatstring</var></a></td><td> "%A, %d-%b-%Y %H:%M +</td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configures the format in which date strings are displayed</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_include.html#ssiundefinedecho">SSIUndefinedEcho <var>string</var></a></td><td> "(none)" </td><td>svdh</td><td>B</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">String displayed when an unset variable is echoed</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatefile">SSLCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcacertificatepath">SSLCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestfile">SSLCADNRequestFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcadnrequestpath">SSLCADNRequestPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for defining acceptable CA names</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationcheck">SSLCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationfile">SSLCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcarevocationpath">SSLCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Client Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of PEM-encoded Server CA Certificates</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatefile">SSLCertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded X.509 Certificate file</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatekeyfile">SSLCertificateKeyFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Server PEM-encoded Private Key file</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> DEFAULT (depends on +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslcryptodevice">SSLCryptoDevice <em>engine</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable use of a cryptographic hardware accelerator</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslengine">SSLEngine on|off|optional</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> @@ -859,23 +859,23 @@ handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsemaxage">SSLOCSPResponseMaxAge <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> -1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable age for OCSP responses</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslocspresponsetimeskew">SSLOCSPResponseTimeSkew <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum allowable time skew for OCSP response validation</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions [+|-]<em>option</em> ...</a></td><td></td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure various SSL engine run-time options</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslpassphrasedialog">SSLPassPhraseDialog <em>type</em></a></td><td> builtin </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of pass phrase dialog for encrypted private keys</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslprotocol">SSLProtocol [+|-]<em>protocol</em> ...</a></td><td> all </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Configure usable SSL protocol versions</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatefile">SSLProxyCACertificateFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycacertificatepath">SSLProxyCACertificatePath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA Certificates for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationcheck">SSLProxyCARevocationCheck chain|leaf|none</a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable CRL-based revocation checking for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationfile">SSLProxyCARevocationFile <em>file-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycarevocationpath">SSLProxyCARevocationPath <em>directory-path</em></a></td><td></td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Directory of PEM-encoded CA CRLs for Remote Server Auth</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeercn">SSLProxyCheckPeerCN on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check the remote server certificates CN field </td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxycheckpeerexpire">SSLProxyCheckPeerExpire on|off</a></td><td> on </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Whether to check if remote server certificate is expired </td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyciphersuite">SSLProxyCipherSuite <em>cipher-spec</em></a></td><td> ALL:!ADH:RC4+RSA:+H +</td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Cipher Suite available for negotiation in SSL proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyengine">SSLProxyEngine on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">SSL Proxy Engine Operation Switch</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxymachinecertificatechainfile">SSLProxyMachineCertificateChainFile <em>filename</em></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">File of concatenated PEM-encoded CA certificates to be used by the proxy for choosing a certificate</td></tr> @@ -885,15 +885,15 @@ proxy handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverify">SSLProxyVerify <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of remote server Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslproxyverifydepth">SSLProxyVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Remote Server Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> -[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed <em>context</em> <em>source</em> +[<em>bytes</em>]</a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG) seeding source</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrenegbuffersize">SSLRenegBufferSize <var>bytes</var></a></td><td> 131072 </td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Set the size for the SSL renegotiation buffer</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire <em>expression</em></a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Allow access only when an arbitrarily complex boolean expression is true</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslrequiressl">SSLRequireSSL</a></td><td></td><td>dh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Deny access when SSL is not used for the HTTP request</td></tr> -<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session +<tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncache">SSLSessionCache <em>type</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>s</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of the global/inter-process SSL Session Cache</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslsessioncachetimeout">SSLSessionCacheTimeout <em>seconds</em></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of seconds before an SSL session expires in the Session Cache</td></tr> @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ host. <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusername">SSLUserName <em>varname</em></a></td><td></td><td>sdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Variable name to determine user name</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslusestapling">SSLUseStapling on|off</a></td><td> off </td><td>sv</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Enable stapling of OCSP responses in the TLS handshake</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifyclient">SSLVerifyClient <em>level</em></a></td><td> none </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Type of Client Certificate verification</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mod_ssl.html#sslverifydepth">SSLVerifyDepth <em>number</em></a></td><td> 1 </td><td>svdh</td><td>E</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Maximum depth of CA Certificates in Client Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of child server processes created at startup</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#startthreads">StartThreads <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created on startup</td></tr> @@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ Certificate verification</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadlimit" id="T" name="T">ThreadLimit <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">Sets the upper limit on the configurable number of threads per child process</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild <var>number</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Number of threads created by each child process</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling +<tr class="odd"><td><a href="mpm_common.html#threadstacksize">ThreadStackSize <var>size</var></a></td><td></td><td>s</td><td>M</td></tr><tr class="odd"><td class="descr" colspan="4">The size in bytes of the stack used by threads handling client connections</td></tr> <tr><td><a href="core.html#timeout">TimeOut <var>seconds</var></a></td><td> 300 </td><td>sv</td><td>C</td></tr><tr><td class="descr" colspan="4">Amount of time the server will wait for certain events before failing a request</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/worker.html.en b/docs/manual/mod/worker.html.en index c2261fed10..bbad246eaf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/worker.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mod/worker.html.en @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="how-it-works" id="how-it-works">How it Works</a></h2> - <p>A single control process (the parent) is responsible for launching + <p>A single control process (the parent) is responsible for launching child processes. Each child process creates a fixed number of server threads as specified in the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild</a></code> directive, as well as a listener thread which listens for connections and passes them @@ -107,23 +107,23 @@ <p>Two directives set hard limits on the number of active child processes and the number of server threads in a child process, - and can only be changed by fully stopping the server and then + and can only be changed by fully stopping the server and then starting it again. <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#serverlimit ">ServerLimit - </a></code> is a hard limit on the number of active child - processes, and must be greater than or equal to the + </a></code> is a hard limit on the number of active child + processes, and must be greater than or equal to the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#maxrequestworkers">MaxRequestWorkers</a></code> directive divided by the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html# threadsperchild"> - ThreadsPerChild</a></code> directive. + ThreadsPerChild</a></code> directive. <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#threadlimit">ThreadLimit</a></code> is a hard limit of the number of server threads, and must be greater than or equal to the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#threadsperchild">ThreadsPerChild</a></code> directive.</p> - <p>In addition to the set of active child processes, there may + <p>In addition to the set of active child processes, there may be additional child processes which are terminating, but where at least one server thread is still handling an existing client - connection. Up to <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#maxrequestworkers">MaxRequestWorkers</a></code> terminating processes - may be present, though the actual number can be expected to be - much smaller. This behavior can be avoided by disabling the + connection. Up to <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#maxrequestworkers">MaxRequestWorkers</a></code> terminating processes + may be present, though the actual number can be expected to be + much smaller. This behavior can be avoided by disabling the termination of individual child processes, which is achieved using the following:</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.de b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.de index fb5b910985..2db305f613 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 280384:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 280384:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.ja index 04e8691768..e4ea5cd2e8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 431460:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 431460:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.tr index af7733b0a7..be310405fe 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mod/worker.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0"?> <!DOCTYPE modulesynopsis SYSTEM "../style/modulesynopsis.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 713242:1137744 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 713242:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.html.en b/docs/manual/mpm.html.en index 704a10b8c2..eb0cc8ddc9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.html.en @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ how they are used by the Apache HTTP Server.</p> <li>The server can be better customized for the needs of the particular site. For example, sites that need a great deal of - scalability can choose to use a threaded MPM like + scalability can choose to use a threaded MPM like <code class="module"><a href="./mod/worker.html">worker</a></code> or <code class="module"><a href="./mod/event.html">event</a></code>, while sites requiring stability or compatibility with older software can use a <code class="module"><a href="./mod/prefork.html">prefork</a></code>.</li> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ choice at compile-time.</p> <table class="bordered"><tr><td>Netware</td><td><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mpm_netware.html">mpm_netware</a></code></td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td>OS/2</td><td><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mpmt_os2.html">mpmt_os2</a></code></td></tr> -<tr><td>Unix</td><td><code class="module"><a href="./mod/prefork.html">prefork</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/worker.html">worker</a></code>, or +<tr><td>Unix</td><td><code class="module"><a href="./mod/prefork.html">prefork</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/worker.html">worker</a></code>, or <code class="module"><a href="./mod/event.html">event</a></code>, depending on platform capabilities</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td>Windows</td><td><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mpm_winnt.html">mpm_winnt</a></code></td></tr> </table> @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ choice at compile-time.</p> <p>On Unix and similar platforms, MPMs can be built as DSO modules and dynamically loaded into the server in the same manner as other DSO modules. Building MPMs as DSO modules allows the MPM to be changed by - updating the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_so.html#loadmodule">LoadModule</a></code> directive + updating the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_so.html#loadmodule">LoadModule</a></code> directive for the MPM instead of by rebuilding the server.</p> <p>This feature is enabled using the diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.html.fr b/docs/manual/mpm.html.fr index d7f99c0a24..bded0c7e09 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.html.fr @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ souhaitez changer de module MPM.</p> a t choisi l'aide de la commande <code>./httpd -l</code>. Cette commande fournit la liste de tous les modules compils avec le serveur, y compris le MPM.</p> - + </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="dynamic" id="dynamic">Compiler un module MPM en tant que module diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.de b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.de index 3fe7138c69..8d1c9fb053 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:927046 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.es b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.es index a70610b825..cdc98d8c59 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:927046 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ja b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ja index 4f475558f9..7018ef6354 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:927046 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ko b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ko index b9a276e964..5d290eaad3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:927046 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.tr b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.tr index d57b2df9c0..cd5a4b0ee5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/mpm.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/mpm.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 804678:927046 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 804678:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/new_features_2_0.html.pt-br b/docs/manual/new_features_2_0.html.pt-br index bb8c2937ec..d5c48cff41 100644 --- a/docs/manual/new_features_2_0.html.pt-br +++ b/docs/manual/new_features_2_0.html.pt-br @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <a href="./ru/new_features_2_0.html" hreflang="ru" rel="alternate" title="Russian"> ru </a> | <a href="./tr/new_features_2_0.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. +<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. Confira a verso em Ingls para mudanas recentes.</div> <p>Esse documento descreve algumas das mudanas principais diff --git a/docs/manual/new_features_2_2.html.pt-br b/docs/manual/new_features_2_2.html.pt-br index dd99c08efe..1e79814adf 100644 --- a/docs/manual/new_features_2_2.html.pt-br +++ b/docs/manual/new_features_2_2.html.pt-br @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ <a href="./pt-br/new_features_2_2.html" title="Portugus (Brasil)"> pt-br </a> | <a href="./tr/new_features_2_2.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. +<div class="outofdate">Esta traduo pode estar desatualizada. Confira a verso em Ingls para mudanas recentes.</div> <p>Esse documento descreve algumas das principais mudanas diff --git a/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.en b/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.en index fe73ad4b7a..3712b4e519 100644 --- a/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.en @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ <dt>KeepAliveTimeout in milliseconds</dt> <dd>It is now possible to specify <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#keepalivetimeout">KeepAliveTimeout</a></code> in milliseconds. </dd> - + <dt>Loadable MPMs</dt> - <dd>Multiple MPMs can now be built as loadable modules at compile time. + <dd>Multiple MPMs can now be built as loadable modules at compile time. The MPM of choice can be configured at run time.</dd> - + <dt>Per-module and per-directory LogLevel configuration</dt> <dd>The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#loglevel">LogLevel</a></code> can now be configured per module and per directory. New levels <code>trace1</code> @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ <dt>Event MPM</dt> <dd>The Event MPM is no longer experimental but is now fully supported.</dd> - + <dt>Asynchronous support</dt> <dd>Better support for asynchronous read/write for supporting MPMs and platforms.</dd> <dt>Per-request configuration sections</dt> - <dd><<code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#if">If</a></code>> sections can be used to + <dd><<code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#if">If</a></code>> sections can be used to set the configuration based on per-request criteria</dd> <dt>NameVirtualHost directive</dt> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ <dd>Convert response body into an RFC2397 data URL</dd> <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_lua.html">mod_lua</a></code></dt> - <dd>Embeds the <a href="http://www.lua.org/">Lua</a> language into httpd, + <dd>Embeds the <a href="http://www.lua.org/">Lua</a> language into httpd, for configuration and small business logic functions.</dd> <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy_express.html">mod_proxy_express</a></code></dt> @@ -132,14 +132,14 @@ certificate. The default responder is configurable, along with the decision on whether to prefer the responder designated in the client certificate itself.</dd> - - <dd><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> now also supports OCSP stapling, where the - server pro-actively obtains an OCSP verification of its certificate and + + <dd><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> now also supports OCSP stapling, where the + server pro-actively obtains an OCSP verification of its certificate and transmits that to the client during the handshake. </dd> - - <dd><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> can now be configured to share SSL Session + + <dd><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> can now be configured to share SSL Session data between servers through memcached</dd> - + <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dt> <dd>The <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypass">ProxyPass</a></code> directive @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cgi.html">mod_cgi</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_include.html">mod_include</a></code>, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_isapi.html">mod_isapi</a></code>, ...</dt> - <dd>Translation of headers to environment variables is more strict than + <dd>Translation of headers to environment variables is more strict than before to mitigate some possible cross-site-scripting attacks via header injection. Headers containing invalid characters (including underscores) are now silently dropped. <a href="env.html">Environment Variables @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>.</dd> <dt>Authorization Logic Containers</dt> - + <dd>Authorization modules now register as a provider, via ap_register_auth_provider(), to support advanced authorization logic, such as <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_authz_core.html#requireall"><RequireAll></a></code>.</dd> @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ supported.</dd> <dt>Cache Status Hook Added</dt> - + <dd>The <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> module now includes a new <code>cache_status</code> hook, which is called when the caching decision becomes known. A default implementation is provided diff --git a/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.fr b/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.fr index 77fa39b03d..8cded04754 100644 --- a/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/new_features_2_4.html.fr @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> <dd>La directive <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#keepalivetimeout">KeepAliveTimeout</a></code> permet dornavant de prciser une dure de vie en millisecondes. </dd> - + <dt>Modules multiprocessus (MPMs) chargeables</dt> <dd>On peut maintenant compiler plusieurs MPMs en tant que modules chargeables. Le choix du MPM utiliser s'effectue @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> <dt>MPM Event</dt> <dd>Le MPM Event est sorti du stade exprimental et est maintenant pleinement support.</dd> - + <dt>Support du mode asynchrone</dt> <dd>Le support des lectures/critures asynchrones pour les MPMs et les plateformes qui l'implmentent a t amlior.</dd> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> <dt>NameVirtualHost directive</dt> <dd>Cette directive obsolte n'est plus utile.</dd> - + </dl> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -157,18 +157,18 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> l'estampillage OCSP (OCSP stapling), qui permet au serveur d'attester la validit de son certificat auprs du client au cours de la phase de ngociation de la connexion.</dd> - + <dd>Enfin, <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> peut maintenant tre configur pour que celui-ci partage les donnes de session SSL entre les serveurs via memcached.</dd> - + <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy.html">mod_proxy</a></code></dt> <dd>La directive <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypass">ProxyPass</a></code> est maintenant configure de manire optimale dans les sections <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#location">Location</a></code> ou <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#locationmatch">LocationMatch</a></code>, et offre un gain de performances important par rapport la syntaxe traditionnelle deux paramtres lorsqu'elle est prsente en grand nombre.</dd> - + <dt><code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_proxy_balancer.html">mod_proxy_balancer</a></code></dt> <dd>Le gestionnaire de rpartition de charge propose de nouvelles @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> des drapeaux <code>[QSD]</code> (Query String Discard) et <code>[END]</code> qui permettent de simplifier les scnarios de rcriture courants.</dd> - + </dl> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> l'analyseur qu'on trouvait auparavant dans <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>.</dd> <dt>Conteneurs de logique d'autorisation</dt> - + <dd>Afin de fournir une logique d'autorisation avance via des directives telles que <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_authz_core.html#requireall"><RequireAll></a></code>, les modules d'autorisation s'enregistrent maintenant en tant @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> distribus de type memcache.</dd> <dt>Ajout du point d'ancrage Cache Status</dt> - + <dd>Le module <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_cache.html">mod_cache</a></code> inclut maintenant un nouveau point d'ancrage, <code>cache_status</code>, qui est appel lorsque la dcision propos de la mise en cache est connue. Il en @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ serveur HTTP Apache</h1> optionnels <code>X-Cache</code> et <code>X-Cache-Detail</code> la rponse.</dd> - + </dl> <p>La documentation du dveloppeur contient une <a href="developer/new_api_2_4.html">liste dtaille des modifications de l'API</a>.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/netware.html.en b/docs/manual/platform/netware.html.en index 4a1eee1f76..15ce059c1c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/netware.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/platform/netware.html.en @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ - <p>Apache 2.0 is designed to run on NetWare 6.0 service pack 3 + <p>Apache 2.0 is designed to run on NetWare 6.0 service pack 3 and above. If you are running a service pack less - than SP3, you must install the latest + than SP3, you must install the latest <a href="http://developer.novell.com/ndk/libc.htm">NetWare Libraries for C (LibC)</a>.</p> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <p>Apache 2.0 for NetWare can also be run in a NetWare 5.1 environment as long as the latest service pack or the latest version of the <a href="http://developer.novell.com/ndk/libc.htm">NetWare Libraries - for C (LibC)</a> has been installed . <strong>WARNING:</strong> Apache 2.0 + for C (LibC)</a> has been installed . <strong>WARNING:</strong> Apache 2.0 for NetWare has not been targeted for or tested in this environment.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ will list the current release, any more recent alpha or beta-test releases, together with details of mirror web and anonymous ftp sites. Binary builds of the latest releases of - Apache 2.0 for NetWare can be downloaded from + Apache 2.0 for NetWare can be downloaded from <a href="http://www.apache.org/dist/httpd/binaries/netware">here</a>.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <p>There is no Apache install program for NetWare currently. If you - are building Apache 2.0 for NetWare from source, you will need to + are building Apache 2.0 for NetWare from source, you will need to copy the files over to the server manually.</p> <p>Follow these steps to install Apache on NetWare from the @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ <li>Create a directory under <code>SYS:/APACHE2</code> called <code>BIN</code></li> - <li>Copy <code>HTDIGEST.NLM</code>, <code>HTPASSWD.NLM</code>, + <li>Copy <code>HTDIGEST.NLM</code>, <code>HTPASSWD.NLM</code>, <code>HTDBM.NLM</code>, <code>LOGRES.NLM</code>, <code>ROTLOGS.NLM</code> to <code>SYS:/APACHE2/BIN</code></li> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <code>SYS:/APACHE2/CONF</code> directory and rename to <code>HTTPD.CONF</code></li> - <li>Copy the <code>MIME.TYPES</code>, <code>CHARSET.CONV</code> and + <li>Copy the <code>MIME.TYPES</code>, <code>CHARSET.CONV</code> and <code>MAGIC</code> files to <code>SYS:/APACHE2/CONF</code> directory</li> <li>Copy all files and subdirectories in <code>\HTTPD-2.0\DOCS\ICONS</code> @@ -174,9 +174,9 @@ <p>Apache may be installed to other volumes besides the default <code>SYS</code> volume.</p> <p>During the build process, adding the keyword "install" to the makefile command line - will automatically produce a complete distribution package under the subdirectory - <code>DIST</code>. Install Apache by simply copying the distribution that was produced - by the makfiles to the root of a NetWare volume (see: <a href="#comp">Compiling Apache for + will automatically produce a complete distribution package under the subdirectory + <code>DIST</code>. Install Apache by simply copying the distribution that was produced + by the makfiles to the root of a NetWare volume (see: <a href="#comp">Compiling Apache for NetWare</a> below).</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ <p>Apache 2.0 for NetWare includes a set of command line directives that can be used to modify or display information about the running instance of the - web server. These directives are only available while Apache is running. Each + web server. These directives are only available while Apache is running. Each of these directives must be preceded by the keyword <code>APACHE2</code>.</p> <dl> @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ <dt>SETTINGS</dt> <dd>Enables or disables the thread status display - on the console. When enabled, the state of each running threads is displayed + on the console. When enabled, the state of each running threads is displayed on the Apache console screen.</dd> <dt>SHUTDOWN</dt> @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ <p>Apache is configured by reading configuration files usually stored - in the <code>conf</code> directory. These are the same as files used + in the <code>conf</code> directory. These are the same as files used to configure the Unix version, but there are a few different directives for Apache on NetWare. See the <a href="../">Apache documentation</a> for all the available directives.</p> @@ -370,11 +370,11 @@ </li> <li> - <p>The directives that accept filenames as arguments must use - NetWare filenames instead of Unix names. However, because Apache - uses Unix-style names internally, forward slashes must be used - rather than backslashes. It is recommended that all rooted file paths - begin with a volume name. If omitted, Apache will assume the + <p>The directives that accept filenames as arguments must use + NetWare filenames instead of Unix names. However, because Apache + uses Unix-style names internally, forward slashes must be used + rather than backslashes. It is recommended that all rooted file paths + begin with a volume name. If omitted, Apache will assume the <code>SYS:</code> volume which may not be correct.</p> </li> @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ - <p>Compiling Apache requires MetroWerks CodeWarrior 6.x or higher. Once - Apache has been built, it can be installed to the root of any NetWare + <p>Compiling Apache requires MetroWerks CodeWarrior 6.x or higher. Once + Apache has been built, it can be installed to the root of any NetWare volume. The default is the <code>sys:/Apache2</code> directory.</p> <p>Before running the server you must fill out the <code>conf</code> @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ for example: <div class="example"><p><code>Set ZLIBSDK=D:\NOVELL\zlib</code></p></div> </li> - + <li>Set the environment variable <code>PCRESDK</code> to the location where you installed the source code for the PCRE Library, for example: <div class="example"><p><code>Set PCRESDK=D:\NOVELL\pcre</code></p></div> @@ -527,11 +527,11 @@ <li>Change directory to <code>\httpd-2.0</code> and build the prebuild utilities by running "<code>gmake -f nwgnumakefile prebuild</code>". This target will create - the directory <code>\httpd-2.0\nwprebuild</code> and copy each of the utilities + the directory <code>\httpd-2.0\nwprebuild</code> and copy each of the utilities to this location that are necessary to complete the following build steps. </li> - <li>Copy the files <code>\httpd-2.0\nwprebuild\GENCHARS.nlm</code> and + <li>Copy the files <code>\httpd-2.0\nwprebuild\GENCHARS.nlm</code> and <code>\httpd-2.0\nwprebuild\DFTABLES.nlm</code> to the <code>SYS:</code> volume of a NetWare server and run them using the following commands: <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ <ul> - <li>To build all of the experimental modules, set the environment + <li>To build all of the experimental modules, set the environment variable <code>EXPERIMENTAL</code>: <div class="example"><p><code>Set EXPERIMENTAL=1</code></p></div> </li> @@ -607,14 +607,14 @@ - <p>By default Apache for NetWare uses the built-in module + <p>By default Apache for NetWare uses the built-in module <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_nw_ssl.html">mod_nw_ssl</a></code> to provide SSL services. This module simply enables the native SSL services implemented in NetWare OS to handle all encryption for a given port. Alternatively, mod_ssl can also be used in the same manner as on other platforms.</p> <p>Before mod_ssl can be built for the NetWare platform, the OpenSSL - libraries must be provided. This can be done through the following + libraries must be provided. This can be done through the following steps:</p> <ul> @@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ page (older 0.9.7 versions need to be patched and are therefore not recommended).</li> - <li>Edit the file <code>NetWare/set_env.bat</code> and modify any - tools and utilities paths so that they correspond to your build + <li>Edit the file <code>NetWare/set_env.bat</code> and modify any + tools and utilities paths so that they correspond to your build environment.</li> <li>From the root of the OpenSSL source directory, run the following @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ </code></p></div> For performance reasons you should enable to build with ASM code. Download NASM from the <a href="http://nasm.sourceforge.net/">SF site</a>. - Then configure OpenSSL to use ASM code: + Then configure OpenSSL to use ASM code: <div class="example"><p><code> Netware\build netware-libc nw-nasm enable-mdc2 enable-md5 </code></p></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/netware.xml.ko b/docs/manual/platform/netware.xml.ko index c630da97e3..4a52341733 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/netware.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/platform/netware.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1021924 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.html.en b/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.html.en index dc33e706dd..997b52e849 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.html.en @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ a newer or different version of the Platform SDK.</p> <p>To use Visual C++ 6.0 or 7.0 (Studio 2000 .NET), the Platform SDK - environment must be prepared using the <code>setenv.bat</code> + environment must be prepared using the <code>setenv.bat</code> script (installed by the Platform SDK) before starting the command line build or launching the msdev/devenv GUI environment. Installing the Platform SDK for Visual Studio Express versions (2003 and later) @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <p>Several steps recommended here require a perl interpreter during the build preparation process, but it is otherwise not required.</p> - + <p>To install Apache within the build system, several files are modified using the <code>awk.exe</code> utility. awk was chosen since it is a very small download (compared with Perl or WSH/VB) and @@ -141,12 +141,12 @@ awk.exe is in your system path.</div> <div class="note">Also note that if you are using Cygwin tools - (<a href="http://www.cygwin.com/">http://www.cygwin.com/</a>) - the awk utility is named <code>gawk.exe</code> and that the file + (<a href="http://www.cygwin.com/">http://www.cygwin.com/</a>) + the awk utility is named <code>gawk.exe</code> and that the file <code>awk.exe</code> is really a symlink to the <code>gawk.exe</code> - file. The Windows command shell does not recognize symlinks, and - because of this building InstallBin will fail. A workaround is - to delete <code>awk.exe</code> from the cygwin installation and + file. The Windows command shell does not recognize symlinks, and + because of this building InstallBin will fail. A workaround is + to delete <code>awk.exe</code> from the cygwin installation and copy <code>gawk.exe</code> to <code>awk.exe</code>. Also note the cygwin/mingw ports of gawk 3.0.x were buggy, please upgrade to 3.1.x before attempting to use any gawk port.</div> @@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ <p>[Optional] zlib library (for <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code>)</p> <p>Zlib must be installed into a <code>srclib</code> subdirectory named - <code>zlib</code>. This must be built in-place. Zlib can be obtained + <code>zlib</code>. This must be built in-place. Zlib can be obtained from <a href="http://www.zlib.net/">http://www.zlib.net/</a> -- the - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> is confirmed to work correctly with + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> is confirmed to work correctly with version 1.2.3.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -177,22 +177,22 @@ software. BEFORE using any encryption software, please check your country's laws, regulations and policies concerning the import, possession, or use, and re-export of encryption software, to see - if this is permitted. See + if this is permitted. See <a href="http://www.wassenaar.org/">http://www.wassenaar.org/</a> for more information.</div> <p>Configuring and building OpenSSL requires perl to be installed.</p> - <p>OpenSSL must be installed into a <code>srclib</code> subdirectory - named <code>openssl</code>, obtained from - <a href="http://www.openssl.org/source/">http://www.openssl.org/source/</a>, in order to compile + <p>OpenSSL must be installed into a <code>srclib</code> subdirectory + named <code>openssl</code>, obtained from + <a href="http://www.openssl.org/source/">http://www.openssl.org/source/</a>, in order to compile <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> or the <code>abs.exe</code> project, which - is ab.c with SSL support enabled. To prepare OpenSSL to be linked + is ab.c with SSL support enabled. To prepare OpenSSL to be linked to Apache mod_ssl or abs.exe, and disable patent encumbered features in OpenSSL, you might use the following build commands:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> - perl Configure no-rc5 no-idea enable-mdc2 enable-zlib VC-WIN32 + perl Configure no-rc5 no-idea enable-mdc2 enable-zlib VC-WIN32 -Ipath/to/srclib/zlib -Lpath/to/srclib/zlib<br /> ms\do_masm.bat<br /> nmake -f ms\ntdll.mak @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ load the zlib dll. Note the suggested patch enables the -L flag to work with windows builds, corrects the name of zdll.lib and ensures .pdb files are generated for troubleshooting. If the assembler is - not installed, you would add no-asm above and use ms\do_ms.bat + not installed, you would add no-asm above and use ms\do_ms.bat instead of the ms\do_masm.bat script.</div> </li> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ step the code to find bugs and track down problems.</p> <p>You can add your apr-util dbd and dbm provider choices with the - additional make (environment) variables DBD_LIST and DBM_LIST, + additional make (environment) variables DBD_LIST and DBM_LIST, see the comments about [Optional] Database libraries, above. Review the initial comments in Makefile.win for additional options that can be provided when invoking the build.</p> @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ <p>Visual Studio 2002 (.NET) and later users should also use the Build menu, Configuration Manager dialog to uncheck both the <code>Debug</code> - and <code>Release</code> Solution modules <code>abs</code>, + and <code>Release</code> Solution modules <code>abs</code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code> and <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> components, as well as every component starting with <code>apr_db*</code>. These modules are built by invoking <code>nmake</code>, or the IDE directly with the @@ -339,8 +339,8 @@ <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_deflate.html">mod_deflate</a></code>. The .mak files also support a broader range of C++ tool chain distributions, such as Visual Studio Express.</p> - <p>You must first build all projects in order to create all dynamic - auto-generated targets, so that dependencies can be parsed correctly. + <p>You must first build all projects in order to create all dynamic + auto-generated targets, so that dependencies can be parsed correctly. Build the entire project from within the Visual Studio 6.0 (98) IDE, using the <code>BuildAll</code> target, then use the Project Menu Export for all makefiles (checking on "with dependencies".) Run the following @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ a <code>sysincl.dat</code> file, which lists all exceptions. Update this file (including both forward and backslashed paths, such as both <code>sys/time.h</code> and <code>sys\time.h</code>) to ignore such - newer dependencies. Including local-install paths in a distributed + newer dependencies. Including local-install paths in a distributed <code>.mak</code> file will cause the build to fail completely.</p> <p>If you contribute back a patch that revises project files, we diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.xml.ko b/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.xml.ko index 9cefade6d9..ce299a474a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/platform/win_compiling.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1029865 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/windows.html.en b/docs/manual/platform/windows.html.en index 5f229189a9..805c6ba35c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/windows.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/platform/windows.html.en @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ <p>This document explains how to install, configure and run Apache 2.3 under Microsoft Windows. If you have questions after reviewing the documentation (and any event and error logs), you - should consult the peer-supported + should consult the peer-supported <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/userslist.html">users' mailing list</a>.</p> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <p>There is a choice between an *-openssl-*.msi flavor and a *-no_ssl.msi flavor. The *-openssl-*.msi flavor is distributed - by the Apache Software Foundation under ECCN 5D002 pursuant to + by the Apache Software Foundation under ECCN 5D002 pursuant to US Export Law license exception TSU. This law may or may not apply to your circumstance, please review the httpd README as well as the <a href="http://www.apache.org/licenses/exports/">ASF @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ <li><p><strong>Where to install.</strong> The default path is <code>C:\Program Files\Apache Software Foundation</code> - under which a directory called + under which a directory called <code>Apache2.3</code> will be created by default.</p></li> </ol> @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ <p>The installation options above can be customized by users familiar with msiexec.exe options and silent installation. The actual installer - sources are available in the httpd/httpd/win32-msi/ tree of the httpd + sources are available in the httpd/httpd/win32-msi/ tree of the httpd project subversion respository. For reference, some of the more common variables which may be modified are;</p> @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <li><code>SetupType</code> (default "Typical")</li> </ul> - <p>The installation level of various features, which may be individually + <p>The installation level of various features, which may be individually toggled, include;</p> <ul> @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ <li><p>The directives that accept filenames as arguments must use Windows filenames instead of Unix ones. However, because Apache may interpret backslashes as an "escape character" sequence, you - should consistently use forward slashes in path names, not + should consistently use forward slashes in path names, not backslashes. Drive letters can be used; if omitted, the drive of the SystemRoot directive (or -d command line option) becomes the default.</p></li> diff --git a/docs/manual/platform/windows.xml.ko b/docs/manual/platform/windows.xml.ko index e6105b4b0f..939297be03 100644 --- a/docs/manual/platform/windows.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/platform/windows.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1043126 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.en index 09f33a095b..ed7235e4ef 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.en @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ restart to make sure Apache doesn't die. This is equivalent to <dt><code>graceful-stop</code></dt> -<dd>Gracefully stops the Apache <code class="program"><a href="../programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> daemon. -This differs from a normal stop in that currently open connections are not -aborted. A side effect is that old log files will not be closed immediately. +<dd>Gracefully stops the Apache <code class="program"><a href="../programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> daemon. +This differs from a normal stop in that currently open connections are not +aborted. A side effect is that old log files will not be closed immediately. This is equivalent to <code>apachectl -k graceful-stop</code>.</dd> <dt><code>configtest</code></dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.tr.utf8 index ec15aad66e..ceba6e6766 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/apachectl.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/apachectl.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>apachectl</strong></code> Apache Hiper Metin Aktarım Protokolü (HTTP) sunucusu için bir denetim aracıdır. Sistem diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.ko index d7a5f4fb8b..32beb6358d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:420990 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.meta index 0bcf6f52d8..68ddb62698 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.tr index ef5242d6ce..9e9e1b4758 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apachectl.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.en index 60beaac87b..65199791b0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.en @@ -132,12 +132,12 @@ <h3><a name="options.query" id="options.query">Query Options</a></h3> <dl> <dt><code>-q</code></dt> - <dd>Performs a query for variables and environment settings used to - build <code>httpd</code>. When invoked without <var>query</var> parameters, - it prints all known variables and their values. The optional <code>-v</code> + <dd>Performs a query for variables and environment settings used to + build <code>httpd</code>. When invoked without <var>query</var> parameters, + it prints all known variables and their values. The optional <code>-v</code> parameter formats the list output. - <p>Use this to manually determine settings used to build the + <p>Use this to manually determine settings used to build the <code>httpd</code> that will load your module. For instance use</p> <div class="example"><p><code> INC=-I`apxs -q INCLUDEDIR` diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.tr.utf8 index e238ec6725..9c1e96d2ff 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/apxs.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/apxs.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>apxs</strong></code>, Apache Hiper Metin Aktarım Protokolü (HTTP) sunucusu için ek modül derleme ve kurulum aracıdır. Bu diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.ko index c1aadbf203..2d60c66eb8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:502323 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.meta index 02df297b96..ca3dc74db3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.tr index c39281aac6..f2c35813ff 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/apxs.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 502323 --> +<!-- English Revision: 502323:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/configure.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/configure.html.en index f11cd573a5..034b082a92 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/configure.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/configure.html.en @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ <dl> <dt><code>--with-mpm=MPM</code></dt> <dd> - <p>Choose the default MPM for your server. If MPMs are built as DSO + <p>Choose the default MPM for your server. If MPMs are built as DSO modules (see <code>--enable-mpms-shared</code>), this directive selects the MPM which will be loaded in the default configuration file. Otherwise, this directive selects the only available MPM, diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.ko index 740384185e..32d83597cc 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.tr index 0ab829a835..d678ce9782 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/configure.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 804977:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 804977:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.en index 36eb757c83..642499f497 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.en @@ -108,27 +108,27 @@ <dt><code>add</code></dt> <dd>Adds an entry for <var>username</var> to <var>filename</var> using the encrypted password <var>encpasswd</var>. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat add rbowen foKntnEF3KSXA</code></p></div> </dd> <dt><code>adduser</code></dt> <dd>Asks for a password and then adds an entry for <var>username</var> to <var>filename</var>. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat adduser krietz</code></p></div> </dd> <dt><code>check</code></dt> <dd>Asks for a password and then checks if <var>username</var> is in <var>filename</var> and if it's password matches the specified one. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat check rbowen</code></p></div> </dd> <dt><code>delete</code></dt> <dd>Deletes the <var>username</var> entry from <var>filename</var>. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat delete rbowen</code></p></div> </dd> @@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ <dt><code>update</code></dt> <dd>Same as the <code>adduser</code> command, except that it makes sure <var>username</var> already exists in <var>filename</var>. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat update rbowen</code></p></div> </dd> <dt><code>view</code></dt> <dd>Just displays the contents of the DBM file. If you specify a <var>username</var>, it displays the particular record only. - + <div class="example"><p><code>dbmmanage passwords.dat view</code></p></div> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.tr.utf8 index 5c39b3bafa..38b9f49997 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/dbmmanage.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/dbmmanage.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>dbmmanage</strong></code>, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_authn_dbm.html">mod_authn_dbm</a></code> üzerinden HTTP kullanıcılarının temel diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.ko index 9d007ceee5..ac171b2cb9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:420993 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.meta index 66bff74946..3e9f4cdced 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.tr index 7a89211ba2..b9cdfaee91 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/dbmmanage.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.html.en index 8781066db5..5f6a2c3dda 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.html.en @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ -<strong>p</strong><var>path</var> [-<strong>l</strong><var>limit</var>| -<strong>L</strong><var>limit</var>]</code></p> - + <p><code><strong>htcacheclean</strong> [ -<strong>n</strong> ] [ -<strong>t</strong> ] @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ removed, however with some configurations the large number of directories created may require attention. If your configuration requires a very large number of directories, to the point that - inode or file allocation table exhaustion may become an issue, use + inode or file allocation table exhaustion may become an issue, use of this option is advised.</dd> <dt><code>-p<var>path</var></code></dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.ko index a793d9c97a..74e068f76e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105711:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105711:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.tr index 7c7a36a0e2..8c69af1b51 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htcacheclean.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 650172:1037244 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 650172:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.en index 2ae17c2347..7a045c78b9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.en @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ distribution.</li></ul></div> [ -<strong>m</strong> | -<strong>d</strong> | -<strong>p</strong> | - -<strong>s</strong> ] + -<strong>s</strong> ] [ -<strong>D</strong> ] <var>passwdfile</var> <var>username</var> <var>password</var></code></p> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ distribution.</li></ul></div> <dt><code>-D</code></dt> <dd>Delete user. If the username exists in the specified htpasswd file, it will be deleted.</dd> - + <dt><code><var>passwdfile</var></code></dt> <dd>Name of the file to contain the user name and password. If <code>-c</code> is given, this file is created if it does not already exist, diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.tr.utf8 index a359e703b4..5c671eb05e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/htpasswd.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/htpasswd.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>htpasswd</strong></code>, HTTP kullanıcılarının temel kimlik doğrulaması için kullanıcı isimlerinin ve parolalarının diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.ko index 3f9d4c1ce2..c69d6708d7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:826805 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.meta index c9a12dce02..2ac1370b0c 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.tr index af87d6d198..dbeabee18e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/htpasswd.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 826805 --> +<!-- English Revision: 826805:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.html.en index 3bc07048b2..2a4e0beefe 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.html.en @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ [ -<strong>C</strong> <var>directive</var> ] [ -<strong>c</strong> <var>directive</var> ] [ -<strong>D</strong> <var>parameter</var> ] [ -<strong>e</strong> <var>level</var> ] [ -<strong>E</strong> - <var>file</var> ] + <var>file</var> ] [ <strong>-k</strong> start|restart|graceful|stop|graceful-stop ] [ -<strong>R</strong> <var>directory</var> ] [ -<strong>h</strong> ] [ -<strong>l</strong> ] [ -<strong>L</strong> ] [ -<strong>S</strong> ] @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ the Apache service; and uninstall the Apache service.</dd> <dt><code>-w</code></dt> -<dd>Keep the console window open on error so that the error message can +<dd>Keep the console window open on error so that the error message can be read.</dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.ko index ec27f8ac94..5c024b50ed 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:990112 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.tr index 79bb5fca31..45f8353294 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httpd.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 561485:990112 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 561485:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.en index e51ce2c42d..da8626e181 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.en @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ </div> <p><code>httxt2dbm</code> is used to generate dbm files from text input, for - use in <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritemap">RewriteMap</a></code> with the + use in <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritemap">RewriteMap</a></code> with the <code>dbm</code> map type. </p> </div> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.tr.utf8 index fb23a8247c..0bc2824aba 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.html.tr.utf8 @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ <p><span>Mevcut Diller: </span><a href="../en/programs/httxt2dbm.html" hreflang="en" rel="alternate" title="English"> en </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/httxt2dbm.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>httxt2dbm</strong></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritemap">RewriteMap</a></code> ile kullanmak için düz metin dosyalardan DBM dosyaları üretir.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.meta index 65e1ff3cb3..c3d9815922 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.meta @@ -8,6 +8,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.tr index 28b63f8096..e5b7f62266 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/httxt2dbm.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 743251 --> +<!-- English Revision: 743251:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.en index 282cd2e7e1..8f31cdef4b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.en @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ This file is generated from xml source: DO NOT EDIT XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX --> -<title>logresolve - Resolve IP-addresses to hostnames in Apache +<title>logresolve - Resolve IP-addresses to hostnames in Apache log files - Apache HTTP Server</title> <link href="../style/css/manual.css" rel="stylesheet" media="all" type="text/css" title="Main stylesheet" /> <link href="../style/css/manual-loose-100pc.css" rel="alternate stylesheet" media="all" type="text/css" title="No Sidebar - Default font size" /> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ <img alt="" src="../images/feather.gif" /></div> <div class="up"><a href="./"><img title="<-" alt="<-" src="../images/left.gif" /></a></div> <div id="path"> -<a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a> > <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/">HTTP Server</a> > <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/">Documentation</a> > <a href="../">Version 2.3</a> > <a href="./">Programs</a></div><div id="page-content"><div id="preamble"><h1>logresolve - Resolve IP-addresses to hostnames in Apache +<a href="http://www.apache.org/">Apache</a> > <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/">HTTP Server</a> > <a href="http://httpd.apache.org/docs/">Documentation</a> > <a href="../">Version 2.3</a> > <a href="./">Programs</a></div><div id="page-content"><div id="preamble"><h1>logresolve - Resolve IP-addresses to hostnames in Apache log files</h1> <div class="toplang"> <p><span>Available Languages: </span><a href="../en/programs/logresolve.html" title="English"> en </a> | diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.ko.euc-kr b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.ko.euc-kr index ac4460a597..8e302cd47f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.ko.euc-kr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.ko.euc-kr @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/logresolve.html" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/logresolve.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate"> ֽ ƴմϴ. + ֱٿ ϼ.</div> <p><code>logresolve</code> ġ ٷαϿ ִ IP-ּҸ ã ó α̴. Ӽ ϸ diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.tr.utf8 index 65631f4bc0..71d1647f86 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.html.tr.utf8 @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/logresolve.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/logresolve.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p><code><strong>logresolve</strong></code>, Apache'nin erişim günlüklerindeki IP adreslerini çözümlemek için bir ardıl işlem diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.ko index 30c2a328f9..7984bf49b0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.meta index 5acf2430b9..8b415550e6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.tr index 2da2ff0821..ad6739b539 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/logresolve.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993 --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/other.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/other.html.en index 88b92e746c..31828b5af5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/other.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/other.html.en @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ combined_plus_vhost<br /> CustomLog logs/access_log combined_plus_vhost </code></p></div> - + <p>Log files will be created, in the directory where are running the - script, for each virtual host name that appears in the combined log file. + script, for each virtual host name that appears in the combined log file. These logfiles will named after the hostname, with a <code>.log</code> file extension.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/other.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/programs/other.html.tr.utf8 index b799d1d9b2..5b0dac6f6f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/other.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/programs/other.html.tr.utf8 @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ <a href="../ko/programs/other.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/programs/other.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Aşağıdaki programlar Apache HTTP Sunucusu ile gelen basit destek programları olup kendilerine ait kılavuz sayfaları yoktur. Bunlar diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.ko index d339ac23cc..2baddc366d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:684308 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.meta b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.meta index 26ca1e9b59..8e637629ac 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.meta @@ -9,6 +9,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.tr index 782bdfb307..ce10b27ef0 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/other.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 684308 --> +<!-- English Revision: 684308:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.html.en b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.html.en index 299b6604f4..90572eab4b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.html.en @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ [ -<strong>v</strong> ] [ -<strong>e</strong> ] <var>logfile</var> - <var>rotationtime</var>|<var>filesize</var>(B|K|M|G) + <var>rotationtime</var>|<var>filesize</var>(B|K|M|G) [ <var>offset</var> ]</code></p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -54,13 +54,13 @@ <dt><code>-l</code></dt> <dd>Causes the use of local time rather than GMT as the base for the -interval or for <code>strftime(3)</code> formatting with size-based +interval or for <code>strftime(3)</code> formatting with size-based rotation.</dd> <dt><code>-L</code> <var>linkname</var></dt> <dd>Causes a hard link to be made from the current logfile to the specified link name. This can be used to watch -the log continuously across rotations using a command like +the log continuously across rotations using a command like <code>tail -F linkname</code>.</dd> <dt><code>-p</code> <var>program</var></dt> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ period (midnight).</p> be sure the log file format has enough granularity to produce a different file name each time the logs are rotated. Otherwise rotation will overwrite the same file instead of starting a new -one. For example, if <var>logfile</var> was +one. For example, if <var>logfile</var> was <code>/var/logs/errorlog.%Y-%m-%d</code> with log rotation at 5 megabytes, but 5 megabytes was reached twice in the same day, the same log file name would be produced and log rotation would keep @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ an offset.</dd> reaches a size of 5 megabytes, and the suffix to the logfile name will be created of the form <code>errorlog.YYYY-mm-dd-HH_MM_SS</code>.</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> CustomLog "|bin/rotatelogs -t /var/logs/logfile 86400" common </code></p></div> @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ extensions.</p> <tr><td><code>%m</code></td><td>2-digit month</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%p</code></td><td>am/pm of 12 hour clock (localized)</td></tr> <tr><td><code>%S</code></td><td>2-digit second</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%U</code></td><td>2-digit week of year +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%U</code></td><td>2-digit week of year (Sunday first day of week)</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>%W</code></td><td>2-digit week of year +<tr><td><code>%W</code></td><td>2-digit week of year (Monday first day of week)</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>%w</code></td><td>1-digit weekday +<tr class="odd"><td><code>%w</code></td><td>1-digit weekday (Sunday first day of week)</td></tr> <tr><td><code>%X</code></td><td>time (localized)</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>%x</code></td><td>date (localized)</td></tr> diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.ko b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.ko index eb45d5cc25..61d95196b5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420993:1140099 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420993:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.tr b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.tr index c60e6893e2..19c62395d6 100644 --- a/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/programs/rotatelogs.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 735925:1140099 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 735925:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/access.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/access.html.en index 702989c02c..5b311d9857 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/access.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/access.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes how you can use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> to control access to various resources, and other related techniques. diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/advanced.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/advanced.html.en index 90f09011d0..a09dc0c350 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/advanced.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/advanced.html.en @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> -<a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It provides +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It provides a few advanced techniques using mod_rewrite.</p> <div class="warning">Note that many of these examples won't work unchanged in your @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ configuration.</div> <dt>Description:</dt> <dd> - <p>A common technique for distributing the burden of - server load or storage space is called "sharding". + <p>A common technique for distributing the burden of + server load or storage space is called "sharding". When using this method, a front-end server will use the url to consistently "shard" users or objects to separate backend servers.</p> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ RewriteRule ^(.+)\.html$ /regenerate_page.cgi [PT,L] the CGI program <code>/regenerate_page.cgi</code>, which generates the requested resource and saves it into the document directory, so that the next time it is requested, a static copy can be served.</p> - + <p>In this way, documents that are infrequently updated can be served in static form. if documents need to be refreshed, they can be deleted from the document directory, and they will then be regenerated the @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ RewriteRule ^/~(<strong>([a-z])</strong>[a-z0-9]+)(.*) /home/<strong>$2</stro </dd> <dt>Discussion:</dt> - <dd>This technique will of course also work with other + <dd>This technique will of course also work with other special characters that mod_rewrite, by default, URL-encodes.</dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/avoid.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/avoid.html.en index 6da776e0bf..c08903fbca 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/avoid.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/avoid.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes perhaps one of the most important concepts about mod_rewrite - namely, when to avoid using it.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.en index e55b9da630..08842b23e1 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.en @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ RewriteRule pattern target [Flag1,Flag2,Flag3] a longer form, such as <code>cookie</code>. Some flags take one or more arguments. Flags are not case sensitive.</p> -<p>Each flag (with a few exceptions) +<p>Each flag (with a few exceptions) has a long and short form. While it is most common to use the short form, it is recommended that you familiarize yourself with the long form, so that you remember what each flag is supposed to do.</p> @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ redirects.</p> <h2><a name="flag_f" id="flag_f">F|forbidden</a></h2> <p>Using the [F] flag causes the server to return a 403 Forbidden status code to the client. While the same behavior can be accomplished using -the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access.html#deny">Deny</a></code> directive, this +the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_access.html#deny">Deny</a></code> directive, this allows more flexibility in assigning a Forbidden status.</p> <p>The following rule will forbid <code>.exe</code> files from being @@ -358,13 +358,13 @@ C. Use this flag to indicate that the current rule should be applied immediately without considering further rules.</p> <p>If you are using <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> in either -<code>.htaccess</code> files or in +<code>.htaccess</code> files or in <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#directory"><Directory></a></code> sections, it is important to have some understanding of how the rules are processed. The simplified form of this is that once the rules have been processed, the rewritten request is handed back to the URL parsing engine to do what it may with it. It is possible that as the rewritten -request is handled, the <code>.htaccess</code> file or +request is handled, the <code>.htaccess</code> file or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#directory"><Directory></a></code> section may be encountered again, and thus the ruleset may be run again from the start. Most commonly this will happen if one of the rules causes a @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ redirects.</p> <p>The example given here will rewrite any request to <code>index.php</code>, giving the original request as a query string -argument to <code>index.php</code>, however, the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritecond">RewriteCond</a></code> ensures that if the request +argument to <code>index.php</code>, however, the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritecond">RewriteCond</a></code> ensures that if the request is already for <code>index.php</code>, the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> will be skipped.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ On subrequests, it is not always useful, and can even cause errors, if the complete set of rules are applied. Use this flag to exclude problematic rules.</p> -<p>To decide whether or not to use this rule: if you prefix URLs with +<p>To decide whether or not to use this rule: if you prefix URLs with CGI-scripts, to force them to be processed by the CGI-script, it's likely that you will run into problems (or significant overhead) on sub-requests. In these cases, use this flag.</p> @@ -510,15 +510,15 @@ The target (or substitution string) in a RewriteRule is assumed to be a file path, by default. The use of the [PT] flag causes it to be treated as a URI instead. That is to say, the use of the [PT] flag causes the result of the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> to be passed back through -URL mapping, so that location-based mappings, such as <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#alias">Alias</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#redirect">Redirect</a></code>, or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#scriptalias">ScriptAlias</a></code>, for example, might have a +URL mapping, so that location-based mappings, such as <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#alias">Alias</a></code>, <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#redirect">Redirect</a></code>, or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#scriptalias">ScriptAlias</a></code>, for example, might have a chance to take effect. </p> <p> -If, for example, you have an +If, for example, you have an <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#alias">Alias</a></code> for /icons, and have a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> pointing there, you should -use the [PT] flag to ensure that the +use the [PT] flag to ensure that the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_alias.html#alias">Alias</a></code> is evaluated. </p> @@ -599,8 +599,8 @@ will be used to generate the URL sent with the redirect. </p> <p> -<em>Any</em> valid HTTP response status code may be specified, -using the syntax [R=305], with a 302 status code being used by +<em>Any</em> valid HTTP response status code may be specified, +using the syntax [R=305], with a 302 status code being used by default if none is specified. The status code specified need not necessarily be a redirect (3xx) status code. </p> @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ substitution string is dropped entirely, and rewriting is stopped as if the <code>L</code> were used.</p> <p>In addition to response status codes, you may also specify redirect -status using their symbolic names: <code>temp</code> (default), +status using their symbolic names: <code>temp</code> (default), <code>permanent</code>, or <code>seeother</code>.</p> <p> @@ -644,9 +644,9 @@ RewriteRule (.*\.html) docs.php?$1 <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewriterule">RewriteRule</a></code> immediately following it. Thus, if you want to make a <code>RewriteCond</code> apply to several <code>RewriteRule</code>s, one possible technique is to -negate those conditions and use a [Skip] flag. So, you can -use this to make pseudo if-then-else constructs: The last rule of -the then-clause becomes <code>skip=N</code>, where N is the +negate those conditions and use a [Skip] flag. So, you can +use this to make pseudo if-then-else constructs: The last rule of +the then-clause becomes <code>skip=N</code>, where N is the number of rules in the else-clause.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -679,10 +679,10 @@ invariably be a less efficient solution than the alternatives.</p> <p> If used in per-directory context, use only <code>-</code> (dash) -as the substitution <em>for the entire round of mod_rewrite processing</em>, -otherwise the MIME-type set with this flag is lost due to an internal +as the substitution <em>for the entire round of mod_rewrite processing</em>, +otherwise the MIME-type set with this flag is lost due to an internal re-processing (including subsequent rounds of mod_rewrite processing). -The <code>L</code> flag can be useful in this context to end the +The <code>L</code> flag can be useful in this context to end the <em>current</em> round of mod_rewrite processing.</p> </div></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.fr b/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.fr index a4beb21fec..cb3444ed31 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/flags.html.fr @@ -109,7 +109,8 @@ ce que l'on souhaitait.</p> <code>/search.php?term=x%20%26%20y%2Fz</code>.</p> <p>Notez que vous devrez peut-tre aussi dfinir la -directive <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes</a></code> <code>On</code> pour +directive <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#allowencodedslashes">AllowEncodedSlashes</a></code> + <code>On</code> pour que cet exemple particulier fonctionne, car httpd ne permet pas les slashes encods dans les URLs, et renvoie une erreur 404 s'il en rencontre un.</p> @@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ deux parties spares par un point. C'est dire que vous ne pouvez pas utiliser les valeurs <code>.com</code> ou <code>.net</code>. En effet, ce style de cookie est interdit par le modle de scurit des cookies.</dd> </dl> - + <p>Vous pouvez aussi dfinir les valeurs suivantes :</p> <dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/htaccess.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/htaccess.html.en index 2c388d408c..37a69a8535 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/htaccess.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/htaccess.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes the way that the rules change when you use mod_rewrite in .htaccess files, and how to deal with these changes.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.en index d9bc00217f..c7440a29b5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.en @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> provides a way to modify incoming - URL requests, dynamically, based on <a href="intro.html#regex">regular + URL requests, dynamically, based on <a href="intro.html#regex">regular expression</a> rules. This allows you to map arbitrary URLs onto your internal URL structure in any way you like.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.fr b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.fr index 702a68f3e4..2f0205f7f7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.html.fr @@ -24,12 +24,12 @@ <a href="../zh-cn/rewrite/" hreflang="zh-cn" rel="alternate" title="Simplified Chinese"> zh-cn </a></p> </div> - + <p><code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> permet de modifier les requtes entrantes dynamiquement, en fonction de rgles manipulant des <a href="intro.html#regex">expressions rationnelles</a>. Vous pouvez ainsi relier des URLs arbitraires votre propre structure d'URLs interne comme vous le souhaitez.</p> - + <p>Il fournit un mcanisme de manipulation d'URL particulirement souple et puissant en supportant un nombre illimit de rgles et de diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.xml.tr b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.xml.tr index 06190c9de8..d9b2b6d051 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/index.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/index.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 636374:1169760 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 636374:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/intro.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/intro.html.en index 292c97640c..4715a00371 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/intro.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/intro.html.en @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ well as write your own.</p> character</td><td><code>c.t</code> will match <code>cat</code>, <code>cot</code>, <code>cut</code>, etc.</td></tr> <tr><td><code>+</code></td><td>Repeats the previous match one or more -times</td><td><code>a+</code> matches <code>a</code>, <code>aa</code>, +times</td><td><code>a+</code> matches <code>a</code>, <code>aa</code>, <code>aaa</code>, etc</td></tr> <tr><td><code>*</code></td><td>Repeats the previous match zero or more times.</td><td><code>a*</code> matches all the same things @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ of the string</td><td><code>^a</code> matches a string that begins with the string.</td><td><code>a$</code> matches a string that ends with <code>a</code>.</td></tr> <tr><td><code>( )</code></td><td>Groups several characters into a single -unit, and captures a match for use in a backreference.</td><td><code>(ab)+</code> +unit, and captures a match for use in a backreference.</td><td><code>(ab)+</code> matches <code>ababab</code> - that is, the <code>+</code> applies to the group. For more on backreferences see <a href="#InternalBackRefs">below</a>.</td></tr> <tr><td><code>[ ]</code></td><td>A character class - matches one of the diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/proxy.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/proxy.html.en index 0498992496..6f5b483955 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/proxy.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/proxy.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes how to use the RewriteRule's [P] flag to proxy content to another server. A number of recipes are provided that describe common scenarios.</p> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ ProxyPassReverse / http://old.example.com/ <dd><p>In each case, we add a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypassreverse">ProxyPassReverse</a></code> directive to ensure that any redirects issued by the backend are correctly passed on to the client.</p> - + <p>Consider using either <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_proxy.html#proxypass">ProxyPass</a></code> or <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#proxypassmatch">ProxyPassMatch</a></code> whenever possible in preference to mod_rewrite.</p> </dd> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/remapping.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/remapping.html.en index 2e4bdd782c..ab555fecf1 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/remapping.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/remapping.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes how you can use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> to redirect and remap request. This includes many examples of common uses of mod_rewrite, @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ hostname(s).</p> </VirtualHost> </code></p></div> -<p>You can alternatively accomplish this using the +<p>You can alternatively accomplish this using the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#if"><If></a></code> directive:</p> @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Redirect /admin/ https://www.example.com/admin/ </code></p></div> <p>If, for whatever reason, you still want to use <code>mod_rewrite</code> -- if, for example, you need this to work with a larger set of RewriteRules - +- if, for example, you need this to work with a larger set of RewriteRules - you might use one of the recipes below.</p> <p>For sites running on a port other than 80:</p> @@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ com http://www.example.com/<br /> <dt>Discussion</dt> <dd> - <div class="warning">This ruleset relies on - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#hostnamelookups">HostNameLookups</a></code> + <div class="warning">This ruleset relies on + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#hostnamelookups">HostNameLookups</a></code> being set <code>on</code>, which can be a significant performance hit.</div> @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ using the following ruleset:</p> <p>We redirect the URL <code>/</code> to <code>/about/</code>: </p> - + <div class="example"><p><code> RewriteEngine on<br /> RewriteRule <strong>^/$</strong> /about/ [<strong>R</strong>] @@ -575,9 +575,9 @@ RedirectMatch ^/$ http://example.com/about/ <p>Note also that the example rewrites only the root URL. That is, it rewrites a request for <code>http://example.com/</code>, but not a -request for <code>http://example.com/page.html</code>. If you have in -fact changed your document root - that is, if <strong>all</strong> of -your content is in fact in that subdirectory, it is greatly preferable +request for <code>http://example.com/page.html</code>. If you have in +fact changed your document root - that is, if <strong>all</strong> of +your content is in fact in that subdirectory, it is greatly preferable to simply change your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#documentroot">DocumentRoot</a></code> directive, or move all of the content up one directory, rather than rewriting URLs.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/rewritemap.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/rewritemap.html.en index 59922c524a..390a29a332 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/rewritemap.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/rewritemap.html.en @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ </div> - <p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> + <p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes the use of the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html#rewritemap">RewriteMap</a></code> directive, and provides examples of each of the various <code>RewriteMap</code> types.</p> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ configuration.</div> <div class="example"><p><code> RewriteMap <em>MapName</em> <em>MapType</em>:<em>MapSource</em> </code></p></div> - + <p>The <a id="mapfunc" name="mapfunc"><em>MapName</em></a> is an arbitray name that you assign to the map, and which you will use in directives later on. Arguments are passed to the map via the @@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ by many requests. <p>When a MapType of <code>int</code> is used, the MapSource is one - of the available internal RewriteMap functions. Module authors can provide + of the available internal RewriteMap functions. Module authors can provide additional internal functions by registering them with the - <code>ap_register_rewrite_mapfunc</code> API. + <code>ap_register_rewrite_mapfunc</code> API. The functions that are provided by default are: </p> @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ RewriteMap myquery "fastdbd:SELECT destination FROM rewrite WHERE source = %s" once. For each mapping-function use one <code class="directive">RewriteMap</code> directive to declare its rewriting mapfile.</p> - + <p>While you cannot <strong>declare</strong> a map in per-directory context (<code>.htaccess</code> files or <Directory> blocks) it is possible to diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/tech.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/tech.html.en index e751ef148f..06c673f5f3 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/tech.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/tech.html.en @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ and URL matching.</p> the <code>RewriteBase</code> directive below for the trick to achieve this) and then initiates a new internal sub-request with the new URL. This restarts processing of - the API phases. + the API phases. <p>Again mod_rewrite tries hard to make this complicated step totally transparent to the user, but you should @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ and URL matching.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="InternalRuleset" id="InternalRuleset">Ruleset Processing</a></h2> - + <p>Now when mod_rewrite is triggered in these two API phases, it reads the configured rulesets from its configuration structure (which itself was either created on startup for diff --git a/docs/manual/rewrite/vhosts.html.en b/docs/manual/rewrite/vhosts.html.en index 7fbad4a55a..77d809881a 100644 --- a/docs/manual/rewrite/vhosts.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/rewrite/vhosts.html.en @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ </div> -<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> +<p>This document supplements the <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> <a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">reference documentation</a>. It describes -how you can use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> to create dynamically +how you can use <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> to create dynamically configured virtual hosts.</p> <div class="warning">mod_rewrite is not the best way to configure @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ RewriteRule ^(.*) /home/<strong>%1</strong>/www$1 <dt>Discussion</dt> <dd> - <div class="warning">You will need to take care of the DNS + <div class="warning">You will need to take care of the DNS resolution - Apache does - not handle name resolution. You'll need either to create CNAME + not handle name resolution. You'll need either to create CNAME records for each hostname, or a DNS wildcard record. Creating DNS records is beyond the scope of this document.</div> @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ As with many techniques discussed in this document, mod_rewrite really isn't the best way to accomplish this task. You should, instead, consider using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_vhost_alias.html">mod_vhost_alias</a></code> instead, as it will much more gracefully handle anything beyond serving static files, such as any -dynamic content, and Alias resolution. +dynamic content, and Alias resolution. </p> </dd> </dl> diff --git a/docs/manual/sections.html.en b/docs/manual/sections.html.en index 4ab972c80a..67a77960d8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/sections.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/sections.html.en @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ directives, along with their <a class="glossarylink" href="./glossary.html#regex counterparts, apply directives to parts of the filesystem. Directives enclosed in a <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#directory"><Directory></a></code> section apply to the named filesystem directory and all subdirectories of that -directory (as well as the files in those directories). +directory (as well as the files in those directories). The same effect can be obtained using <a href="howto/htaccess.html">.htaccess files</a>. For example, in the following configuration, directory indexes will be enabled for the <code>/var/web/dir1</code> directory and all subdirectories.</p> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ directives:</p> ProxyPass /special-area http://special.example.com smax=5 max=10<br /> ProxyPass / balancer://mycluster/ stickysession=JSESSIONID|jsessionid nofailover=On </code></p></div> - + <h3><a name="wildcards" id="wildcards">Wildcards and Regular Expressions</a></h3> @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Deny from all<br /> <p>To find out what directives are allowed in what types of configuration sections, check the <a href="mod/directive-dict.html#Context">Context</a> of the directive. -Everything that is allowed in +Everything that is allowed in <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#directory"><Directory></a></code> sections is also syntactically allowed in <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#directorymatch"><DirectoryMatch></a></code>, diff --git a/docs/manual/sections.html.fr b/docs/manual/sections.html.fr index a815fe56fd..d3bc890889 100644 --- a/docs/manual/sections.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/sections.html.fr @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Alias /foo /srv/www/common/foo<br /> ProxyPass /special-area http://special.example.com smax=5 max=10<br /> ProxyPass / balancer://mycluster/ stickysession=JSESSIONID|jsessionid nofailover=On </code></p></div> - + <h3><a name="wildcards" id="wildcards">Caractres de remplacement diff --git a/docs/manual/sections.xml.ja b/docs/manual/sections.xml.ja index faf404167f..9a02fb81ae 100644 --- a/docs/manual/sections.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/sections.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1060606 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/sections.xml.ko b/docs/manual/sections.xml.ko index 565672f9d8..c1d73931ff 100644 --- a/docs/manual/sections.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/sections.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="EUC-KR" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1060606 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/sections.xml.tr b/docs/manual/sections.xml.tr index 7bff4141fe..09dd6ddfd4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/sections.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/sections.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 735922:1060606 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 735922:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_compat.html.en b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_compat.html.en index c2efd1b09f..1594971f93 100644 --- a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_compat.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_compat.html.en @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ doesn't provide.</p> <tr class="odd"><td><code>SSLDisable</code></td><td><code>SSLEngine off</code></td><td>compactified</td></tr> <tr><td><code>SSLLogFile</code> <em>file</em></td><td><code>SSLLog</code> <em>file</em></td><td>compactified</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>SSLRequiredCiphers</code> <em>spec</em></td><td><code>SSLCipherSuite</code> <em>spec</em></td><td>renamed</td></tr> -<tr><td><code>SSLRequireCipher</code> <em>c1</em> ...</td><td><code>SSLRequire %{SSL_CIPHER} in {"</code><em>c1</em><code>", +<tr><td><code>SSLRequireCipher</code> <em>c1</em> ...</td><td><code>SSLRequire %{SSL_CIPHER} in {"</code><em>c1</em><code>", ...}</code></td><td>generalized</td></tr> -<tr class="odd"><td><code>SSLBanCipher</code> <em>c1</em> ...</td><td><code>SSLRequire not (%{SSL_CIPHER} in {"</code><em>c1</em><code>", +<tr class="odd"><td><code>SSLBanCipher</code> <em>c1</em> ...</td><td><code>SSLRequire not (%{SSL_CIPHER} in {"</code><em>c1</em><code>", ...})</code></td><td>generalized</td></tr> <tr><td><code>SSLFakeBasicAuth</code></td><td><code>SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth</code></td><td>merged</td></tr> <tr class="odd"><td><code>SSLCacheServerPath</code> <em>dir</em></td><td>-</td><td>functionality removed</td></tr> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ doesn't provide.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> -<h2><a name="variables" id="variables">Environment Variables</a></h2> +<h2><a name="variables" id="variables">Environment Variables</a></h2> <p>The mapping between environment variable names used by the older SSL solutions and the names used by mod_ssl is given in <a href="#table2">Table 2</a>.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_faq.html.en b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_faq.html.en index 4cfc73a947..62b34cb815 100644 --- a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_faq.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_faq.html.en @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ he poses the right questions.</p> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="installation" id="installation">Installation</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a href="#mutex">Why do I get permission errors related to +<li><a href="#mutex">Why do I get permission errors related to SSLMutex when I start Apache?</a></li> -<li><a href="#entropy">Why does mod_ssl stop with the error "Failed to +<li><a href="#entropy">Why does mod_ssl stop with the error "Failed to generate temporary 512 bit RSA private key" when I start Apache?</a></li> </ul> -<h3><a name="mutex" id="mutex">Why do I get permission errors related to +<h3><a name="mutex" id="mutex">Why do I get permission errors related to SSLMutex when I start Apache?</a></h3> <p>Errors such as ``<code>mod_ssl: Child could not open SSLMutex lockfile /opt/apache/logs/ssl_mutex.18332 (System error follows) @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ generate temporary 512 bit RSA private key" when I start Apache?</a></li> <h3><a name="entropy" id="entropy">Why does mod_ssl stop with the error - "Failed to generate temporary 512 bit RSA private key" when I start + "Failed to generate temporary 512 bit RSA private key" when I start Apache?</a></h3> <p>Cryptographic software needs a source of unpredictable data to work correctly. Many open source operating systems provide @@ -69,38 +69,38 @@ generate temporary 512 bit RSA private key" when I start Apache?</a></li> encryption. As of version 0.9.5, the OpenSSL functions that need randomness report an error if the PRNG has not been seeded with at least 128 bits of randomness.</p> - <p>To prevent this error, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> has to provide - enough entropy to the PRNG to allow it to work correctly. This can - be done via the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed</a></code> + <p>To prevent this error, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> has to provide + enough entropy to the PRNG to allow it to work correctly. This can + be done via the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed</a></code> directive.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="aboutconfig" id="aboutconfig">Configuration</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a href="#parallel">Is it possible to provide HTTP and HTTPS from +<li><a href="#parallel">Is it possible to provide HTTP and HTTPS from the same server?</a></li> <li><a href="#ports">Which port does HTTPS use?</a></li> -<li><a href="#httpstest">How do I speak HTTPS manually for testing +<li><a href="#httpstest">How do I speak HTTPS manually for testing purposes?</a></li> -<li><a href="#hang">Why does the connection hang when I connect to my +<li><a href="#hang">Why does the connection hang when I connect to my SSL-aware Apache server?</a></li> -<li><a href="#refused">Why do I get ``Connection Refused'' errors, when +<li><a href="#refused">Why do I get ``Connection Refused'' errors, when trying to access my newly installed Apache+mod_ssl server via HTTPS?</a></li> <li><a href="#envvars">Why are the <code>SSL_XXX</code> variables not available to my CGI & SSI scripts?</a></li> -<li><a href="#relative">How can I switch between HTTP and HTTPS in +<li><a href="#relative">How can I switch between HTTP and HTTPS in relative hyperlinks?</a></li> </ul> -<h3><a name="parallel" id="parallel">Is it possible to provide HTTP and HTTPS +<h3><a name="parallel" id="parallel">Is it possible to provide HTTP and HTTPS from the same server?</a></h3> - <p>Yes. HTTP and HTTPS use different server ports (HTTP binds to - port 80, HTTPS to port 443), so there is no direct conflict between - them. You can either run two separate server instances bound to - these ports, or use Apache's elegant virtual hosting facility to - create two virtual servers, both served by the same instance of Apache - - one responding over HTTP to requests on port 80, and the other + <p>Yes. HTTP and HTTPS use different server ports (HTTP binds to + port 80, HTTPS to port 443), so there is no direct conflict between + them. You can either run two separate server instances bound to + these ports, or use Apache's elegant virtual hosting facility to + create two virtual servers, both served by the same instance of Apache + - one responding over HTTP to requests on port 80, and the other responding over HTTPS to requests on port 443.</p> @@ -114,15 +114,15 @@ relative hyperlinks?</a></li> <h3><a name="httpstest" id="httpstest">How do I speak HTTPS manually for testing purposes?</a></h3> <p>While you usually just use</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code>$ telnet localhost 80<br /> GET / HTTP/1.0</code></p></div> <p>for simple testing of Apache via HTTP, it's not so easy for HTTPS because of the SSL protocol between TCP and HTTP. With the - help of OpenSSL's <code>s_client</code> command, however, you can + help of OpenSSL's <code>s_client</code> command, however, you can do a similar check via HTTPS:</p> - + <div class="example"><p><code>$ openssl s_client -connect localhost:443 -state -debug<br /> GET / HTTP/1.0</code></p></div> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ relative hyperlinks?</a></li> $ curl https://localhost/</code></p></div> -<h3><a name="hang" id="hang">Why does the connection hang when I connect +<h3><a name="hang" id="hang">Why does the connection hang when I connect to my SSL-aware Apache server?</a></h3> <p>This can happen when you try to connect to a HTTPS server (or virtual @@ -150,28 +150,28 @@ relative hyperlinks?</a></li> or which supports it on a non-standard port). Make sure that you're connecting to a (virtual) server that supports SSL.</p> -<h3><a name="refused" id="refused">Why do I get ``Connection Refused'' messages, +<h3><a name="refused" id="refused">Why do I get ``Connection Refused'' messages, when trying to access my newly installed Apache+mod_ssl server via HTTPS?</a></h3> <p> This error can be caused by an incorrect configuration. - Please make sure that your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives match your + Please make sure that your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mpm_common.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directives match your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost"><VirtualHost></a></code> - directives. If all else fails, please start afresh, using the default + directives. If all else fails, please start afresh, using the default configuration provided by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>.</p> -<h3><a name="envvars" id="envvars">Why are the <code>SSL_XXX</code> variables +<h3><a name="envvars" id="envvars">Why are the <code>SSL_XXX</code> variables not available to my CGI & SSI scripts?</a></h3> <p>Please make sure you have ``<code>SSLOptions +StdEnvVars</code>'' enabled for the context of your CGI/SSI requests.</p> -<h3><a name="relative" id="relative">How can I switch between HTTP and HTTPS in relative +<h3><a name="relative" id="relative">How can I switch between HTTP and HTTPS in relative hyperlinks?</a></h3> -<p>Usually, to switch between HTTP and HTTPS, you have to use - fully-qualified hyperlinks (because you have to change the URL - scheme). Using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> however, you can +<p>Usually, to switch between HTTP and HTTPS, you have to use + fully-qualified hyperlinks (because you have to change the URL + scheme). Using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_rewrite.html">mod_rewrite</a></code> however, you can manipulate relative hyperlinks, to achieve the same effect.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> RewriteEngine on<br /> @@ -187,24 +187,24 @@ relative hyperlinks?</a></li> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="aboutcerts" id="aboutcerts">Certificates</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a href="#keyscerts">What are RSA Private Keys, CSRs and +<li><a href="#keyscerts">What are RSA Private Keys, CSRs and Certificates?</a></li> <li><a href="#startup">Is there a difference on startup between a non-SSL-aware Apache and an SSL-aware Apache?</a></li> -<li><a href="#selfcert">How do I create a self-signed SSL +<li><a href="#selfcert">How do I create a self-signed SSL Certificate for testing purposes?</a></li> <li><a href="#realcert">How do I create a real SSL Certificate?</a></li> -<li><a href="#ownca">How do I create and use my own Certificate +<li><a href="#ownca">How do I create and use my own Certificate Authority (CA)?</a></li> -<li><a href="#passphrase">How can I change the pass-phrase on my private +<li><a href="#passphrase">How can I change the pass-phrase on my private key file?</a></li> -<li><a href="#removepassphrase">How can I get rid of the pass-phrase +<li><a href="#removepassphrase">How can I get rid of the pass-phrase dialog at Apache startup time?</a></li> -<li><a href="#verify">How do I verify that a private key matches its +<li><a href="#verify">How do I verify that a private key matches its Certificate?</a></li> -<li><a href="#badcert">Why do connections fail with an "alert bad +<li><a href="#badcert">Why do connections fail with an "alert bad certificate" error?</a></li> -<li><a href="#pemder">How can I convert a certificate from PEM to DER +<li><a href="#pemder">How can I convert a certificate from PEM to DER format?</a></li> <li><a href="#gid">Why do browsers complain that they cannot verify my Verisign Global ID server certificate?</a></li> @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ verify my Verisign Global ID server certificate?</a></li> you.</p> <p>A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a digital file which contains your public key and your name. You send the CSR to a Certifying Authority - (CA), who will convert it into a real Certificate, by signing it.</p> + (CA), who will convert it into a real Certificate, by signing it.</p> <p>A Certificate contains your RSA public key, your name, the name of the CA, and is digitally signed by the CA. Browsers that know the CA can verify the signature on that @@ -227,23 +227,23 @@ verify my Verisign Global ID server certificate?</a></li> description of the SSL protocol.</p> -<h3><a name="startup" id="startup">Is there a difference on startup between +<h3><a name="startup" id="startup">Is there a difference on startup between a non-SSL-aware Apache and an SSL-aware Apache?</a></h3> -<p>Yes. In general, starting Apache with - <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> built-in is just like starting Apache - without it. However, if you have a passphrase on your SSL private - key file, a startup dialog will pop up which asks you to enter the +<p>Yes. In general, starting Apache with + <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> built-in is just like starting Apache + without it. However, if you have a passphrase on your SSL private + key file, a startup dialog will pop up which asks you to enter the pass phrase.</p> - - <p>Having to manually enter the passphrase when starting the server - can be problematic - for example, when starting the server from the + + <p>Having to manually enter the passphrase when starting the server + can be problematic - for example, when starting the server from the system boot scripts. In this case, you can follow the steps <a href="#removepassphrase">below</a> to remove the passphrase from your private key. Bear in mind that doing so brings additional security risks - proceed with caution!</p> -<h3><a name="selfcert" id="selfcert">How do I create a self-signed SSL +<h3><a name="selfcert" id="selfcert">How do I create a self-signed SSL Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <ol> <li>Make sure OpenSSL is installed and in your <code>PATH</code>.<br /> @@ -251,23 +251,23 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> </li> <li>Run the following command, to create <code>server.key</code> and <code>server.crt</code> files:<br /> - <code><strong>$ openssl req -new -x509 -nodes -out server.crt + <code><strong>$ openssl req -new -x509 -nodes -out server.crt -keyout server.key</strong></code><br /> - These can be used as follows in your <code>httpd.conf</code> + These can be used as follows in your <code>httpd.conf</code> file: <pre> SSLCertificateFile /path/to/this/server.crt SSLCertificateKeyFile /path/to/this/server.key </pre> </li> - <li>It is important that you are aware that this + <li>It is important that you are aware that this <code>server.key</code> does <em>not</em> have any passphrase. - To add a passphrase to the key, you should run the following + To add a passphrase to the key, you should run the following command, and enter & verify the passphrase as requested.<br /> - <p><code><strong>$ openssl rsa -des3 -in server.key -out + <p><code><strong>$ openssl rsa -des3 -in server.key -out server.key.new</strong></code><br /> <code><strong>$ mv server.key.new server.key</strong></code><br /></p> - Please backup the <code>server.key</code> file, and the passphrase + Please backup the <code>server.key</code> file, and the passphrase you entered, in a secure location. </li> </ol> @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -noout -text -in server.key</strong></code><br /> <br /> - If necessary, you can also create a decrypted PEM version (not + If necessary, you can also create a decrypted PEM version (not recommended) of this RSA private key with:<br /> <br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.unsecure</strong></code><br /> @@ -315,18 +315,18 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <br /> </li> <li>You now have to send this Certificate Signing Request (CSR) to - a Certifying Authority (CA) to be signed. Once the CSR has been + a Certifying Authority (CA) to be signed. Once the CSR has been signed, you will have a real Certificate, which can be used by - Apache. You can have a CSR signed by a commercial CA, or you can + Apache. You can have a CSR signed by a commercial CA, or you can create your own CA to sign it.<br /> - Commercial CAs usually ask you to post the CSR into a web form, - pay for the signing, and then send a signed Certificate, which + Commercial CAs usually ask you to post the CSR into a web form, + pay for the signing, and then send a signed Certificate, which you can store in a server.crt file.<br /> For details on how to create your own CA, and use this to sign a CSR, see <a href="#ownca">below</a>.<br /> - - Once your CSR has been signed, you can see the details of the + + Once your CSR has been signed, you can see the details of the Certificate as follows:<br /> <br /> <code><strong>$ openssl x509 -noout -text -in server.crt</strong></code><br /> @@ -347,10 +347,10 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <h3><a name="ownca" id="ownca">How do I create and use my own Certificate Authority (CA)?</a></h3> <p>The short answer is to use the <code>CA.sh</code> or <code>CA.pl</code> - script provided by OpenSSL. Unless you have a good reason not to, + script provided by OpenSSL. Unless you have a good reason not to, you should use these for preference. If you cannot, you can create a self-signed Certificate as follows:</p> - + <ol> <li>Create a RSA private key for your server (will be Triple-DES encrypted and PEM formatted):<br /> @@ -359,11 +359,11 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <br /> Please backup this <code>host.key</code> file and the pass-phrase you entered in a secure location. - You can see the details of this RSA private key by using the + You can see the details of this RSA private key by using the command:<br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -noout -text -in server.key</strong></code><br /> <br /> - If necessary, you can also create a decrypted PEM version (not + If necessary, you can also create a decrypted PEM version (not recommended) of this RSA private key with:<br /> <br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -in server.key -out server.key.unsecure</strong></code><br /> @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <li>Create a self-signed Certificate (X509 structure) with the RSA key you just created (output will be PEM formatted):<br /> <br /> - <code><strong>$ openssl req -new -x509 -nodes -sha1 -days 365 + <code><strong>$ openssl req -new -x509 -nodes -sha1 -days 365 -key server.key -out server.crt</strong></code><br /> <br /> This signs the server CSR and results in a <code>server.crt</code> file.<br /> @@ -389,14 +389,14 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> specifying the new pass-phrase. You can accomplish this with the following commands:</p> - + <p><code><strong>$ openssl rsa -des3 -in server.key -out server.key.new</strong></code><br /> <code><strong>$ mv server.key.new server.key</strong></code><br /></p> - + <p>The first time you're asked for a PEM pass-phrase, you should - enter the old pass-phrase. After that, you'll be asked again to + enter the old pass-phrase. After that, you'll be asked again to enter a pass-phrase - this time, use the new pass-phrase. If you - are asked to verify the pass-phrase, you'll need to enter the new + are asked to verify the pass-phrase, you'll need to enter the new pass-phrase a second time.</p> @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <p>The reason this dialog pops up at startup and every re-start is that the RSA private key inside your server.key file is stored in encrypted format for security reasons. The pass-phrase is needed to decrypt - this file, so it can be read and parsed. Removing the pass-phrase + this file, so it can be read and parsed. Removing the pass-phrase removes a layer of security from your server - proceed with caution!</p> <ol> <li>Remove the encryption from the RSA private key (while @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> file are such that only root or the web server user can read it (preferably get your web server to start as root but run as another user, and have the key readable only by root).</p> - + <p>As an alternative approach you can use the ``<code>SSLPassPhraseDialog exec:/path/to/program</code>'' facility. Bear in mind that this is neither more nor less secure, of course.</p> @@ -441,28 +441,28 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> key" bits are included when you generate a CSR, and subsequently form part of the associated Certificate.</p> <p>To check that the public key in your Certificate matches the public - portion of your private key, you simply need to compare these numbers. + portion of your private key, you simply need to compare these numbers. To view the Certificate and the key run the commands:</p> - + <p><code><strong>$ openssl x509 -noout -text -in server.crt</strong></code><br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -noout -text -in server.key</strong></code></p> - + <p>The `modulus' and the `public exponent' portions in the key and the Certificate must match. As the public exponent is usually 65537 and it's difficult to visually check that the long modulus numbers are the same, you can use the following approach:</p> - + <p><code><strong>$ openssl x509 -noout -modulus -in server.crt | openssl md5</strong></code><br /> <code><strong>$ openssl rsa -noout -modulus -in server.key | openssl md5</strong></code></p> - + <p>This leaves you with two rather shorter numbers to compare. It is, - in theory, possible that these numbers may be the same, without the - modulus numbers being the same, but the chances of this are + in theory, possible that these numbers may be the same, without the + modulus numbers being the same, but the chances of this are overwhelmingly remote.</p> - <p>Should you wish to check to which key or certificate a particular - CSR belongs you can perform the same calculation on the CSR as + <p>Should you wish to check to which key or certificate a particular + CSR belongs you can perform the same calculation on the CSR as follows:</p> - + <p><code><strong>$ openssl req -noout -modulus -in server.csr | openssl md5</strong></code></p> @@ -475,22 +475,22 @@ Certificate for testing purposes?</a></h3> <code><strong>$ openssl x509 -in cert.pem -out cert.der -outform DER</strong></code></p> -<h3><a name="gid" id="gid">Why do browsers complain that they cannot +<h3><a name="gid" id="gid">Why do browsers complain that they cannot verify my Verisign Global ID server certificate?</a></h3> -<p>Verisign uses an intermediate CA certificate between the root CA - certificate (which is installed in the browsers) and the server - certificate (which you installed on the server). You should have +<p>Verisign uses an intermediate CA certificate between the root CA + certificate (which is installed in the browsers) and the server + certificate (which you installed on the server). You should have received this additional CA certificate from Verisign. If not, complain to them. Then, configure this certificate with the - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile</a></code> - directive. This ensures that the intermediate CA certificate is + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslcertificatechainfile">SSLCertificateChainFile</a></code> + directive. This ensures that the intermediate CA certificate is sent to the browser, filling the gap in the certificate chain.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="aboutssl" id="aboutssl">The SSL Protocol</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a href="#random">Why do I get lots of random SSL protocol +<li><a href="#random">Why do I get lots of random SSL protocol errors under heavy server load?</a></li> <li><a href="#load">Why does my webserver have a higher load, now that it serves SSL encrypted traffic?</a></li> @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ sometimes take up to 30 seconds to establish a connection?</a></li> trying to use Anonymous Diffie-Hellman (ADH) ciphers?</a></li> <li><a href="#sharedciphers">Why do I get a 'no shared ciphers' error when connecting to my newly installed server?</a></li> -<li><a href="#vhosts">Why can't I use SSL with name-based/non-IP-based +<li><a href="#vhosts">Why can't I use SSL with name-based/non-IP-based virtual hosts?</a></li> <li><a href="#vhosts2">Is it possible to use Name-Based Virtual Hosting to identify different SSL virtual hosts?</a></li> @@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ Hosting to identify different SSL virtual hosts?</a></li> the lock icon in Netscape browsers stays unlocked when the dialog pops up. Does this mean the username/password is being sent unencrypted?</a></li> <li><a href="#msie">Why do I get I/O errors when connecting via -HTTPS to an Apache+mod_ssl server with Microsoft Internet Explorer +HTTPS to an Apache+mod_ssl server with Microsoft Internet Explorer (MSIE)?</a></li> </ul> -<h3><a name="random" id="random">Why do I get lots of random SSL protocol +<h3><a name="random" id="random">Why do I get lots of random SSL protocol errors under heavy server load?</a></h3> <p>There can be a number of reasons for this, but the main one is problems with the SSL session Cache specified by the @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ errors under heavy server load?</a></h3> no cache at all) may help.</p> -<h3><a name="load" id="load">Why does my webserver have a higher load, now +<h3><a name="load" id="load">Why does my webserver have a higher load, now that it serves SSL encrypted traffic?</a></h3> <p>SSL uses strong cryptographic encryption, which necessitates a lot of number crunching. When you request a webpage via HTTPS, everything (even @@ -531,62 +531,62 @@ that it serves SSL encrypted traffic?</a></h3> traffic leads to load increases.</p> -<h3><a name="establishing" id="establishing">Why do HTTPS connections to my server +<h3><a name="establishing" id="establishing">Why do HTTPS connections to my server sometimes take up to 30 seconds to establish a connection?</a></h3> <p>This is usually caused by a <code>/dev/random</code> device for - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed</a></code> which blocks the - read(2) call until enough entropy is available to service the + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed</a></code> which blocks the + read(2) call until enough entropy is available to service the request. More information is available in the reference manual for the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrandomseed">SSLRandomSeed</a></code> directive.</p> <h3><a name="ciphers" id="ciphers">What SSL Ciphers are supported by mod_ssl?</a></h3> -<p>Usually, any SSL ciphers supported by the version of OpenSSL in use, - are also supported by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>. Which ciphers are - available can depend on the way you built OpenSSL. Typically, at +<p>Usually, any SSL ciphers supported by the version of OpenSSL in use, + are also supported by <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code>. Which ciphers are + available can depend on the way you built OpenSSL. Typically, at least the following ciphers are supported:</p> - + <ol> <li>RC4 with SHA1</li> <li>AES with SHA1</li> <li>Triple-DES with SHA1</li> </ol> - - <p>To determine the actual list of ciphers available, you should run + + <p>To determine the actual list of ciphers available, you should run the following:</p> <div class="example"><p><code>$ openssl ciphers -v</code></p></div> -<h3><a name="adh" id="adh">Why do I get ``no shared cipher'' errors, when +<h3><a name="adh" id="adh">Why do I get ``no shared cipher'' errors, when trying to use Anonymous Diffie-Hellman (ADH) ciphers?</a></h3> <p>By default, OpenSSL does <em>not</em> allow ADH ciphers, for security - reasons. Please be sure you are aware of the potential side-effects + reasons. Please be sure you are aware of the potential side-effects if you choose to enable these ciphers.</p> - <p>In order to use Anonymous Diffie-Hellman (ADH) ciphers, you must + <p>In order to use Anonymous Diffie-Hellman (ADH) ciphers, you must build OpenSSL with ``<code>-DSSL_ALLOW_ADH</code>'', and then add ``<code>ADH</code>'' into your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite</a></code>.</p> -<h3><a name="sharedciphers" id="sharedciphers">Why do I get a 'no shared ciphers' +<h3><a name="sharedciphers" id="sharedciphers">Why do I get a 'no shared ciphers' error when connecting to my newly installed server?</a></h3> -<p>Either you have made a mistake with your +<p>Either you have made a mistake with your <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite</a></code> directive (compare it with the pre-configured example in <code>extra/httpd-ssl.conf</code>) or you chose to use DSA/DH algorithms instead of RSA when you generated your private key and ignored or overlooked the warnings. If you have chosen - DSA/DH, then your server cannot communicate using RSA-based SSL + DSA/DH, then your server cannot communicate using RSA-based SSL ciphers (at least until you configure an additional RSA-based - certificate/key pair). Modern browsers like NS or IE can only - communicate over SSL using RSA ciphers. The result is the - "no shared ciphers" error. To fix this, regenerate your server + certificate/key pair). Modern browsers like NS or IE can only + communicate over SSL using RSA ciphers. The result is the + "no shared ciphers" error. To fix this, regenerate your server certificate/key pair, using the RSA algorithm.</p> <h3><a name="vhosts" id="vhosts">Why can't I use SSL with name-based/non-IP-based virtual hosts?</a></h3> -<p>The reason is very technical, and a somewhat "chicken and egg" problem. - The SSL protocol layer stays below the HTTP protocol layer and +<p>The reason is very technical, and a somewhat "chicken and egg" problem. + The SSL protocol layer stays below the HTTP protocol layer and encapsulates HTTP. When an SSL connection (HTTPS) is established Apache/mod_ssl has to negotiate the SSL protocol parameters with the client. For this, mod_ssl has to consult the configuration of the virtual @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ error when connecting to my newly installed server?</a></h3> certificate, etc.). But in order to go to the correct virtual server Apache has to know the <code>Host</code> HTTP header field. To do this, the HTTP request header has to be read. This cannot be done before the SSL - handshake is finished, but the information is needed in order to + handshake is finished, but the information is needed in order to complete the SSL handshake phase. See the next question for how to circumvent this issue.</p> @@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ Virtual Hosting to identify different SSL virtual hosts?</a></h3> specification added, called Server Name Indication (SNI).</p> <p>The reason is that the SSL protocol is a separate layer which - encapsulates the HTTP protocol. So the SSL session is a separate - transaction, that takes place before the HTTP session has begun. - The server receives an SSL request on IP address X and port Y - (usually 443). Since the SSL request did not contain any Host: + encapsulates the HTTP protocol. So the SSL session is a separate + transaction, that takes place before the HTTP session has begun. + The server receives an SSL request on IP address X and port Y + (usually 443). Since the SSL request did not contain any Host: field, the server had no way to decide which SSL virtual host to use. - Usually, it just used the first one it found which matched the + Usually, it just used the first one it found which matched the port and IP address specified.</p> <p>If you are using a version of the web server and OpenSSL that @@ -627,19 +627,19 @@ Virtual Hosting to identify different SSL virtual hosts?</a></h3> web server can select the correct SSL virtual host.</p> <p>You can, of course, use Name-Based Virtual Hosting to identify many - non-SSL virtual hosts (all on port 80, for example) and then + non-SSL virtual hosts (all on port 80, for example) and then have a single SSL virtual host (on port 443). But if you do this, you must make sure to put the non-SSL port number on the NameVirtualHost - directive, e.g.</p> + directive, e.g.</p> <div class="example"><p><code> NameVirtualHost 192.168.1.1:80 </code></p></div> - + <p>Other workaround solutions include: </p> - <p>Using separate IP addresses for different SSL hosts. - Using different port numbers for different SSL hosts.</p> + <p>Using separate IP addresses for different SSL hosts. + Using different port numbers for different SSL hosts.</p> <h3><a name="comp" id="comp">How do I get SSL compression working?</a></h3> @@ -653,50 +653,50 @@ it will be used. However, most clients still try to initially connect with an SSLv2 Hello. As SSLv2 did not include an array of prefered compression algorithms in its handshake, compression cannot be negotiated with these clients. If the client disables support for SSLv2, either an SSLv3 or TLS Hello -may be sent, depending on which SSL library is used, and compression may -be set up. You can verify whether clients make use of SSL compression by +may be sent, depending on which SSL library is used, and compression may +be set up. You can verify whether clients make use of SSL compression by logging the <code>%{SSL_COMPRESS_METHOD}x</code> variable. </p> -<h3><a name="lockicon" id="lockicon">When I use Basic Authentication over HTTPS -the lock icon in Netscape browsers stays unlocked when the dialog pops up. +<h3><a name="lockicon" id="lockicon">When I use Basic Authentication over HTTPS +the lock icon in Netscape browsers stays unlocked when the dialog pops up. Does this mean the username/password is being sent unencrypted?</a></h3> <p>No, the username/password is transmitted encrypted. The icon in Netscape browsers is not actually synchronized with the SSL/TLS layer. - It only toggles to the locked state when the first part of the actual - webpage data is transferred, which may confuse people. The Basic - Authentication facility is part of the HTTP layer, which is above - the SSL/TLS layer in HTTPS. Before any HTTP data communication takes - place in HTTPS, the SSL/TLS layer has already completed its handshake + It only toggles to the locked state when the first part of the actual + webpage data is transferred, which may confuse people. The Basic + Authentication facility is part of the HTTP layer, which is above + the SSL/TLS layer in HTTPS. Before any HTTP data communication takes + place in HTTPS, the SSL/TLS layer has already completed its handshake phase, and switched to encrypted communication. So don't be confused by this icon.</p> -<h3><a name="msie" id="msie">Why do I get I/O errors when connecting via +<h3><a name="msie" id="msie">Why do I get I/O errors when connecting via HTTPS to an Apache+mod_ssl server with older versions of Microsoft Internet Explorer (MSIE)?</a></h3> <p>The first reason is that the SSL implementation in some MSIE versions has some subtle bugs related to the HTTP keep-alive facility and the SSL close notify alerts on socket connection close. Additionally the interaction - between SSL and HTTP/1.1 features are problematic in some MSIE versions. - You can work around these problems by forcing Apache not to use HTTP/1.1, - keep-alive connections or send the SSL close notify messages to MSIE clients. - This can be done by using the following directive in your SSL-aware + between SSL and HTTP/1.1 features are problematic in some MSIE versions. + You can work around these problems by forcing Apache not to use HTTP/1.1, + keep-alive connections or send the SSL close notify messages to MSIE clients. + This can be done by using the following directive in your SSL-aware virtual host section:</p> <div class="example"><p><code> SetEnvIf User-Agent "MSIE [2-5]" \<br /> nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \<br /> downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0 </code></p></div> - <p>Further, some MSIE versions have problems with particular ciphers. - Unfortunately, it is not possible to implement a MSIE-specific - workaround for this, because the ciphers are needed as early as the - SSL handshake phase. So a MSIE-specific - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_setenvif.html#setenvif">SetEnvIf</a></code> won't solve these + <p>Further, some MSIE versions have problems with particular ciphers. + Unfortunately, it is not possible to implement a MSIE-specific + workaround for this, because the ciphers are needed as early as the + SSL handshake phase. So a MSIE-specific + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_setenvif.html#setenvif">SetEnvIf</a></code> won't solve these problems. Instead, you will have to make more drastic adjustments to the global parameters. Before you decide to do - this, make sure your clients really have problems. If not, do not + this, make sure your clients really have problems. If not, do not make these changes - they will affect <em>all</em> your clients, MSIE or otherwise.</p> @@ -705,11 +705,11 @@ Explorer (MSIE)?</a></h3> <div class="section"> <h2><a name="support" id="support">mod_ssl Support</a></h2> <ul> -<li><a href="#resources">What information resources are available in +<li><a href="#resources">What information resources are available in case of mod_ssl problems?</a></li> -<li><a href="#contact">What support contacts are available in case of +<li><a href="#contact">What support contacts are available in case of mod_ssl problems?</a></li> -<li><a href="#reportdetails">What information should I +<li><a href="#reportdetails">What information should I provide when writing a bug report?</a></li> <li><a href="#coredumphelp">I had a core dump, can you help me?</a></li> <li><a href="#backtrace">How do I get a backtrace, to help find the reason @@ -731,10 +731,10 @@ for my core dump?</a></li> </dl> -<h3><a name="contact" id="contact">What support contacts are available in case +<h3><a name="contact" id="contact">What support contacts are available in case of mod_ssl problems?</a></h3> <p>The following lists all support possibilities for mod_ssl, in order of - preference. Please go through these possibilities + preference. Please go through these possibilities <em>in this order</em> - don't just pick the one you like the look of. </p> <ol> @@ -772,22 +772,22 @@ provide when writing a bug report?</a></h3> <dt>The details on how you built and installed Apache httpd and OpenSSL</dt> <dd>For this you can provide a logfile of your terminal session which shows - the configuration and install steps. If this is not possible, you + the configuration and install steps. If this is not possible, you should at least provide the <code class="program"><a href="../programs/configure.html">configure</a></code> command line you used. </dd> <dt>In case of core dumps please include a Backtrace</dt> <dd>If your Apache httpd dumps its core, please attach - a stack-frame ``backtrace'' (see <a href="#backtrace">below</a> + a stack-frame ``backtrace'' (see <a href="#backtrace">below</a> for information on how to get this). This information is required in order to find a reason for your core dump. </dd> - + <dt>A detailed description of your problem</dt> - <dd>Don't laugh, we really mean it! Many problem reports don't + <dd>Don't laugh, we really mean it! Many problem reports don't include a description of what the actual problem is. Without this, - it's very difficult for anyone to help you. So, it's in your own - interest (you want the problem be solved, don't you?) to include as + it's very difficult for anyone to help you. So, it's in your own + interest (you want the problem be solved, don't you?) to include as much detail as possible, please. Of course, you should still include all the essentials above too. </dd> @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ provide when writing a bug report?</a></h3> fixing it.</p> -<h3><a name="backtrace" id="backtrace">How do I get a backtrace, to help find +<h3><a name="backtrace" id="backtrace">How do I get a backtrace, to help find the reason for my core dump?</a></h3> <p>Following are the steps you will need to complete, to get a backtrace:</p> <ol> @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ the reason for my core dump?</a></h3> want to use a directive like ``<code>CoreDumpDirectory /tmp</code>'' to make sure that the core-dump file can be written. This should result in a <code>/tmp/core</code> or <code>/tmp/httpd.core</code> file. If you - don't get one of these, try running your server under a non-root UID. + don't get one of these, try running your server under a non-root UID. Many modern kernels do not allow a process to dump core after it has done a <code>setuid()</code> (unless it does an <code>exec()</code>) for security reasons (there can be privileged information left over in @@ -825,9 +825,9 @@ the reason for my core dump?</a></h3> </li> <li>Analyze the core-dump. For this, run <code>gdb /path/to/httpd - /tmp/httpd.core</code> or a similar command. In GDB, all you + /tmp/httpd.core</code> or a similar command. In GDB, all you have to do then is to enter <code>bt</code>, and voila, you get the - backtrace. For other debuggers consult your local debugger manual. + backtrace. For other debuggers consult your local debugger manual. </li> </ol> diff --git a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_howto.html.en b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_howto.html.en index 733025c455..32c891ed34 100644 --- a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_howto.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_howto.html.en @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ following directives.</p> <ul> <li><a href="#onlystrong">How can I create an SSL server which accepts strong encryption only?</a></li> -<li><a href="#strongurl">How can I create an SSL server which accepts all types of ciphers in general, but +<li><a href="#strongurl">How can I create an SSL server which accepts all types of ciphers in general, but requires a strong cipher for access to a particular URL?</a></li> </ul> @@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ only?</a></h3> in general, but requires a strong ciphers for access to a particular URL?</a></h3> - <p>Obviously, a server-wide <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite</a></code> which restricts - ciphers to the strong variants, isn't the answer here. However, + <p>Obviously, a server-wide <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslciphersuite">SSLCipherSuite</a></code> which restricts + ciphers to the strong variants, isn't the answer here. However, <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> can be reconfigured within <code>Location</code> blocks, to give a per-directory solution, and can automatically force a renegotiation of the SSL parameters to meet the new configuration. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ URL?</a></h3> <ul> <li><a href="#allclients">How can I force clients to authenticate using certificates?</a></li> -<li><a href="#arbitraryclients">How can I force clients to authenticate using certificates for a +<li><a href="#arbitraryclients">How can I force clients to authenticate using certificates for a particular URL, but still allow arbitrary clients to access the rest of the server?</a></li> <li><a href="#certauthenticate">How can I allow only clients who have certificates to access a particular URL, but allow all clients to access the rest of the server?</a></li> @@ -164,14 +164,14 @@ Intranet website, for clients coming from the Internet?</a></li> matches what you expect. Usually this means checking all or part of the Distinguished Name (DN), to see if it contains some known string. There are two ways to do this, using either <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html">mod_auth_basic</a></code> or - <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire</a></code>.</p> - + <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#sslrequire">SSLRequire</a></code>.</p> + <p>The <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_auth_basic.html">mod_auth_basic</a></code> method is generally required when the certificates are completely arbitrary, or when their DNs have no common fields (usually the organisation, etc.). In this case, you should establish a password database containing <em>all</em> clients allowed, as follows:</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>httpd.conf</h3><pre> SSLVerifyClient none <Directory /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/secure/area> @@ -188,11 +188,11 @@ AuthBasicProvider file AuthUserFile /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.passwd Require valid-user </Directory></pre></div> - + <p>The password used in this example is the DES encrypted string "password". - See the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions</a></code> docs for more + See the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html#ssloptions">SSLOptions</a></code> docs for more information.</p> - + <div class="example"><h3>httpd.passwd</h3><pre> /C=DE/L=Munich/O=Snake Oil, Ltd./OU=Staff/CN=Foo:xxj31ZMTZzkVA /C=US/L=S.F./O=Snake Oil, Ltd./OU=CA/CN=Bar:xxj31ZMTZzkVA @@ -222,10 +222,10 @@ authentication or client certificates, for access to part of the Intranet website, for clients coming from the Internet? I still want to allow plain HTTP access for clients on the Intranet.</a></h3> - - <p>These examples presume that clients on the Intranet have IPs in the range + + <p>These examples presume that clients on the Intranet have IPs in the range 192.168.1.0/24, and that the part of the Intranet website you want to allow - internet access to is <code>/usr/local/apache2/htdocs/subarea</code>. + internet access to is <code>/usr/local/apache2/htdocs/subarea</code>. This configuration should remain outside of your HTTPS virtual host, so that it applies to both HTTPS and HTTP.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.html.en b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.html.en index 08ea378ec8..65bd701aaa 100644 --- a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.html.en @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ with the Web, HTTP, and Apache, but are not security experts. It is not intended to be a definitive guide to the SSL protocol, nor does it discuss specific techniques for managing certificates in an organization, or the important legal issues of patents and import and export restrictions. -Rather, it is intended to provide a common background to <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> users by pulling together various concepts, definitions, +Rather, it is intended to provide a common background to <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> users by pulling together various concepts, definitions, and examples as a starting point for further exploration.</p> <p>The presented content is mainly derived, with the author's permission, @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ integrity, and authentication.</p> solution is to use a cryptographic algorithm, a technique that would transform her message into an encrypted form, unreadable until it is decrypted. Once in this form, the message can only be - decrypted by using a secret key. Without the key the message is useless: + decrypted by using a secret key. Without the key the message is useless: good cryptographic algorithms make it so difficult for intruders to decode the original text that it isn't worth their effort.</p> @@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ integrity, and authentication.</p> <dt>Conventional cryptography</dt> <dd>also known as symmetric cryptography, requires the sender and receiver to share a key: a secret piece of information that may be - used to encrypt or decrypt a message. As long as this key is kept - secret, nobody other than the sender or recipient can read the message. + used to encrypt or decrypt a message. As long as this key is kept + secret, nobody other than the sender or recipient can read the message. If Alice and the bank know a secret key, then they can send each other private messages. The task of sharing a key between sender and recipient - before communicating, while also keeping it secret from others, can be + before communicating, while also keeping it secret from others, can be problematic.</dd> <dt>Public key cryptography</dt> @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ integrity, and authentication.</p> is still a concern that someone might modify her original message or substitute it with a different one, in order to transfer the money to themselves, for instance. One way of guaranteeing the integrity - of Alice's message is for her to create a concise summary of her - message and send this to the bank as well. Upon receipt of the message, - the bank creates its own summary and compares it with the one Alice + of Alice's message is for her to create a concise summary of her + message and send this to the bank as well. Upon receipt of the message, + the bank creates its own summary and compares it with the one Alice sent. If the summaries are the same then the message has been received intact.</p> @@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ integrity, and authentication.</p> function</em> or <em>hash function</em>. Message digests are used to create a short, fixed-length representation of a longer, variable-length message. Digest algorithms are designed to produce a unique digest for each - message. Message digests are designed to make it impractically difficult - to determine the message from the digest and (in theory) impossible to - find two different messages which create the same digest -- thus - eliminating the possibility of substituting one message for another while + message. Message digests are designed to make it impractically difficult + to determine the message from the digest and (in theory) impossible to + find two different messages which create the same digest -- thus + eliminating the possibility of substituting one message for another while maintaining the same digest.</p> <p>Another challenge that Alice faces is finding a way to send the digest @@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ integrity, and authentication.</p> be compromised and with it the possibility for the bank to determine the integrity of the original message. Only if the digest is sent securely can the integrity of the associated message be determined.</p> - - <p>One way to send the digest securely is to include it in a digital + + <p>One way to send the digest securely is to include it in a digital signature.</p> @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ the bank from a fraudulent claim from Alice that she did not send the message <p>Although Alice could have sent a private message to the bank, signed it and ensured the integrity of the message, she still needs to be sure that she is really communicating with the bank. This means that she needs -to be sure that the public key she is using is part of the bank's key-pair, +to be sure that the public key she is using is part of the bank's key-pair, and not an intruder's. Similarly, the bank needs to verify that the message signature really was signed by the private key that belongs to Alice.</p> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ certificates are used for authentication.</p> distinguished field names are optional and which are required. It may also place requirements upon the field contents, as may users of certificates. For example, a Netscape browser requires that the - Common Name for a certificate representing a server matches a wildcard + Common Name for a certificate representing a server matches a wildcard pattern for the domain name of that server, such as <code>*.snakeoil.com</code>.</p> @@ -290,9 +290,9 @@ dUHzICxBVC1lnHyYGjDuAMhe396lYAn8bCld1/L4NMGBCQ== <p>By verifying the information in a certificate request before granting the certificate, the Certificate Authority assures - itself of the identity of the private key owner of a key-pair. - For instance, if Alice requests a personal certificate, the - Certificate Authority must first make sure that Alice really is the + itself of the identity of the private key owner of a key-pair. + For instance, if Alice requests a personal certificate, the + Certificate Authority must first make sure that Alice really is the person the certificate request claims she is.</p> <h4><a name="certificatechains" id="certificatechains">Certificate Chains</a></h4> @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@ dUHzICxBVC1lnHyYGjDuAMhe396lYAn8bCld1/L4NMGBCQ== they also manage them -- that is, they determine for how long certificates remain valid, they renew them and keep lists of certificates that were issued in the past but are no longer valid - (Certificate Revocation Lists, or CRLs).</p> + (Certificate Revocation Lists, or CRLs).</p> - <p>For example, if Alice is entitled to a certificate as an + <p>For example, if Alice is entitled to a certificate as an employee of a company but has now left that company, her certificate may need to be revoked. Because certificates are only issued after the subject's identity has - been verified and can then be passed around to all those with whom - the subject may communicate, it is impossible to tell from the - certificate alone that it has been revoked. - Therefore when examining certificates for validity - it is necessary to contact the issuing Certificate Authority to + been verified and can then be passed around to all those with whom + the subject may communicate, it is impossible to tell from the + certificate alone that it has been revoked. + Therefore when examining certificates for validity + it is necessary to contact the issuing Certificate Authority to check CRLs -- this is usually not an automated part of the process.</p> <div class="note"><h3>Note</h3> @@ -417,14 +417,14 @@ establishing a protocol session.</p> </table> -<p>There are a number of versions of the SSL protocol, as shown in +<p>There are a number of versions of the SSL protocol, as shown in <a href="#table4">Table 4</a>. As noted there, one of the benefits in SSL 3.0 is that it adds support of certificate chain loading. This feature allows a server to pass a server certificate along with issuer certificates to the browser. Chain loading also permits the browser to validate the server certificate, even if Certificate Authority certificates are not installed for the intermediate issuers, since they are included in the -certificate chain. SSL 3.0 is the basis for the Transport Layer Security +certificate chain. SSL 3.0 is the basis for the Transport Layer Security [<a href="#TLS1">TLS</a>] protocol standard, currently in development by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</p> @@ -488,14 +488,14 @@ the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</p> <p>One variable in the choice of key exchange methods is digital signatures -- whether or not to use them, and if so, what kind of - signatures to use. Signing with a private key provides protection + signatures to use. Signing with a private key provides protection against a man-in-the-middle-attack during the information exchange used to generating the shared key [<a href="#AC96">AC96</a>, p516].</p> <h3><a name="ciphertransfer" id="ciphertransfer">Cipher for Data Transfer</a></h3> - <p>SSL uses conventional symmetric cryptography, as described earlier, + <p>SSL uses conventional symmetric cryptography, as described earlier, for encrypting messages in a session. There are nine choices of how to encrypt, including the option not to encrypt:</p> @@ -521,8 +521,8 @@ the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</p> portion of the previously encrypted cipher text is used in the encryption of the current block. "DES" refers to the Data Encryption Standard [<a href="#AC96">AC96</a>, ch12], which has a number of - variants (including DES40 and 3DES_EDE). "Idea" is currently one of - the best and cryptographically strongest algorithms available, + variants (including DES40 and 3DES_EDE). "Idea" is currently one of + the best and cryptographically strongest algorithms available, and "RC2" is a proprietary algorithm from RSA DSI [<a href="#AC96">AC96</a>, ch13].</p> @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</p> <p>The encapsulation of SSL control protocols by the record protocol means that if an active session is renegotiated the control protocols - will be transmitted securely. If there was no previous session, + will be transmitted securely. If there was no previous session, the Null cipher suite is used, which means there will be no encryption and messages will have no integrity digests, until the session has been established.</p> @@ -596,8 +596,8 @@ the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).</p> <p>One common use of SSL is to secure Web HTTP communication between a browser and a webserver. This does not preclude the use of - non-secured HTTP - the secure version (called HTTPS) is the same as - plain HTTP over SSL, but uses the URL scheme <code>https</code> + non-secured HTTP - the secure version (called HTTPS) is the same as + plain HTTP over SSL, but uses the URL scheme <code>https</code> rather than <code>http</code>, and a different server port (by default, port 443). This functionality is a large part of what <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_ssl.html">mod_ssl</a></code> provides for the Apache webserver.</p> @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ Framework</q>. See for instance <a href="http://www.itu.int/rec/recommendation.a </dd> <dt><a id="PKCS" name="PKCS">[PKCS]</a></dt> -<dd><q>Public Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS)</q>, +<dd><q>Public Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS)</q>, RSA Laboratories Technical Notes, See <a href="http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/">http://www.rsasecurity.com/rsalabs/pkcs/</a>.</dd> <dt><a id="MIME" name="MIME">[MIME]</a></dt> diff --git a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.xml.ja b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.xml.ja index e25672da08..fd6d1756e5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/ssl/ssl_intro.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:713605 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.html.en b/docs/manual/stopping.html.en index 2c3029a8e9..898455ca7b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.html.en @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ been created, then create enough to pick up the slack. Hence the code tries to maintain both the number of children appropriate for the current load on the server, and respect your wishes with the - <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers</a></code> + <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#startservers">StartServers</a></code> parameter.</p> <p>Users of <code class="module"><a href="./mod/mod_status.html">mod_status</a></code> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ ensure that there are no errors in the configuration files. If your configuration file has errors in it, you will get an error message about that syntax error, and the server will refuse to - restart. This avoids the situation where the server halts and then + restart. This avoids the situation where the server halts and then cannot restart, leaving you with a non-functioning server.</p> <p>This still will not @@ -198,26 +198,26 @@ syntax error(s).</div> reached, the parent will also exit. If the timeout is reached, any remaining children will be sent the <code>TERM</code> signal to force them to exit.</p> - - <p>A <code>TERM</code> signal will immediately terminate the + + <p>A <code>TERM</code> signal will immediately terminate the parent process and all children when in the "graceful" state. However as the <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mpm_common.html#pidfile">PidFile</a></code> will - have been removed, you will not be able to use + have been removed, you will not be able to use <code>apachectl</code> or <code>httpd</code> to send this signal.</p> <div class="note"><p>The <code>graceful-stop</code> signal allows you to run multiple - identically configured instances of <code class="program"><a href="./programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> at the - same time. This is a powerful feature when performing graceful - upgrades of httpd, however it can also cause deadlocks and race - conditions with some configurations.</p> + identically configured instances of <code class="program"><a href="./programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> at the + same time. This is a powerful feature when performing graceful + upgrades of httpd, however it can also cause deadlocks and race + conditions with some configurations.</p> <p>Care has been taken to ensure that on-disk files such as lock files (<code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#mutex">Mutex</a></code>) and Unix socket files (<code class="directive"><a href="./mod/mod_cgid.html#scriptsock">ScriptSock</a></code>) contain the server PID, and should coexist without problem. However, if a configuration - directive, third-party module or persistent CGI utilises any other on-disk - lock or state files, care should be taken to ensure that multiple running - instances of <code class="program"><a href="./programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> do not clobber each other's files.</p> + directive, third-party module or persistent CGI utilises any other on-disk + lock or state files, care should be taken to ensure that multiple running + instances of <code class="program"><a href="./programs/httpd.html">httpd</a></code> do not clobber each other's files.</p> <p>You should also be wary of other potential race conditions, such as using <code class="program"><a href="./programs/rotatelogs.html">rotatelogs</a></code> style piped logging. Multiple running diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.de b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.de index 3378ff3263..9e4f9f3309 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 239255:933544 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 239255:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.es b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.es index 051a7d6f2b..da5aad17c2 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.es +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.es @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.es.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:933544 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ja b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ja index ba605edb2c..17f64bb59b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 655319:933544 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 655319:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ko b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ko index 258c85290d..a496981ed5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:933544 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.tr b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.tr index e8cab7a045..3144692774 100644 --- a/docs/manual/stopping.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/stopping.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "./style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="./style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 655319:933544 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 655319:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/upgrading.html.en b/docs/manual/upgrading.html.en index c8b71f239b..4de640cec8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/upgrading.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/upgrading.html.en @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ found in <code>build/config.nice</code> in the installed server directory) can be used in most cases. There are some changes in the default settings. Some details of changes:</p> - + <ul> <li>These modules have been removed: mod_authn_default, mod_authz_default, mod_mem_cache. If you were using diff --git a/docs/manual/upgrading.html.fr b/docs/manual/upgrading.html.fr index 4ec5786ba6..e92762cece 100644 --- a/docs/manual/upgrading.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/upgrading.html.fr @@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ <p><span>Langues Disponibles: </span><a href="./en/upgrading.html" hreflang="en" rel="alternate" title="English"> en </a> | <a href="./fr/upgrading.html" title="Franais"> fr </a></p> </div> -<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version - anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> <p>Afin d'assister les utilisateurs lors de leurs oprations de mise jour, nous maintenons un document @@ -65,7 +63,7 @@ fonctionnalits du serveur HTTP Apache 2.4</a></li></ul></div> est enregistre dans le fichier <code>build/config.nice</code> situ dans le rpertoire de compilation du serveur). Voici certains changements intervenus dans la configuration par dfaut :</p> - + <ul> <li>Les modules suivants ont t supprims : mod_authn_default, mod_authz_default et mod_mem_cache. Si vous utilisiez @@ -260,7 +258,7 @@ ncessiter une mise jour des fichiers de configuration de la version <code>DebugLevel</code> a t supprime en faveur d'une configuration de la directive <code class="directive"><a href="./mod/core.html#loglevel">LogLevel</a></code> au niveau rpertoire. </li> - + </ul> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="./images/up.gif" /></a></div> diff --git a/docs/manual/upgrading.xml.meta b/docs/manual/upgrading.xml.meta index 1d2a68a225..aba29996bb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/upgrading.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/upgrading.xml.meta @@ -8,6 +8,6 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> + <variant>fr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.html.en b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.html.en index ef4295c365..07f3cf507d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.html.en @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <p>The address can be specified as <code>*</code>, which will match a request if no other vhost has the explicit address on which the request was - received. </p> + received. </p> <p>The address appearing in the <code>VirtualHost</code> directive can have an optional port. If the port is unspecified, @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ Use the <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#listen">Listen</a></code> directive to control the addresses and ports on which the server listens.) </p> - + <p>Collectively the - entire set of addresses (including multiple + entire set of addresses (including multiple results from DNS lookups) are called the vhost's <em>address set</em>.</p> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ whenever the most specific match for an IP address and port combination is listed in multiple virtual hosts.</p> - <p>The + <p>The <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#servername">ServerName</a></code> directive may appear anywhere within the definition of a server. However, each appearance overrides the previous appearance (within that @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ <p>If there are multiple <code>VirtualHost</code> directives listing the IP address and port combination that was determined to be the - best match, the "list" in the remaining steps refers to the list of vhosts + best match, the "list" in the remaining steps refers to the list of vhosts that matched, in the order they were in the configuration file.</p> <p>If the connection is using SSL, the server supports <a class="glossarylink" href="../glossary.html#servernameindication" title="see glossary">Server Name Indication</a>, and @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ the client sent the request.</li> <li>If two vhosts have an address in common, those common addresses - act as name-based virtual hosts implicitly. This is new behavior as of + act as name-based virtual hosts implicitly. This is new behavior as of 2.3.11.</li> <li>The main server is only used to serve a request if the IP - address and port number to which the client connected + address and port number to which the client connected does not match any vhost (including a <code>*</code> vhost). In other words, the main server only catches a request for an unspecified address/port diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.fr index 0d0940e953..16b5b37b6f 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.fr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.fr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1053231:1053666 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 1053231:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- French translation by Vincent Deffontaines, review by alain B --> <!-- Updated by Lucien Gentis --> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.ko b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.ko index d3cb93db20..a788a04184 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1053666 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.tr b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.tr index 62eea90b1f..09110ec86d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/details.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1053666 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.en b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.en index 014bf6bc5c..d799f5e408 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.en @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <li>The number of file descriptors required exceeds the hard limit.</li> - + <li>Your system imposes other limits on file descriptors, such as a limit on stdio streams only using file descriptors below 256. (Solaris 2)</li> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.fr index 673e750f4d..f418fe4f63 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.fr @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version + anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> <p>Quand de nombreux serveurs virtuels sont crs, Apache peut diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ja.utf8 b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ja.utf8 index 7e175ae8b6..4c9f42ac02 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ja.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ja.utf8 @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">この日本語訳はすでに古くなっている可能性があります。 + 更新された内容を見るには英語版をご覧下さい。</div> <p>たくさんのバーチャルホストを運用する場合、もし、 diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ko.euc-kr b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ko.euc-kr index b0c680dd55..a48bbaaba8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ko.euc-kr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.ko.euc-kr @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/fd-limits.html" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate"> ֽ ƴմϴ. + ֱٿ ϼ.</div> <p>ȣƮ ϰ ȣƮ ٸ diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.tr.utf8 b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.tr.utf8 index 0a3f0ca476..5c1e4e5130 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.tr.utf8 +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.html.tr.utf8 @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/fd-limits.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/fd-limits.html" title="Türkçe"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Bu çeviri güncel olmayabilir. Son değişiklikler için İngilizce sürüm geçerlidir.</div> <p>Çok büyük sayıda sanal konak kullanıyorsanız ve bunların her biri için diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.fr index da6c9ebfa1..16b1cf2306 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.fr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.fr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902 --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- French translation by Vincent Deffontaines, review by alain B --> <!-- diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ja b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ja index b8f29feec8..1e5c2a013d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902 --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ko b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ko index 5fb9e9b390..d3eca37f64 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902 --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.meta b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.meta index f19b9134f1..356b8dc8f9 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.meta @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>fr</variant> - <variant>ja</variant> - <variant>ko</variant> - <variant>tr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> </variants> </metafile> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.tr b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.tr index d766d64c4c..ead579c7e5 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/fd-limits.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902 --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.en b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.en index 02f4507f61..55f352b913 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.en @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Virtual Hosts</a> to help you decide. </p> most commonly used to set them up), and/or using multiple port numbers.</p> - <p> In the terminology of Apache HTTP Server, using a single IP address + <p> In the terminology of Apache HTTP Server, using a single IP address but multiple TCP ports, is also IP-based virtual hosting.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Virtual Hosts</a> to help you decide. </p> <p> Specific IP addresses or ports have precedence over their wildcard equivalents, and any virtual host that matches has precedence over - the servers base configuration.</p> + the servers base configuration.</p> <p>Almost <strong>any</strong> configuration directive can be put in the VirtualHost directive, with the exception of diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.fr index efa1c89273..d658396b21 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.html.fr @@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/ip-based.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/ip-based.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version + anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> </div> <div id="quickview"><ul id="toc"><li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#requirements">Systme requis</a></li> <li><img alt="" src="../images/down.gif" /> <a href="#howto">Comment configurer Apache</a></li> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.fr index 06969aa2f6..11034cc8c4 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.fr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.en.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1057632 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1057632:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- French translation by alain B, review by Vincent Deffontaines --> <!-- Updated by Lucien Gentis --> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ja b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ja index 1119a162ac..705f07c1cb 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1057632 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ko b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ko index 28722e378c..c7c2818a0e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 105989:1057632 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 105989:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.meta b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.meta index 1d24a40e09..af2f9cae53 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.meta @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ <variants> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>fr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.tr b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.tr index 3c9d3a04f9..cc1d83972d 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/ip-based.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 752951:1057632 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 752951:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.html.en b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.html.en index 16ebb0d8fd..59c30469d7 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.html.en @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ mod_rewrite</a></li> <p>The main disadvantage is that you cannot have a different log file for each virtual host; however, if you have many virtual hosts, doing - this can be a bad idea anyway, because of the <a href="fd-limits.html">number of file descriptors needed</a>. + this can be a bad idea anyway, because of the <a href="fd-limits.html">number of file descriptors needed</a>. It is better to <a href="../logs.html#piped">log to a pipe or a fifo</a>, and arrange for the process at the other end to split up the log files into one per virtual host. One example of such a process can @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ mod_rewrite</a></li> in the HTTP request. The dynamic mass virtual hosting technique used here is based on automatically inserting this information into the pathname of the file that is used to satisfy the request. This - can be most easily done by using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_vhost_alias.html">mod_vhost_alias</a></code> - with Apache httpd. Alternatively, - <a href="../rewrite/vhosts.html">mod_rewrite can + can be most easily done by using <code class="module"><a href="../mod/mod_vhost_alias.html">mod_vhost_alias</a></code> + with Apache httpd. Alternatively, + <a href="../rewrite/vhosts.html">mod_rewrite can be used</a>.</p> <p>Both of these modules are disabled by default; you must enable one of them when configuring and building Apache httpd if you want to @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ LogFormat "%V %h %l %u %t \"%r\" %s %b" vcommon<br /> <h3>Note</h3> <p>If the first VirtualHost block does <em>not</em> include a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#servername">ServerName</a></code> directive, the reverse - DNS of the relevant IP will be used instead. + DNS of the relevant IP will be used instead. If this is not the server name you wish to use, a bogus entry (eg. <code>ServerName none.example.com</code>) can be added to get around this diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.ko b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.ko index 62727cee84..293eb40d19 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 151408:1139405 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 151408:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.tr b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.tr index f8eb06236a..6cea9a8c0e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/mass.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1139405 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.en b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.en index cc0a40e4b4..59dc814b9b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.en +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.en @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ determine the correct virtual host to serve. Therefore you need to have a separate IP address for each host.</p> - <p>With name-based virtual hosting, the server relies on the client to - report the hostname as part of the HTTP headers. Using this technique, + <p>With name-based virtual hosting, the server relies on the client to + report the hostname as part of the HTTP headers. Using this technique, many different hosts can share the same IP address.</p> <p>Name-based virtual hosting is usually simpler, since you need @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ after narrowing down the candidates to the best IP-based match. Using a wildcard (*) for the IP address in all of the VirtualHost directives makes this IP-based mapping irrelevant.</p> - - <p>When a request arrives, the server will find the best (most specific) matching + + <p>When a request arrives, the server will find the best (most specific) matching <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost"><VirtualHost></a></code> argument based on the IP address and port used by the request. If there is more than one virtual host containing this best-match address and port combination, Apache will further @@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ present in the request.</p> <h3><a name="defaultvhost" id="defaultvhost">The default name-based vhost for an IP and port combination </a></h3> - <p> If no matching ServerName or ServerAlias is found in the set of - virtual hosts containing the most specific matching IP address and port - combination, then <strong>the first listed virtual host</strong> that + <p> If no matching ServerName or ServerAlias is found in the set of + virtual hosts containing the most specific matching IP address and port + combination, then <strong>the first listed virtual host</strong> that matches that will be used.</p> </div><div class="top"><a href="#page-header"><img alt="top" src="../images/up.gif" /></a></div> <div class="section"> @@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ <p> Any request that doesn't match an existing <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#virtualhost"><VirtualHost></a></code> is handled by the global server configuration, regardless of the hostname or ServerName.</p> - <p> When you add a name-based virtual host to an existing server, and - the virtual host arguments match preexisting IP and port combinations, + <p> When you add a name-based virtual host to an existing server, and + the virtual host arguments match preexisting IP and port combinations, requests will now be handled by an explicit virtual host. In this case, it's usually wise to create a <a href="#defaultvhost">default virtual host</a> - with a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#servername">ServerName</a></code> matching that of + with a <code class="directive"><a href="../mod/core.html#servername">ServerName</a></code> matching that of the base server. New domains on the same interface and port, but requiring separate configurations, can then be added as subsequent (non-default) virtual hosts.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.fr index 58bcf76d7c..bf89ecc845 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.html.fr @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ <a href="../ko/vhosts/name-based.html" hreflang="ko" rel="alternate" title="Korean"> ko </a> | <a href="../tr/vhosts/name-based.html" hreflang="tr" rel="alternate" title="Trke"> tr </a></p> </div> +<div class="outofdate">Cette traduction peut tre prime. Vrifiez la version + anglaise pour les changements rcents.</div> <p>Ce document dcrit quand et comment utiliser des serveurs virtuels par nom.</p> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.de b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.de index 738b4d375c..f53578fa50 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.de +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.de @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.de.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1066434 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.fr b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.fr index 4b6b287eb3..753a1eb50e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.fr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.fr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='ISO-8859-1' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.fr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 1066434 --> +<!-- English Revision: 1066434:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- French translation by alain B, review by Vincent Deffontaines updated by Lucien GENTIS --> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ja b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ja index 72fab3bd85..74539ab46e 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ja +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ja @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ja.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1066434 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ko b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ko index c9539432b9..ab2107275b 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ko +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.ko @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='EUC-KR' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.ko.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 420990:1066434 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 420990:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.meta b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.meta index c87cdc59f2..fdb7b6bac8 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.meta +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.meta @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <variants> <variant outdated="yes">de</variant> <variant>en</variant> - <variant>fr</variant> + <variant outdated="yes">fr</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ja</variant> <variant outdated="yes">ko</variant> <variant outdated="yes">tr</variant> diff --git a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.tr b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.tr index b9a685c67d..9e98212816 100644 --- a/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.tr +++ b/docs/manual/vhosts/name-based.xml.tr @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8' ?> <!DOCTYPE manualpage SYSTEM "../style/manualpage.dtd"> <?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="../style/manual.tr.xsl"?> -<!-- English Revision: 659902:1066434 (outdated) --> +<!-- English Revision: 659902:1174747 (outdated) --> <!-- ===================================================== Translated by: Nilgün Belma Bugüner <nilgun belgeler.org> Reviewed by: Orhan Berent <berent belgeler.org> |